Commit c661431033a9d33a0e1e663e07dc29c96d2f2c5c
1 parent
56522b5b
Exists in
master
and in
2 other branches
a first draft for OSS Tool Demonstrations
Showing
19 changed files
with
4419 additions
and
4274 deletions
Show diff stats
OSS-2016/aliascnt.sty
| @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ | @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ | ||
| 1 | -%% | ||
| 2 | -%% This is file `aliascnt.sty', | ||
| 3 | -%% generated with the docstrip utility. | ||
| 4 | -%% | ||
| 5 | -%% The original source files were: | ||
| 6 | -%% | ||
| 7 | -%% aliascnt.dtx (with options: `package') | ||
| 8 | -%% | ||
| 9 | -%% This is a generated file. | ||
| 10 | -%% | ||
| 11 | -%% Project: aliascnt | ||
| 12 | -%% Version: 2009/09/08 v1.3 | ||
| 13 | -%% | ||
| 14 | -%% Copyright (C) 2006, 2009 by | ||
| 15 | -%% Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> | ||
| 16 | -%% | ||
| 17 | -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the | ||
| 18 | -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either | ||
| 19 | -%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later | ||
| 20 | -%% version. This version of this license is in | ||
| 21 | -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt | ||
| 22 | -%% and the latest version of this license is in | ||
| 23 | -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt | ||
| 24 | -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of | ||
| 25 | -%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. | ||
| 26 | -%% | ||
| 27 | -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". | ||
| 28 | -%% | ||
| 29 | -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. | ||
| 30 | -%% | ||
| 31 | -%% This work consists of the main source file aliascnt.dtx | ||
| 32 | -%% and the derived files | ||
| 33 | -%% aliascnt.sty, aliascnt.pdf, aliascnt.ins, aliascnt.drv. | ||
| 34 | -%% | ||
| 35 | -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} | ||
| 36 | -\ProvidesPackage{aliascnt}% | ||
| 37 | - [2009/09/08 v1.3 Alias counter (HO)]% | ||
| 38 | -\newcommand*{\newaliascnt}[2]{% | ||
| 39 | - \begingroup | ||
| 40 | - \def\AC@glet##1{% | ||
| 41 | - \global\expandafter\let\csname##1#1\expandafter\endcsname | ||
| 42 | - \csname##1#2\endcsname | ||
| 43 | - }% | ||
| 44 | - \@ifundefined{c@#2}{% | ||
| 45 | - \@nocounterr{#2}% | ||
| 46 | - }{% | ||
| 47 | - \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname c@#1\endcsname{% | ||
| 48 | - \AC@glet{c@}% | ||
| 49 | - \AC@glet{the}% | ||
| 50 | - \AC@glet{theH}% | ||
| 51 | - \AC@glet{p@}% | ||
| 52 | - \expandafter\gdef\csname AC@cnt@#1\endcsname{#2}% | ||
| 53 | - \expandafter\gdef\csname cl@#1\expandafter\endcsname | ||
| 54 | - \expandafter{\csname cl@#2\endcsname}% | ||
| 55 | - }% | ||
| 56 | - }% | ||
| 57 | - \endgroup | ||
| 58 | -} | ||
| 59 | -\newcommand*{\aliascntresetthe}[1]{% | ||
| 60 | - \@ifundefined{AC@cnt@#1}{% | ||
| 61 | - \PackageError{aliascnt}{% | ||
| 62 | - `#1' is not an alias counter% | ||
| 63 | - }\@ehc | ||
| 64 | - }{% | ||
| 65 | - \expandafter\let\csname the#1\expandafter\endcsname | ||
| 66 | - \csname the\csname AC@cnt@#1\endcsname\endcsname | ||
| 67 | - }% | ||
| 68 | -} | ||
| 69 | -\newcommand*{\AC@findrootcnt}[1]{% | ||
| 70 | - \@ifundefined{AC@cnt@#1}{% | ||
| 71 | - #1% | ||
| 72 | - }{% | ||
| 73 | - \expandafter\AC@findrootcnt\csname AC@cnt@#1\endcsname | ||
| 74 | - }% | ||
| 75 | -} | ||
| 76 | -\def\AC@patch#1{% | ||
| 77 | - \expandafter\let\csname AC@org@#1reset\expandafter\endcsname | ||
| 78 | - \csname @#1reset\endcsname | ||
| 79 | - \expandafter\def\csname @#1reset\endcsname##1##2{% | ||
| 80 | - \csname AC@org@#1reset\endcsname{##1}{\AC@findrootcnt{##2}}% | ||
| 81 | - }% | ||
| 82 | -} | ||
| 83 | -\RequirePackage{remreset} | ||
| 84 | -\AC@patch{addto} | ||
| 85 | -\AC@patch{removefrom} | ||
| 86 | -\endinput | ||
| 87 | -%% | ||
| 88 | -%% End of file `aliascnt.sty'. |
OSS-2016/llncs.cls
| @@ -1,1208 +0,0 @@ | @@ -1,1208 +0,0 @@ | ||
| 1 | -% LLNCS DOCUMENT CLASS -- version 2.18 (27-Sep-2013) | ||
| 2 | -% Springer Verlag LaTeX2e support for Lecture Notes in Computer Science | ||
| 3 | -% | ||
| 4 | -%% | ||
| 5 | -%% \CharacterTable | ||
| 6 | -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z | ||
| 7 | -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z | ||
| 8 | -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 | ||
| 9 | -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# | ||
| 10 | -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& | ||
| 11 | -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) | ||
| 12 | -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, | ||
| 13 | -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ | ||
| 14 | -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< | ||
| 15 | -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? | ||
| 16 | -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ | ||
| 17 | -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ | ||
| 18 | -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| | ||
| 19 | -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} | ||
| 20 | -%% | ||
| 21 | -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] | ||
| 22 | -\ProvidesClass{llncs}[2013/09/27 v2.18 | ||
| 23 | -^^J LaTeX document class for Lecture Notes in Computer Science] | ||
| 24 | -% Options | ||
| 25 | -\let\if@envcntreset\iffalse | ||
| 26 | -\DeclareOption{envcountreset}{\let\if@envcntreset\iftrue} | ||
| 27 | -\DeclareOption{citeauthoryear}{\let\citeauthoryear=Y} | ||
| 28 | -\DeclareOption{oribibl}{\let\oribibl=Y} | ||
| 29 | -\let\if@custvec\iftrue | ||
| 30 | -\DeclareOption{orivec}{\let\if@custvec\iffalse} | ||
| 31 | -\let\if@envcntsame\iffalse | ||
| 32 | -\DeclareOption{envcountsame}{\let\if@envcntsame\iftrue} | ||
| 33 | -\let\if@envcntsect\iffalse | ||
| 34 | -\DeclareOption{envcountsect}{\let\if@envcntsect\iftrue} | ||
| 35 | -\let\if@runhead\iffalse | ||
| 36 | -\DeclareOption{runningheads}{\let\if@runhead\iftrue} | ||
| 37 | - | ||
| 38 | -\let\if@openright\iftrue | ||
| 39 | -\let\if@openbib\iffalse | ||
| 40 | -\DeclareOption{openbib}{\let\if@openbib\iftrue} | ||
| 41 | - | ||
| 42 | -% languages | ||
| 43 | -\let\switcht@@therlang\relax | ||
| 44 | -\def\ds@deutsch{\def\switcht@@therlang{\switcht@deutsch}} | ||
| 45 | -\def\ds@francais{\def\switcht@@therlang{\switcht@francais}} | ||
| 46 | - | ||
| 47 | -\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} | ||
| 48 | - | ||
| 49 | -\ProcessOptions | ||
| 50 | - | ||
| 51 | -\LoadClass[twoside]{article} | ||
| 52 | -\RequirePackage{multicol} % needed for the list of participants, index | ||
| 53 | -\RequirePackage{aliascnt} | ||
| 54 | - | ||
| 55 | -\setlength{\textwidth}{12.2cm} | ||
| 56 | -\setlength{\textheight}{19.3cm} | ||
| 57 | -\renewcommand\@pnumwidth{2em} | ||
| 58 | -\renewcommand\@tocrmarg{3.5em} | ||
| 59 | -% | ||
| 60 | -\def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{% | ||
| 61 | - \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else | ||
| 62 | - \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@ | ||
| 63 | - {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm | ||
| 64 | - \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 65 | - \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue | ||
| 66 | - \interlinepenalty\@M | ||
| 67 | - \leavevmode | ||
| 68 | - \@tempdima #3\relax | ||
| 69 | - \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip | ||
| 70 | - {#4}\nobreak | ||
| 71 | - \leaders\hbox{$\m@th | ||
| 72 | - \mkern \@dotsep mu\hbox{.}\mkern \@dotsep | ||
| 73 | - mu$}\hfill | ||
| 74 | - \nobreak | ||
| 75 | - \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hfil\normalfont \normalcolor #5}% | ||
| 76 | - \par}% | ||
| 77 | - \fi} | ||
| 78 | -% | ||
| 79 | -\def\switcht@albion{% | ||
| 80 | -\def\abstractname{Abstract.} | ||
| 81 | -\def\ackname{Acknowledgement.} | ||
| 82 | -\def\andname{and} | ||
| 83 | -\def\lastandname{\unskip, and} | ||
| 84 | -\def\appendixname{Appendix} | ||
| 85 | -\def\chaptername{Chapter} | ||
| 86 | -\def\claimname{Claim} | ||
| 87 | -\def\conjecturename{Conjecture} | ||
| 88 | -\def\contentsname{Table of Contents} | ||
| 89 | -\def\corollaryname{Corollary} | ||
| 90 | -\def\definitionname{Definition} | ||
| 91 | -\def\examplename{Example} | ||
| 92 | -\def\exercisename{Exercise} | ||
| 93 | -\def\figurename{Fig.} | ||
| 94 | -\def\keywordname{{\bf Keywords:}} | ||
| 95 | -\def\indexname{Index} | ||
| 96 | -\def\lemmaname{Lemma} | ||
| 97 | -\def\contriblistname{List of Contributors} | ||
| 98 | -\def\listfigurename{List of Figures} | ||
| 99 | -\def\listtablename{List of Tables} | ||
| 100 | -\def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:} | ||
| 101 | -\def\noteaddname{Note added in proof} | ||
| 102 | -\def\notename{Note} | ||
| 103 | -\def\partname{Part} | ||
| 104 | -\def\problemname{Problem} | ||
| 105 | -\def\proofname{Proof} | ||
| 106 | -\def\propertyname{Property} | ||
| 107 | -\def\propositionname{Proposition} | ||
| 108 | -\def\questionname{Question} | ||
| 109 | -\def\remarkname{Remark} | ||
| 110 | -\def\seename{see} | ||
| 111 | -\def\solutionname{Solution} | ||
| 112 | -\def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:} | ||
| 113 | -\def\tablename{Table} | ||
| 114 | -\def\theoremname{Theorem}} | ||
| 115 | -\switcht@albion | ||
| 116 | -% Names of theorem like environments are already defined | ||
| 117 | -% but must be translated if another language is chosen | ||
| 118 | -% | ||
| 119 | -% French section | ||
| 120 | -\def\switcht@francais{%\typeout{On parle francais.}% | ||
| 121 | - \def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e.}% | ||
| 122 | - \def\ackname{Remerciements.}% | ||
| 123 | - \def\andname{et}% | ||
| 124 | - \def\lastandname{ et}% | ||
| 125 | - \def\appendixname{Appendice} | ||
| 126 | - \def\chaptername{Chapitre}% | ||
| 127 | - \def\claimname{Pr\'etention}% | ||
| 128 | - \def\conjecturename{Hypoth\`ese}% | ||
| 129 | - \def\contentsname{Table des mati\`eres}% | ||
| 130 | - \def\corollaryname{Corollaire}% | ||
| 131 | - \def\definitionname{D\'efinition}% | ||
| 132 | - \def\examplename{Exemple}% | ||
| 133 | - \def\exercisename{Exercice}% | ||
| 134 | - \def\figurename{Fig.}% | ||
| 135 | - \def\keywordname{{\bf Mots-cl\'e:}} | ||
| 136 | - \def\indexname{Index} | ||
| 137 | - \def\lemmaname{Lemme}% | ||
| 138 | - \def\contriblistname{Liste des contributeurs} | ||
| 139 | - \def\listfigurename{Liste des figures}% | ||
| 140 | - \def\listtablename{Liste des tables}% | ||
| 141 | - \def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:} | ||
| 142 | - \def\noteaddname{Note ajout\'ee \`a l'\'epreuve}% | ||
| 143 | - \def\notename{Remarque}% | ||
| 144 | - \def\partname{Partie}% | ||
| 145 | - \def\problemname{Probl\`eme}% | ||
| 146 | - \def\proofname{Preuve}% | ||
| 147 | - \def\propertyname{Caract\'eristique}% | ||
| 148 | -%\def\propositionname{Proposition}% | ||
| 149 | - \def\questionname{Question}% | ||
| 150 | - \def\remarkname{Remarque}% | ||
| 151 | - \def\seename{voir} | ||
| 152 | - \def\solutionname{Solution}% | ||
| 153 | - \def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:} | ||
| 154 | - \def\tablename{Tableau}% | ||
| 155 | - \def\theoremname{Th\'eor\`eme}% | ||
| 156 | -} | ||
| 157 | -% | ||
| 158 | -% German section | ||
| 159 | -\def\switcht@deutsch{%\typeout{Man spricht deutsch.}% | ||
| 160 | - \def\abstractname{Zusammenfassung.}% | ||
| 161 | - \def\ackname{Danksagung.}% | ||
| 162 | - \def\andname{und}% | ||
| 163 | - \def\lastandname{ und}% | ||
| 164 | - \def\appendixname{Anhang}% | ||
| 165 | - \def\chaptername{Kapitel}% | ||
| 166 | - \def\claimname{Behauptung}% | ||
| 167 | - \def\conjecturename{Hypothese}% | ||
| 168 | - \def\contentsname{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% | ||
| 169 | - \def\corollaryname{Korollar}% | ||
| 170 | -%\def\definitionname{Definition}% | ||
| 171 | - \def\examplename{Beispiel}% | ||
| 172 | - \def\exercisename{\"Ubung}% | ||
| 173 | - \def\figurename{Abb.}% | ||
| 174 | - \def\keywordname{{\bf Schl\"usselw\"orter:}} | ||
| 175 | - \def\indexname{Index} | ||
| 176 | -%\def\lemmaname{Lemma}% | ||
| 177 | - \def\contriblistname{Mitarbeiter} | ||
| 178 | - \def\listfigurename{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% | ||
| 179 | - \def\listtablename{Tabellenverzeichnis}% | ||
| 180 | - \def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:} | ||
| 181 | - \def\noteaddname{Nachtrag}% | ||
| 182 | - \def\notename{Anmerkung}% | ||
| 183 | - \def\partname{Teil}% | ||
| 184 | -%\def\problemname{Problem}% | ||
| 185 | - \def\proofname{Beweis}% | ||
| 186 | - \def\propertyname{Eigenschaft}% | ||
| 187 | -%\def\propositionname{Proposition}% | ||
| 188 | - \def\questionname{Frage}% | ||
| 189 | - \def\remarkname{Anmerkung}% | ||
| 190 | - \def\seename{siehe} | ||
| 191 | - \def\solutionname{L\"osung}% | ||
| 192 | - \def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:} | ||
| 193 | - \def\tablename{Tabelle}% | ||
| 194 | -%\def\theoremname{Theorem}% | ||
| 195 | -} | ||
| 196 | - | ||
| 197 | -% Ragged bottom for the actual page | ||
| 198 | -\def\thisbottomragged{\def\@textbottom{\vskip\z@ plus.0001fil | ||
| 199 | -\global\let\@textbottom\relax}} | ||
| 200 | - | ||
| 201 | -\renewcommand\small{% | ||
| 202 | - \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{11}% | ||
| 203 | - \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 204 | - \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@ | ||
| 205 | - \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@ | ||
| 206 | - \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini | ||
| 207 | - \parsep 0\p@ \@plus1\p@ \@minus\p@ | ||
| 208 | - \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 209 | - \itemsep0\p@}% | ||
| 210 | - \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip | ||
| 211 | -} | ||
| 212 | - | ||
| 213 | -\frenchspacing | ||
| 214 | -\widowpenalty=10000 | ||
| 215 | -\clubpenalty=10000 | ||
| 216 | - | ||
| 217 | -\setlength\oddsidemargin {63\p@} | ||
| 218 | -\setlength\evensidemargin {63\p@} | ||
| 219 | -\setlength\marginparwidth {90\p@} | ||
| 220 | - | ||
| 221 | -\setlength\headsep {16\p@} | ||
| 222 | - | ||
| 223 | -\setlength\footnotesep{7.7\p@} | ||
| 224 | -\setlength\textfloatsep{8mm\@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@} | ||
| 225 | -\setlength\intextsep {8mm\@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@} | ||
| 226 | - | ||
| 227 | -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2} | ||
| 228 | - | ||
| 229 | -\newcounter {chapter} | ||
| 230 | -\renewcommand\thechapter {\@arabic\c@chapter} | ||
| 231 | - | ||
| 232 | -\newif\if@mainmatter \@mainmattertrue | ||
| 233 | -\newcommand\frontmatter{\cleardoublepage | ||
| 234 | - \@mainmatterfalse\pagenumbering{Roman}} | ||
| 235 | -\newcommand\mainmatter{\cleardoublepage | ||
| 236 | - \@mainmattertrue\pagenumbering{arabic}} | ||
| 237 | -\newcommand\backmatter{\if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi | ||
| 238 | - \@mainmatterfalse} | ||
| 239 | - | ||
| 240 | -\renewcommand\part{\cleardoublepage | ||
| 241 | - \thispagestyle{empty}% | ||
| 242 | - \if@twocolumn | ||
| 243 | - \onecolumn | ||
| 244 | - \@tempswatrue | ||
| 245 | - \else | ||
| 246 | - \@tempswafalse | ||
| 247 | - \fi | ||
| 248 | - \null\vfil | ||
| 249 | - \secdef\@part\@spart} | ||
| 250 | - | ||
| 251 | -\def\@part[#1]#2{% | ||
| 252 | - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax | ||
| 253 | - \refstepcounter{part}% | ||
| 254 | - \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}% | ||
| 255 | - \else | ||
| 256 | - \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% | ||
| 257 | - \fi | ||
| 258 | - \markboth{}{}% | ||
| 259 | - {\centering | ||
| 260 | - \interlinepenalty \@M | ||
| 261 | - \normalfont | ||
| 262 | - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax | ||
| 263 | - \huge\bfseries \partname~\thepart | ||
| 264 | - \par | ||
| 265 | - \vskip 20\p@ | ||
| 266 | - \fi | ||
| 267 | - \Huge \bfseries #2\par}% | ||
| 268 | - \@endpart} | ||
| 269 | -\def\@spart#1{% | ||
| 270 | - {\centering | ||
| 271 | - \interlinepenalty \@M | ||
| 272 | - \normalfont | ||
| 273 | - \Huge \bfseries #1\par}% | ||
| 274 | - \@endpart} | ||
| 275 | -\def\@endpart{\vfil\newpage | ||
| 276 | - \if@twoside | ||
| 277 | - \null | ||
| 278 | - \thispagestyle{empty}% | ||
| 279 | - \newpage | ||
| 280 | - \fi | ||
| 281 | - \if@tempswa | ||
| 282 | - \twocolumn | ||
| 283 | - \fi} | ||
| 284 | - | ||
| 285 | -\newcommand\chapter{\clearpage | ||
| 286 | - \thispagestyle{empty}% | ||
| 287 | - \global\@topnum\z@ | ||
| 288 | - \@afterindentfalse | ||
| 289 | - \secdef\@chapter\@schapter} | ||
| 290 | -\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne | ||
| 291 | - \if@mainmatter | ||
| 292 | - \refstepcounter{chapter}% | ||
| 293 | - \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% | ||
| 294 | - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% | ||
| 295 | - {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% | ||
| 296 | - \else | ||
| 297 | - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% | ||
| 298 | - \fi | ||
| 299 | - \else | ||
| 300 | - \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% | ||
| 301 | - \fi | ||
| 302 | - \chaptermark{#1}% | ||
| 303 | - \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% | ||
| 304 | - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% | ||
| 305 | - \if@twocolumn | ||
| 306 | - \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% | ||
| 307 | - \else | ||
| 308 | - \@makechapterhead{#2}% | ||
| 309 | - \@afterheading | ||
| 310 | - \fi} | ||
| 311 | -\def\@makechapterhead#1{% | ||
| 312 | -% \vspace*{50\p@}% | ||
| 313 | - {\centering | ||
| 314 | - \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne | ||
| 315 | - \if@mainmatter | ||
| 316 | - \large\bfseries \@chapapp{} \thechapter | ||
| 317 | - \par\nobreak | ||
| 318 | - \vskip 20\p@ | ||
| 319 | - \fi | ||
| 320 | - \fi | ||
| 321 | - \interlinepenalty\@M | ||
| 322 | - \Large \bfseries #1\par\nobreak | ||
| 323 | - \vskip 40\p@ | ||
| 324 | - }} | ||
| 325 | -\def\@schapter#1{\if@twocolumn | ||
| 326 | - \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]% | ||
| 327 | - \else | ||
| 328 | - \@makeschapterhead{#1}% | ||
| 329 | - \@afterheading | ||
| 330 | - \fi} | ||
| 331 | -\def\@makeschapterhead#1{% | ||
| 332 | -% \vspace*{50\p@}% | ||
| 333 | - {\centering | ||
| 334 | - \normalfont | ||
| 335 | - \interlinepenalty\@M | ||
| 336 | - \Large \bfseries #1\par\nobreak | ||
| 337 | - \vskip 40\p@ | ||
| 338 | - }} | ||
| 339 | - | ||
| 340 | -\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% | ||
| 341 | - {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}% | ||
| 342 | - {12\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@}% | ||
| 343 | - {\normalfont\large\bfseries\boldmath | ||
| 344 | - \rightskip=\z@ \@plus 8em\pretolerance=10000 }} | ||
| 345 | -\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% | ||
| 346 | - {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}% | ||
| 347 | - {8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@}% | ||
| 348 | - {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath | ||
| 349 | - \rightskip=\z@ \@plus 8em\pretolerance=10000 }} | ||
| 350 | -\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}% | ||
| 351 | - {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}% | ||
| 352 | - {-0.5em \@plus -0.22em \@minus -0.1em}% | ||
| 353 | - {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath}} | ||
| 354 | -\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}% | ||
| 355 | - {-12\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}% | ||
| 356 | - {-0.5em \@plus -0.22em \@minus -0.1em}% | ||
| 357 | - {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}} | ||
| 358 | -\renewcommand\subparagraph[1]{\typeout{LLNCS warning: You should not use | ||
| 359 | - \string\subparagraph\space with this class}\vskip0.5cm | ||
| 360 | -You should not use \verb|\subparagraph| with this class.\vskip0.5cm} | ||
| 361 | - | ||
| 362 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Gamma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"00} | ||
| 363 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Delta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"01} | ||
| 364 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Theta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"02} | ||
| 365 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Lambda}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"03} | ||
| 366 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Xi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"04} | ||
| 367 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Pi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"05} | ||
| 368 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Sigma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"06} | ||
| 369 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Upsilon}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"07} | ||
| 370 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Phi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"08} | ||
| 371 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Psi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"09} | ||
| 372 | -\DeclareMathSymbol{\Omega}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"0A} | ||
| 373 | - | ||
| 374 | -\let\footnotesize\small | ||
| 375 | - | ||
| 376 | -\if@custvec | ||
| 377 | -\def\vec#1{\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle#1$}} | ||
| 378 | -{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}} | ||
| 379 | -{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle#1$}} | ||
| 380 | -{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}} | ||
| 381 | -\fi | ||
| 382 | - | ||
| 383 | -\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}} | ||
| 384 | -\def\qed{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil | ||
| 385 | -\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed | ||
| 386 | -\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi} | ||
| 387 | - | ||
| 388 | -\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip | ||
| 389 | -\halign{\hfil | ||
| 390 | -$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}} | ||
| 391 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets | ||
| 392 | -\cr\to\cr}}} | ||
| 393 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets | ||
| 394 | -\cr\to\cr}}} | ||
| 395 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 396 | -\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}} | ||
| 397 | -\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil | ||
| 398 | -$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 399 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr | ||
| 400 | -\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 401 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr | ||
| 402 | -\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 403 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 404 | -<\cr | ||
| 405 | -\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}} | ||
| 406 | -\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil | ||
| 407 | -$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 408 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr | ||
| 409 | -\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 410 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr | ||
| 411 | -\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 412 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 413 | ->\cr | ||
| 414 | -\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}} | ||
| 415 | -\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip | ||
| 416 | -\halign{\hfil | ||
| 417 | -$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}} | ||
| 418 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 419 | ->\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}} | ||
| 420 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 421 | ->\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.8pt}<\cr}}} | ||
| 422 | -{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 423 | ->\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.3pt}<\cr}}}}} | ||
| 424 | -\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen | ||
| 425 | -\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}} | ||
| 426 | -\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen | ||
| 427 | -\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}} | ||
| 428 | -\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}} | ||
| 429 | -\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}} | ||
| 430 | -\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}} | ||
| 431 | -\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} | ||
| 432 | -{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}} | ||
| 433 | -\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 434 | -to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 435 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 436 | -to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 437 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 438 | -to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 439 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 440 | -to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}} | ||
| 441 | -\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm | ||
| 442 | -Q$}\hbox{\raise | ||
| 443 | -0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 444 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise | ||
| 445 | -0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 446 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise | ||
| 447 | -0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 448 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise | ||
| 449 | -0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}} | ||
| 450 | -\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm | ||
| 451 | -T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 452 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 453 | -to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 454 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 455 | -to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 456 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 457 | -to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}} | ||
| 458 | -\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice | ||
| 459 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox | ||
| 460 | -to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox | ||
| 461 | -to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 462 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox | ||
| 463 | -to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox | ||
| 464 | -to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 465 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox | ||
| 466 | -to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox | ||
| 467 | -to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 468 | -{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox | ||
| 469 | -to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox | ||
| 470 | -to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}} | ||
| 471 | -\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\mathsf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}} | ||
| 472 | -{\hbox{$\mathsf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}} | ||
| 473 | -{\hbox{$\mathsf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}} | ||
| 474 | -{\hbox{$\mathsf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}} | ||
| 475 | - | ||
| 476 | -\let\ts\, | ||
| 477 | - | ||
| 478 | -\setlength\leftmargini {17\p@} | ||
| 479 | -\setlength\leftmargin {\leftmargini} | ||
| 480 | -\setlength\leftmarginii {\leftmargini} | ||
| 481 | -\setlength\leftmarginiii {\leftmargini} | ||
| 482 | -\setlength\leftmarginiv {\leftmargini} | ||
| 483 | -\setlength \labelsep {.5em} | ||
| 484 | -\setlength \labelwidth{\leftmargini} | ||
| 485 | -\addtolength\labelwidth{-\labelsep} | ||
| 486 | - | ||
| 487 | -\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini | ||
| 488 | - \parsep 0\p@ \@plus1\p@ \@minus\p@ | ||
| 489 | - \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 490 | - \itemsep0\p@} | ||
| 491 | -\let\@listi\@listI | ||
| 492 | -\@listi | ||
| 493 | -\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii | ||
| 494 | - \labelwidth\leftmarginii | ||
| 495 | - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep | ||
| 496 | - \topsep 0\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@} | ||
| 497 | -\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii | ||
| 498 | - \labelwidth\leftmarginiii | ||
| 499 | - \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep | ||
| 500 | - \topsep 0\p@ \@plus\p@\@minus\p@ | ||
| 501 | - \parsep \z@ | ||
| 502 | - \partopsep \p@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@} | ||
| 503 | - | ||
| 504 | -\renewcommand\labelitemi{\normalfont\bfseries --} | ||
| 505 | -\renewcommand\labelitemii{$\m@th\bullet$} | ||
| 506 | - | ||
| 507 | -\setlength\arraycolsep{1.4\p@} | ||
| 508 | -\setlength\tabcolsep{1.4\p@} | ||
| 509 | - | ||
| 510 | -\def\tableofcontents{\chapter*{\contentsname\@mkboth{{\contentsname}}% | ||
| 511 | - {{\contentsname}}} | ||
| 512 | - \def\authcount##1{\setcounter{auco}{##1}\setcounter{@auth}{1}} | ||
| 513 | - \def\lastand{\ifnum\value{auco}=2\relax | ||
| 514 | - \unskip{} \andname\ | ||
| 515 | - \else | ||
| 516 | - \unskip \lastandname\ | ||
| 517 | - \fi}% | ||
| 518 | - \def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}\relax | ||
| 519 | - \ifnum\value{@auth}=\value{auco}% | ||
| 520 | - \lastand | ||
| 521 | - \else | ||
| 522 | - \unskip, | ||
| 523 | - \fi}% | ||
| 524 | - \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi} | ||
| 525 | - | ||
| 526 | -\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}% | ||
| 527 | - \addvspace{2em plus\p@}% % space above part line | ||
| 528 | - \begingroup | ||
| 529 | - \parindent \z@ | ||
| 530 | - \rightskip \z@ plus 5em | ||
| 531 | - \hrule\vskip5pt | ||
| 532 | - \large % same size as for a contribution heading | ||
| 533 | - \bfseries\boldmath % set line in boldface | ||
| 534 | - \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode. | ||
| 535 | - #1\par | ||
| 536 | - \vskip5pt | ||
| 537 | - \hrule | ||
| 538 | - \vskip1pt | ||
| 539 | - \nobreak % Never break after part entry | ||
| 540 | - \endgroup} | ||
| 541 | - | ||
| 542 | -\def\@dotsep{2} | ||
| 543 | - | ||
| 544 | -\let\phantomsection=\relax | ||
| 545 | - | ||
| 546 | -\def\hyperhrefextend{\ifx\hyper@anchor\@undefined\else | ||
| 547 | -{}\fi} | ||
| 548 | - | ||
| 549 | -\def\addnumcontentsmark#1#2#3{% | ||
| 550 | -\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{\protect\numberline | ||
| 551 | - {\thechapter}#3}{\thepage}\hyperhrefextend}}% | ||
| 552 | -\def\addcontentsmark#1#2#3{% | ||
| 553 | -\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}\hyperhrefextend}}% | ||
| 554 | -\def\addcontentsmarkwop#1#2#3{% | ||
| 555 | -\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{0}\hyperhrefextend}}% | ||
| 556 | - | ||
| 557 | -\def\@adcmk[#1]{\ifcase #1 \or | ||
| 558 | -\def\@gtempa{\addnumcontentsmark}% | ||
| 559 | - \or \def\@gtempa{\addcontentsmark}% | ||
| 560 | - \or \def\@gtempa{\addcontentsmarkwop}% | ||
| 561 | - \fi\@gtempa{toc}{chapter}% | ||
| 562 | -} | ||
| 563 | -\def\addtocmark{% | ||
| 564 | -\phantomsection | ||
| 565 | -\@ifnextchar[{\@adcmk}{\@adcmk[3]}% | ||
| 566 | -} | ||
| 567 | - | ||
| 568 | -\def\l@chapter#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty} | ||
| 569 | - \vskip 1.0em plus 1pt \@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup | ||
| 570 | - \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg | ||
| 571 | - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm | ||
| 572 | - \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 573 | - \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip | ||
| 574 | - {\large\bfseries\boldmath#1}\ifx0#2\hfil\null | ||
| 575 | - \else | ||
| 576 | - \nobreak | ||
| 577 | - \leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern | ||
| 578 | - \@dotsep mu$}\hfill | ||
| 579 | - \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}% | ||
| 580 | - \fi\par | ||
| 581 | - \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup} | ||
| 582 | - | ||
| 583 | -\def\l@title#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty} | ||
| 584 | - \addvspace{8pt plus 1pt} | ||
| 585 | - \@tempdima \z@ | ||
| 586 | - \begingroup | ||
| 587 | - \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg | ||
| 588 | - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm | ||
| 589 | - \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 590 | - \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip | ||
| 591 | - #1\nobreak | ||
| 592 | - \leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern | ||
| 593 | - \@dotsep mu$}\hfill | ||
| 594 | - \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par | ||
| 595 | - \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup} | ||
| 596 | - | ||
| 597 | -\def\l@author#1#2{\addpenalty{\@highpenalty} | ||
| 598 | - \@tempdima=15\p@ %\z@ | ||
| 599 | - \begingroup | ||
| 600 | - \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg | ||
| 601 | - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm | ||
| 602 | - \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 603 | - \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima %\hskip -\leftskip | ||
| 604 | - \textit{#1}\par | ||
| 605 | - \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup} | ||
| 606 | - | ||
| 607 | -\setcounter{tocdepth}{0} | ||
| 608 | -\newdimen\tocchpnum | ||
| 609 | -\newdimen\tocsecnum | ||
| 610 | -\newdimen\tocsectotal | ||
| 611 | -\newdimen\tocsubsecnum | ||
| 612 | -\newdimen\tocsubsectotal | ||
| 613 | -\newdimen\tocsubsubsecnum | ||
| 614 | -\newdimen\tocsubsubsectotal | ||
| 615 | -\newdimen\tocparanum | ||
| 616 | -\newdimen\tocparatotal | ||
| 617 | -\newdimen\tocsubparanum | ||
| 618 | -\tocchpnum=\z@ % no chapter numbers | ||
| 619 | -\tocsecnum=15\p@ % section 88. plus 2.222pt | ||
| 620 | -\tocsubsecnum=23\p@ % subsection 88.8 plus 2.222pt | ||
| 621 | -\tocsubsubsecnum=27\p@ % subsubsection 88.8.8 plus 1.444pt | ||
| 622 | -\tocparanum=35\p@ % paragraph 88.8.8.8 plus 1.666pt | ||
| 623 | -\tocsubparanum=43\p@ % subparagraph 88.8.8.8.8 plus 1.888pt | ||
| 624 | -\def\calctocindent{% | ||
| 625 | -\tocsectotal=\tocchpnum | ||
| 626 | -\advance\tocsectotal by\tocsecnum | ||
| 627 | -\tocsubsectotal=\tocsectotal | ||
| 628 | -\advance\tocsubsectotal by\tocsubsecnum | ||
| 629 | -\tocsubsubsectotal=\tocsubsectotal | ||
| 630 | -\advance\tocsubsubsectotal by\tocsubsubsecnum | ||
| 631 | -\tocparatotal=\tocsubsubsectotal | ||
| 632 | -\advance\tocparatotal by\tocparanum} | ||
| 633 | -\calctocindent | ||
| 634 | - | ||
| 635 | -\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{\tocchpnum}{\tocsecnum}} | ||
| 636 | -\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{\tocsectotal}{\tocsubsecnum}} | ||
| 637 | -\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{\tocsubsectotal}{\tocsubsubsecnum}} | ||
| 638 | -\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{\tocsubsubsectotal}{\tocparanum}} | ||
| 639 | -\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{\tocparatotal}{\tocsubparanum}} | ||
| 640 | - | ||
| 641 | -\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn | ||
| 642 | - \fi\section*{\listfigurename\@mkboth{{\listfigurename}}{{\listfigurename}}} | ||
| 643 | - \@starttoc{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi} | ||
| 644 | -\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{1.5em}} | ||
| 645 | - | ||
| 646 | -\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn | ||
| 647 | - \fi\section*{\listtablename\@mkboth{{\listtablename}}{{\listtablename}}} | ||
| 648 | - \@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi} | ||
| 649 | -\let\l@table\l@figure | ||
| 650 | - | ||
| 651 | -\renewcommand\listoffigures{% | ||
| 652 | - \section*{\listfigurename | ||
| 653 | - \@mkboth{\listfigurename}{\listfigurename}}% | ||
| 654 | - \@starttoc{lof}% | ||
| 655 | - } | ||
| 656 | - | ||
| 657 | -\renewcommand\listoftables{% | ||
| 658 | - \section*{\listtablename | ||
| 659 | - \@mkboth{\listtablename}{\listtablename}}% | ||
| 660 | - \@starttoc{lot}% | ||
| 661 | - } | ||
| 662 | - | ||
| 663 | -\ifx\oribibl\undefined | ||
| 664 | -\ifx\citeauthoryear\undefined | ||
| 665 | -\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1] | ||
| 666 | - {\section*{\refname} | ||
| 667 | - \def\@biblabel##1{##1.} | ||
| 668 | - \small | ||
| 669 | - \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% | ||
| 670 | - {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% | ||
| 671 | - \leftmargin\labelwidth | ||
| 672 | - \advance\leftmargin\labelsep | ||
| 673 | - \if@openbib | ||
| 674 | - \advance\leftmargin\bibindent | ||
| 675 | - \itemindent -\bibindent | ||
| 676 | - \listparindent \itemindent | ||
| 677 | - \parsep \z@ | ||
| 678 | - \fi | ||
| 679 | - \usecounter{enumiv}% | ||
| 680 | - \let\p@enumiv\@empty | ||
| 681 | - \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% | ||
| 682 | - \if@openbib | ||
| 683 | - \renewcommand\newblock{\par}% | ||
| 684 | - \else | ||
| 685 | - \renewcommand\newblock{\hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em}% | ||
| 686 | - \fi | ||
| 687 | - \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000% | ||
| 688 | - \sfcode`\.=\@m} | ||
| 689 | - {\def\@noitemerr | ||
| 690 | - {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% | ||
| 691 | - \endlist} | ||
| 692 | -\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[{[#1]}\hfill]\if@filesw | ||
| 693 | - {\let\protect\noexpand\immediate | ||
| 694 | - \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces} | ||
| 695 | -\newcount\@tempcntc | ||
| 696 | -\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi | ||
| 697 | - \@tempcnta\z@\@tempcntb\m@ne\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do | ||
| 698 | - {\@ifundefined | ||
| 699 | - {b@\@citeb}{\@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citea\def\@citea{,}{\bfseries | ||
| 700 | - ?}\@warning | ||
| 701 | - {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}% | ||
| 702 | - {\setbox\z@\hbox{\global\@tempcntc0\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname\relax}% | ||
| 703 | - \ifnum\@tempcntc=\z@ \@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne | ||
| 704 | - \@citea\def\@citea{,}\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}% | ||
| 705 | - \else | ||
| 706 | - \advance\@tempcntb\@ne | ||
| 707 | - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\@tempcntc | ||
| 708 | - \else\advance\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citeo | ||
| 709 | - \@tempcnta\@tempcntc\@tempcntb\@tempcntc\fi\fi}}\@citeo}{#1}} | ||
| 710 | -\def\@citeo{\ifnum\@tempcnta>\@tempcntb\else | ||
| 711 | - \@citea\def\@citea{,\,\hskip\z@skip}% | ||
| 712 | - \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb\the\@tempcnta\else | ||
| 713 | - {\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb \else | ||
| 714 | - \def\@citea{--}\fi | ||
| 715 | - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne\the\@tempcnta\@citea\the\@tempcntb}\fi\fi} | ||
| 716 | -\else | ||
| 717 | -\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1] | ||
| 718 | - {\section*{\refname} | ||
| 719 | - \small | ||
| 720 | - \list{}% | ||
| 721 | - {\settowidth\labelwidth{}% | ||
| 722 | - \leftmargin\parindent | ||
| 723 | - \itemindent=-\parindent | ||
| 724 | - \labelsep=\z@ | ||
| 725 | - \if@openbib | ||
| 726 | - \advance\leftmargin\bibindent | ||
| 727 | - \itemindent -\bibindent | ||
| 728 | - \listparindent \itemindent | ||
| 729 | - \parsep \z@ | ||
| 730 | - \fi | ||
| 731 | - \usecounter{enumiv}% | ||
| 732 | - \let\p@enumiv\@empty | ||
| 733 | - \renewcommand\theenumiv{}}% | ||
| 734 | - \if@openbib | ||
| 735 | - \renewcommand\newblock{\par}% | ||
| 736 | - \else | ||
| 737 | - \renewcommand\newblock{\hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em}% | ||
| 738 | - \fi | ||
| 739 | - \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000% | ||
| 740 | - \sfcode`\.=\@m} | ||
| 741 | - {\def\@noitemerr | ||
| 742 | - {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% | ||
| 743 | - \endlist} | ||
| 744 | - \def\@cite#1{#1}% | ||
| 745 | - \def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[]\if@filesw | ||
| 746 | - {\def\protect##1{\string ##1\space}\immediate | ||
| 747 | - \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces} | ||
| 748 | - \fi | ||
| 749 | -\else | ||
| 750 | -\@cons\@openbib@code{\noexpand\small} | ||
| 751 | -\fi | ||
| 752 | - | ||
| 753 | -\def\idxquad{\hskip 10\p@}% space that divides entry from number | ||
| 754 | - | ||
| 755 | -\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 10\p@} | ||
| 756 | - | ||
| 757 | -\def\subitem{\par\setbox0=\hbox{--\enspace}% second order | ||
| 758 | - \noindent\hangindent\wd0\box0}% index entry | ||
| 759 | - | ||
| 760 | -\def\subsubitem{\par\setbox0=\hbox{--\,--\enspace}% third | ||
| 761 | - \noindent\hangindent\wd0\box0}% order index entry | ||
| 762 | - | ||
| 763 | -\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax} | ||
| 764 | - | ||
| 765 | -\renewenvironment{theindex} | ||
| 766 | - {\@mkboth{\indexname}{\indexname}% | ||
| 767 | - \thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@ | ||
| 768 | - \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax | ||
| 769 | - \let\item\par | ||
| 770 | - \def\,{\relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip | ||
| 771 | - \else\hskip0.2em\ignorespaces\fi}% | ||
| 772 | - \normalfont\small | ||
| 773 | - \begin{multicols}{2}[\@makeschapterhead{\indexname}]% | ||
| 774 | - } | ||
| 775 | - {\end{multicols}} | ||
| 776 | - | ||
| 777 | -\renewcommand\footnoterule{% | ||
| 778 | - \kern-3\p@ | ||
| 779 | - \hrule\@width 2truecm | ||
| 780 | - \kern2.6\p@} | ||
| 781 | - \newdimen\fnindent | ||
| 782 | - \fnindent1em | ||
| 783 | -\long\def\@makefntext#1{% | ||
| 784 | - \parindent \fnindent% | ||
| 785 | - \leftskip \fnindent% | ||
| 786 | - \noindent | ||
| 787 | - \llap{\hb@xt@1em{\hss\@makefnmark\ }}\ignorespaces#1} | ||
| 788 | - | ||
| 789 | -\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% | ||
| 790 | - \small | ||
| 791 | - \vskip\abovecaptionskip | ||
| 792 | - \sbox\@tempboxa{{\bfseries #1.} #2}% | ||
| 793 | - \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize | ||
| 794 | - {\bfseries #1.} #2\par | ||
| 795 | - \else | ||
| 796 | - \global \@minipagefalse | ||
| 797 | - \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% | ||
| 798 | - \fi | ||
| 799 | - \vskip\belowcaptionskip} | ||
| 800 | - | ||
| 801 | -\def\fps@figure{htbp} | ||
| 802 | -\def\fnum@figure{\figurename\thinspace\thefigure} | ||
| 803 | -\def \@floatboxreset {% | ||
| 804 | - \reset@font | ||
| 805 | - \small | ||
| 806 | - \@setnobreak | ||
| 807 | - \@setminipage | ||
| 808 | -} | ||
| 809 | -\def\fps@table{htbp} | ||
| 810 | -\def\fnum@table{\tablename~\thetable} | ||
| 811 | -\renewenvironment{table} | ||
| 812 | - {\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0\p@}% | ||
| 813 | - \setlength\belowcaptionskip{10\p@}% | ||
| 814 | - \@float{table}} | ||
| 815 | - {\end@float} | ||
| 816 | -\renewenvironment{table*} | ||
| 817 | - {\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0\p@}% | ||
| 818 | - \setlength\belowcaptionskip{10\p@}% | ||
| 819 | - \@dblfloat{table}} | ||
| 820 | - {\end@dblfloat} | ||
| 821 | - | ||
| 822 | -\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\par\addcontentsline{\csname | ||
| 823 | - ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname | ||
| 824 | - the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\begingroup | ||
| 825 | - \@parboxrestore | ||
| 826 | - \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par | ||
| 827 | - \endgroup} | ||
| 828 | - | ||
| 829 | -% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute | ||
| 830 | -% addresses. The \institute command is defined here. | ||
| 831 | - | ||
| 832 | -\newcounter{@inst} | ||
| 833 | -\newcounter{@auth} | ||
| 834 | -\newcounter{auco} | ||
| 835 | -\newdimen\instindent | ||
| 836 | -\newbox\authrun | ||
| 837 | -\newtoks\authorrunning | ||
| 838 | -\newtoks\tocauthor | ||
| 839 | -\newbox\titrun | ||
| 840 | -\newtoks\titlerunning | ||
| 841 | -\newtoks\toctitle | ||
| 842 | - | ||
| 843 | -\def\clearheadinfo{\gdef\@author{No Author Given}% | ||
| 844 | - \gdef\@title{No Title Given}% | ||
| 845 | - \gdef\@subtitle{}% | ||
| 846 | - \gdef\@institute{No Institute Given}% | ||
| 847 | - \gdef\@thanks{}% | ||
| 848 | - \global\titlerunning={}\global\authorrunning={}% | ||
| 849 | - \global\toctitle={}\global\tocauthor={}} | ||
| 850 | - | ||
| 851 | -\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}} | ||
| 852 | - | ||
| 853 | -\def\institutename{\par | ||
| 854 | - \begingroup | ||
| 855 | - \parskip=\z@ | ||
| 856 | - \parindent=\z@ | ||
| 857 | - \setcounter{@inst}{1}% | ||
| 858 | - \def\and{\par\stepcounter{@inst}% | ||
| 859 | - \noindent$^{\the@inst}$\enspace\ignorespaces}% | ||
| 860 | - \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}% | ||
| 861 | - \ifnum\c@@inst=1\relax | ||
| 862 | - \gdef\fnnstart{0}% | ||
| 863 | - \else | ||
| 864 | - \xdef\fnnstart{\c@@inst}% | ||
| 865 | - \setcounter{@inst}{1}% | ||
| 866 | - \noindent$^{\the@inst}$\enspace | ||
| 867 | - \fi | ||
| 868 | - \ignorespaces | ||
| 869 | - \@institute\par | ||
| 870 | - \endgroup} | ||
| 871 | - | ||
| 872 | -\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or | ||
| 873 | - {\star\star\star}\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or | ||
| 874 | - \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger | ||
| 875 | - \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\@ctrerr\fi}} | ||
| 876 | - | ||
| 877 | -\def\inst#1{\unskip$^{#1}$} | ||
| 878 | -\def\fnmsep{\unskip$^,$} | ||
| 879 | -\def\email#1{{\tt#1}} | ||
| 880 | -\AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{url}{\def\url#1{#1}}{}% | ||
| 881 | -\@ifpackageloaded{babel}{% | ||
| 882 | -\@ifundefined{extrasenglish}{}{\addto\extrasenglish{\switcht@albion}}% | ||
| 883 | -\@ifundefined{extrasfrenchb}{}{\addto\extrasfrenchb{\switcht@francais}}% | ||
| 884 | -\@ifundefined{extrasgerman}{}{\addto\extrasgerman{\switcht@deutsch}}% | ||
| 885 | -\@ifundefined{extrasngerman}{}{\addto\extrasngerman{\switcht@deutsch}}% | ||
| 886 | -}{\switcht@@therlang}% | ||
| 887 | -\providecommand{\keywords}[1]{\par\addvspace\baselineskip | ||
| 888 | -\noindent\keywordname\enspace\ignorespaces#1}% | ||
| 889 | -} | ||
| 890 | -\def\homedir{\~{ }} | ||
| 891 | - | ||
| 892 | -\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}} | ||
| 893 | -\clearheadinfo | ||
| 894 | -% | ||
| 895 | -%%% to avoid hyperref warnings | ||
| 896 | -\providecommand*{\toclevel@author}{999} | ||
| 897 | -%%% to make title-entry parent of section-entries | ||
| 898 | -\providecommand*{\toclevel@title}{0} | ||
| 899 | -% | ||
| 900 | -\renewcommand\maketitle{\newpage | ||
| 901 | -\phantomsection | ||
| 902 | - \refstepcounter{chapter}% | ||
| 903 | - \stepcounter{section}% | ||
| 904 | - \setcounter{section}{0}% | ||
| 905 | - \setcounter{subsection}{0}% | ||
| 906 | - \setcounter{figure}{0} | ||
| 907 | - \setcounter{table}{0} | ||
| 908 | - \setcounter{equation}{0} | ||
| 909 | - \setcounter{footnote}{0}% | ||
| 910 | - \begingroup | ||
| 911 | - \parindent=\z@ | ||
| 912 | - \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% | ||
| 913 | - \if@twocolumn | ||
| 914 | - \ifnum \col@number=\@ne | ||
| 915 | - \@maketitle | ||
| 916 | - \else | ||
| 917 | - \twocolumn[\@maketitle]% | ||
| 918 | - \fi | ||
| 919 | - \else | ||
| 920 | - \newpage | ||
| 921 | - \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page. | ||
| 922 | - \@maketitle | ||
| 923 | - \fi | ||
| 924 | - \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks | ||
| 925 | -% | ||
| 926 | - \def\\{\unskip\ \ignorespaces}\def\inst##1{\unskip{}}% | ||
| 927 | - \def\thanks##1{\unskip{}}\def\fnmsep{\unskip}% | ||
| 928 | - \instindent=\hsize | ||
| 929 | - \advance\instindent by-\headlineindent | ||
| 930 | - \if!\the\toctitle!\addcontentsline{toc}{title}{\@title}\else | ||
| 931 | - \addcontentsline{toc}{title}{\the\toctitle}\fi | ||
| 932 | - \if@runhead | ||
| 933 | - \if!\the\titlerunning!\else | ||
| 934 | - \edef\@title{\the\titlerunning}% | ||
| 935 | - \fi | ||
| 936 | - \global\setbox\titrun=\hbox{\small\rm\unboldmath\ignorespaces\@title}% | ||
| 937 | - \ifdim\wd\titrun>\instindent | ||
| 938 | - \typeout{Title too long for running head. Please supply}% | ||
| 939 | - \typeout{a shorter form with \string\titlerunning\space prior to | ||
| 940 | - \string\maketitle}% | ||
| 941 | - \global\setbox\titrun=\hbox{\small\rm | ||
| 942 | - Title Suppressed Due to Excessive Length}% | ||
| 943 | - \fi | ||
| 944 | - \xdef\@title{\copy\titrun}% | ||
| 945 | - \fi | ||
| 946 | -% | ||
| 947 | - \if!\the\tocauthor!\relax | ||
| 948 | - {\def\and{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\and}% | ||
| 949 | - \protected@xdef\toc@uthor{\@author}}% | ||
| 950 | - \else | ||
| 951 | - \def\\{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\newline}% | ||
| 952 | - \protected@xdef\scratch{\the\tocauthor}% | ||
| 953 | - \protected@xdef\toc@uthor{\scratch}% | ||
| 954 | - \fi | ||
| 955 | - \addtocontents{toc}{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\authcount{\the\c@auco}}% | ||
| 956 | - \addcontentsline{toc}{author}{\toc@uthor}% | ||
| 957 | - \if@runhead | ||
| 958 | - \if!\the\authorrunning! | ||
| 959 | - \value{@inst}=\value{@auth}% | ||
| 960 | - \setcounter{@auth}{1}% | ||
| 961 | - \else | ||
| 962 | - \edef\@author{\the\authorrunning}% | ||
| 963 | - \fi | ||
| 964 | - \global\setbox\authrun=\hbox{\small\unboldmath\@author\unskip}% | ||
| 965 | - \ifdim\wd\authrun>\instindent | ||
| 966 | - \typeout{Names of authors too long for running head. Please supply}% | ||
| 967 | - \typeout{a shorter form with \string\authorrunning\space prior to | ||
| 968 | - \string\maketitle}% | ||
| 969 | - \global\setbox\authrun=\hbox{\small\rm | ||
| 970 | - Authors Suppressed Due to Excessive Length}% | ||
| 971 | - \fi | ||
| 972 | - \xdef\@author{\copy\authrun}% | ||
| 973 | - \markboth{\@author}{\@title}% | ||
| 974 | - \fi | ||
| 975 | - \endgroup | ||
| 976 | - \setcounter{footnote}{\fnnstart}% | ||
| 977 | - \clearheadinfo} | ||
| 978 | -% | ||
| 979 | -\def\@maketitle{\newpage | ||
| 980 | - \markboth{}{}% | ||
| 981 | - \def\lastand{\ifnum\value{@inst}=2\relax | ||
| 982 | - \unskip{} \andname\ | ||
| 983 | - \else | ||
| 984 | - \unskip \lastandname\ | ||
| 985 | - \fi}% | ||
| 986 | - \def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}\relax | ||
| 987 | - \ifnum\value{@auth}=\value{@inst}% | ||
| 988 | - \lastand | ||
| 989 | - \else | ||
| 990 | - \unskip, | ||
| 991 | - \fi}% | ||
| 992 | - \begin{center}% | ||
| 993 | - \let\newline\\ | ||
| 994 | - {\Large \bfseries\boldmath | ||
| 995 | - \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 996 | - \@title \par}\vskip .8cm | ||
| 997 | -\if!\@subtitle!\else {\large \bfseries\boldmath | ||
| 998 | - \vskip -.65cm | ||
| 999 | - \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 1000 | - \@subtitle \par}\vskip .8cm\fi | ||
| 1001 | - \setbox0=\vbox{\setcounter{@auth}{1}\def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}}% | ||
| 1002 | - \def\thanks##1{}\@author}% | ||
| 1003 | - \global\value{@inst}=\value{@auth}% | ||
| 1004 | - \global\value{auco}=\value{@auth}% | ||
| 1005 | - \setcounter{@auth}{1}% | ||
| 1006 | -{\lineskip .5em | ||
| 1007 | -\noindent\ignorespaces | ||
| 1008 | -\@author\vskip.35cm} | ||
| 1009 | - {\small\institutename} | ||
| 1010 | - \end{center}% | ||
| 1011 | - } | ||
| 1012 | - | ||
| 1013 | -% definition of the "\spnewtheorem" command. | ||
| 1014 | -% | ||
| 1015 | -% Usage: | ||
| 1016 | -% | ||
| 1017 | -% \spnewtheorem{env_nam}{caption}[within]{cap_font}{body_font} | ||
| 1018 | -% or \spnewtheorem{env_nam}[numbered_like]{caption}{cap_font}{body_font} | ||
| 1019 | -% or \spnewtheorem*{env_nam}{caption}{cap_font}{body_font} | ||
| 1020 | -% | ||
| 1021 | -% New is "cap_font" and "body_font". It stands for | ||
| 1022 | -% fontdefinition of the caption and the text itself. | ||
| 1023 | -% | ||
| 1024 | -% "\spnewtheorem*" gives a theorem without number. | ||
| 1025 | -% | ||
| 1026 | -% A defined spnewthoerem environment is used as described | ||
| 1027 | -% by Lamport. | ||
| 1028 | -% | ||
| 1029 | -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% | ||
| 1030 | - | ||
| 1031 | -\def\@thmcountersep{} | ||
| 1032 | -\def\@thmcounterend{.} | ||
| 1033 | - | ||
| 1034 | -\def\spnewtheorem{\@ifstar{\@sthm}{\@Sthm}} | ||
| 1035 | - | ||
| 1036 | -% definition of \spnewtheorem with number | ||
| 1037 | - | ||
| 1038 | -\def\@spnthm#1#2{% | ||
| 1039 | - \@ifnextchar[{\@spxnthm{#1}{#2}}{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}}} | ||
| 1040 | -\def\@Sthm#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@spothm{#1}}{\@spnthm{#1}}} | ||
| 1041 | - | ||
| 1042 | -\def\@spxnthm#1#2[#3]#4#5{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname | ||
| 1043 | - {\@definecounter{#1}\@addtoreset{#1}{#3}% | ||
| 1044 | - \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\expandafter\noexpand | ||
| 1045 | - \csname the#3\endcsname \noexpand\@thmcountersep \@thmcounter{#1}}% | ||
| 1046 | - \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}% | ||
| 1047 | - \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#4}{#5}}% | ||
| 1048 | - \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}} | ||
| 1049 | - | ||
| 1050 | -\def\@spynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname | ||
| 1051 | - {\@definecounter{#1}% | ||
| 1052 | - \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}% | ||
| 1053 | - \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}% | ||
| 1054 | - \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#3}{#4}}% | ||
| 1055 | - \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}} | ||
| 1056 | - | ||
| 1057 | -\def\@spothm#1[#2]#3#4#5{% | ||
| 1058 | - \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\@latexerr{No theorem environment `#2' defined}\@eha}% | ||
| 1059 | - {\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname | ||
| 1060 | - {\newaliascnt{#1}{#2}% | ||
| 1061 | - \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#3}% | ||
| 1062 | - \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#4}{#5}}% | ||
| 1063 | - \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}} | ||
| 1064 | - | ||
| 1065 | -\def\@spthm#1#2#3#4{\topsep 7\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 1066 | -\refstepcounter{#1}% | ||
| 1067 | -\@ifnextchar[{\@spythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{\@spxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}} | ||
| 1068 | - | ||
| 1069 | -\def\@spxthm#1#2#3#4{\@spbegintheorem{#2}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#3}{#4}% | ||
| 1070 | - \ignorespaces} | ||
| 1071 | - | ||
| 1072 | -\def\@spythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\@spopargbegintheorem{#2}{\csname | ||
| 1073 | - the#1\endcsname}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces} | ||
| 1074 | - | ||
| 1075 | -\def\@spbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{\trivlist | ||
| 1076 | - \item[\hskip\labelsep{#3#1\ #2\@thmcounterend}]#4} | ||
| 1077 | - | ||
| 1078 | -\def\@spopargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4#5{\trivlist | ||
| 1079 | - \item[\hskip\labelsep{#4#1\ #2}]{#4(#3)\@thmcounterend\ }#5} | ||
| 1080 | - | ||
| 1081 | -% definition of \spnewtheorem* without number | ||
| 1082 | - | ||
| 1083 | -\def\@sthm#1#2{\@Ynthm{#1}{#2}} | ||
| 1084 | - | ||
| 1085 | -\def\@Ynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname | ||
| 1086 | - {\global\@namedef{#1}{\@Thm{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#3}{#4}}% | ||
| 1087 | - \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}% | ||
| 1088 | - \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}} | ||
| 1089 | - | ||
| 1090 | -\def\@Thm#1#2#3{\topsep 7\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 1091 | -\@ifnextchar[{\@Ythm{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\@Xthm{#1}{#2}{#3}}} | ||
| 1092 | - | ||
| 1093 | -\def\@Xthm#1#2#3{\@Begintheorem{#1}{#2}{#3}\ignorespaces} | ||
| 1094 | - | ||
| 1095 | -\def\@Ythm#1#2#3[#4]{\@Opargbegintheorem{#1} | ||
| 1096 | - {#4}{#2}{#3}\ignorespaces} | ||
| 1097 | - | ||
| 1098 | -\def\@Begintheorem#1#2#3{#3\trivlist | ||
| 1099 | - \item[\hskip\labelsep{#2#1\@thmcounterend}]} | ||
| 1100 | - | ||
| 1101 | -\def\@Opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{#4\trivlist | ||
| 1102 | - \item[\hskip\labelsep{#3#1}]{#3(#2)\@thmcounterend\ }} | ||
| 1103 | - | ||
| 1104 | -\if@envcntsect | ||
| 1105 | - \def\@thmcountersep{.} | ||
| 1106 | - \spnewtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1107 | -\else | ||
| 1108 | - \spnewtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1109 | - \if@envcntreset | ||
| 1110 | - \@addtoreset{theorem}{section} | ||
| 1111 | - \else | ||
| 1112 | - \@addtoreset{theorem}{chapter} | ||
| 1113 | - \fi | ||
| 1114 | -\fi | ||
| 1115 | - | ||
| 1116 | -%definition of divers theorem environments | ||
| 1117 | -\spnewtheorem*{claim}{Claim}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1118 | -\spnewtheorem*{proof}{Proof}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1119 | -\if@envcntsame % alle Umgebungen wie Theorem. | ||
| 1120 | - \def\spn@wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spothm{#1}[theorem]{#2}{#3}{#4}} | ||
| 1121 | -\else % alle Umgebungen mit eigenem Zaehler | ||
| 1122 | - \if@envcntsect % mit section numeriert | ||
| 1123 | - \def\spn@wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spxnthm{#1}{#2}[section]{#3}{#4}} | ||
| 1124 | - \else % nicht mit section numeriert | ||
| 1125 | - \if@envcntreset | ||
| 1126 | - \def\spn@wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} | ||
| 1127 | - \@addtoreset{#1}{section}} | ||
| 1128 | - \else | ||
| 1129 | - \def\spn@wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} | ||
| 1130 | - \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}}% | ||
| 1131 | - \fi | ||
| 1132 | - \fi | ||
| 1133 | -\fi | ||
| 1134 | -\spn@wtheorem{case}{Case}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1135 | -\spn@wtheorem{conjecture}{Conjecture}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1136 | -\spn@wtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1137 | -\spn@wtheorem{definition}{Definition}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1138 | -\spn@wtheorem{example}{Example}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1139 | -\spn@wtheorem{exercise}{Exercise}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1140 | -\spn@wtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1141 | -\spn@wtheorem{note}{Note}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1142 | -\spn@wtheorem{problem}{Problem}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1143 | -\spn@wtheorem{property}{Property}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1144 | -\spn@wtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1145 | -\spn@wtheorem{question}{Question}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1146 | -\spn@wtheorem{solution}{Solution}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1147 | -\spn@wtheorem{remark}{Remark}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1148 | - | ||
| 1149 | -\def\@takefromreset#1#2{% | ||
| 1150 | - \def\@tempa{#1}% | ||
| 1151 | - \let\@tempd\@elt | ||
| 1152 | - \def\@elt##1{% | ||
| 1153 | - \def\@tempb{##1}% | ||
| 1154 | - \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else | ||
| 1155 | - \@addtoreset{##1}{#2}% | ||
| 1156 | - \fi}% | ||
| 1157 | - \expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempc\csname cl@#2\endcsname | ||
| 1158 | - \expandafter\def\csname cl@#2\endcsname{}% | ||
| 1159 | - \@tempc | ||
| 1160 | - \let\@elt\@tempd} | ||
| 1161 | - | ||
| 1162 | -\def\theopargself{\def\@spopargbegintheorem##1##2##3##4##5{\trivlist | ||
| 1163 | - \item[\hskip\labelsep{##4##1\ ##2}]{##4##3\@thmcounterend\ }##5} | ||
| 1164 | - \def\@Opargbegintheorem##1##2##3##4{##4\trivlist | ||
| 1165 | - \item[\hskip\labelsep{##3##1}]{##3##2\@thmcounterend\ }} | ||
| 1166 | - } | ||
| 1167 | - | ||
| 1168 | -\renewenvironment{abstract}{% | ||
| 1169 | - \list{}{\advance\topsep by0.35cm\relax\small | ||
| 1170 | - \leftmargin=1cm | ||
| 1171 | - \labelwidth=\z@ | ||
| 1172 | - \listparindent=\z@ | ||
| 1173 | - \itemindent\listparindent | ||
| 1174 | - \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[\hskip\labelsep | ||
| 1175 | - \bfseries\abstractname]} | ||
| 1176 | - {\endlist} | ||
| 1177 | - | ||
| 1178 | -\newdimen\headlineindent % dimension for space between | ||
| 1179 | -\headlineindent=1.166cm % number and text of headings. | ||
| 1180 | - | ||
| 1181 | -\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo | ||
| 1182 | - \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty | ||
| 1183 | - \def\@evenhead{\normalfont\small\rlap{\thepage}\hspace{\headlineindent}% | ||
| 1184 | - \leftmark\hfil} | ||
| 1185 | - \def\@oddhead{\normalfont\small\hfil\rightmark\hspace{\headlineindent}% | ||
| 1186 | - \llap{\thepage}} | ||
| 1187 | - \def\chaptermark##1{}% | ||
| 1188 | - \def\sectionmark##1{}% | ||
| 1189 | - \def\subsectionmark##1{}} | ||
| 1190 | - | ||
| 1191 | -\def\ps@titlepage{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo | ||
| 1192 | - \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty | ||
| 1193 | - \def\@evenhead{\normalfont\small\rlap{\thepage}\hspace{\headlineindent}% | ||
| 1194 | - \hfil} | ||
| 1195 | - \def\@oddhead{\normalfont\small\hfil\hspace{\headlineindent}% | ||
| 1196 | - \llap{\thepage}} | ||
| 1197 | - \def\chaptermark##1{}% | ||
| 1198 | - \def\sectionmark##1{}% | ||
| 1199 | - \def\subsectionmark##1{}} | ||
| 1200 | - | ||
| 1201 | -\if@runhead\ps@headings\else | ||
| 1202 | -\ps@empty\fi | ||
| 1203 | - | ||
| 1204 | -\setlength\arraycolsep{1.4\p@} | ||
| 1205 | -\setlength\tabcolsep{1.4\p@} | ||
| 1206 | - | ||
| 1207 | -\endinput | ||
| 1208 | -%end of file llncs.cls |
OSS-2016/llncs.tex
| @@ -1,1256 +0,0 @@ | @@ -1,1256 +0,0 @@ | ||
| 1 | -% This is LLNCS.DOC the documentation file of | ||
| 2 | -% the LaTeX2e class from Springer-Verlag | ||
| 3 | -% for Lecture Notes in Computer Science, version 2.4 | ||
| 4 | -\documentclass{llncs} | ||
| 5 | -\usepackage{llncsdoc} | ||
| 6 | -% | ||
| 7 | -\begin{document} | ||
| 8 | -\markboth{\LaTeXe{} Class for Lecture Notes in Computer | ||
| 9 | -Science}{\LaTeXe{} Class for Lecture Notes in Computer Science} | ||
| 10 | -\thispagestyle{empty} | ||
| 11 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 12 | -\LARGE\bfseries Instructions for Authors\\ | ||
| 13 | -Coding with \LaTeX\\[2cm] | ||
| 14 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 15 | -\rule{\textwidth}{1pt} | ||
| 16 | -\vspace{2pt} | ||
| 17 | -\begin{flushright} | ||
| 18 | -\Huge | ||
| 19 | -\begin{tabular}{@{}l} | ||
| 20 | -\LaTeXe{} Class\\ | ||
| 21 | -for Lecture Notes\\ | ||
| 22 | -in Computer Science\\[6pt] | ||
| 23 | -{\Large Version 2.4} | ||
| 24 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 25 | -\end{flushright} | ||
| 26 | -\rule{\textwidth}{1pt} | ||
| 27 | -\vfill | ||
| 28 | -%\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 29 | -%\large\itshape | ||
| 30 | -%\begin{tabular}{@{}l} | ||
| 31 | -%{\Large\upshape\bfseries Springer}\\[8pt] | ||
| 32 | -%Berlin\enspace Heidelberg\enspace New\kern0.1em York\\[5pt] | ||
| 33 | -%Barcelona\enspace Budapest\enspace Hong\kern0.2em Kong\\[5pt] | ||
| 34 | -%London\enspace Milan\enspace Paris\enspace\\[5pt] | ||
| 35 | -%Santa\kern0.2em Clara\enspace Singapore\enspace Tokyo | ||
| 36 | -%\end{tabular} | ||
| 37 | -%\end{flushleft} | ||
| 38 | -\newpage | ||
| 39 | -% | ||
| 40 | -\section*{For further information please contact us:} | ||
| 41 | -% | ||
| 42 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 43 | -\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}l@{\hspace{3mm}}l@{\qquad}l} | ||
| 44 | -$\bullet$&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{\bfseries LNCS Editorial Office}\\[1mm] | ||
| 45 | -&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Springer-Verlag}\\ | ||
| 46 | -&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Computer Science Editorial}\\ | ||
| 47 | -&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Tiergartenstraße 17}\\ | ||
| 48 | -&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{69121 Heidelberg}\\ | ||
| 49 | -&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Germany}\\[0.5mm] | ||
| 50 | - & Tel: & +49-6221-487-8706\\ | ||
| 51 | - & Fax: & +49-6221-487-8588\\ | ||
| 52 | - & e-mail: & \tt lncs@springer.com & for editorial questions\\ | ||
| 53 | - & & \tt texhelp@springer.de & for \TeX{} problems\\[2mm] | ||
| 54 | -\noalign{\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}} | ||
| 55 | -\noalign{\vskip2mm} | ||
| 56 | -% | ||
| 57 | -%{\tt svserv@vax.ntp.springer.de}\hfil first try the \verb|help| | ||
| 58 | -%command. | ||
| 59 | -% | ||
| 60 | -$\bullet$&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{\bfseries We are also reachable through the world wide web:}\\[1mm] | ||
| 61 | - &\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\texttt{http://www.springer.com}}&Springer Global Website\\ | ||
| 62 | - &\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\texttt{http://www.springer.com/lncs}}&LNCS home page\\ | ||
| 63 | - &\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\texttt{http://www.springerlink.com}}&data repository\\ | ||
| 64 | - &\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\texttt{ftp://ftp.springer.de}}&FTP server | ||
| 65 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 66 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 67 | - | ||
| 68 | - | ||
| 69 | -% | ||
| 70 | -\newpage | ||
| 71 | -\tableofcontents | ||
| 72 | -\newpage | ||
| 73 | -% | ||
| 74 | -\section{Introduction} | ||
| 75 | -% | ||
| 76 | -Authors wishing to code their contribution | ||
| 77 | -with \LaTeX{}, as well as those who have already coded with \LaTeX{}, | ||
| 78 | -will be provided with a document class that will give the text the | ||
| 79 | -desired layout. Authors are requested to | ||
| 80 | -adhere strictly to these instructions; {\em the class | ||
| 81 | -file must not be changed}. | ||
| 82 | - | ||
| 83 | -The text output area is automatically set within an area of | ||
| 84 | -12.2\,cm horizontally and 19.3\,cm vertically. | ||
| 85 | - | ||
| 86 | -If you are already familiar with \LaTeX{}, then the | ||
| 87 | -LLNCS class should not give you any major difficulties. | ||
| 88 | -It will change the layout to the required LLNCS style | ||
| 89 | -(it will for instance define the layout of \verb|\section|). | ||
| 90 | -We had to invent some extra commands, | ||
| 91 | -which are not provided by \LaTeX{} (e.g.\ | ||
| 92 | -\verb|\institute|, see also Sect.\,\ref{contbegin}) | ||
| 93 | - | ||
| 94 | -For the main body of the paper (the text) you | ||
| 95 | -should use the commands of the standard \LaTeX{} ``article'' class. | ||
| 96 | -Even if you are familiar with those commands, we urge you to read | ||
| 97 | -this entire documentation thoroughly. It contains many suggestions on | ||
| 98 | -how to use our commands properly; thus your paper | ||
| 99 | -will be formatted exactly to LLNCS standard. | ||
| 100 | -For the input of the references at the end of your contribution, | ||
| 101 | -please follow our instructions given in Sect.\,\ref{refer} References. | ||
| 102 | - | ||
| 103 | -The majority of these hints are not specific for LLNCS; they may improve | ||
| 104 | -your use of \LaTeX{} in general. | ||
| 105 | -Furthermore, the documentation provides suggestions about the proper | ||
| 106 | -editing and use | ||
| 107 | -of the input files (capitalization, abbreviation etc.) (see | ||
| 108 | -Sect.\,\ref{refedit} How to Edit Your Input File). | ||
| 109 | -% | ||
| 110 | -\section{How to Proceed} | ||
| 111 | -% | ||
| 112 | -The package consists of the following files: | ||
| 113 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 114 | -\begin{tabular}{@{}p{2.5cm}l} | ||
| 115 | -{\tt history.txt}& the version history of the package\\[2pt] | ||
| 116 | -{\tt llncs.cls} & class file for \LaTeX{}\\[2pt] | ||
| 117 | -{\tt llncs.dem} & an example showing how to code the text\\[2pt] | ||
| 118 | -{\tt llncs.doc} & general instructions (source of this document),\\ | ||
| 119 | - & {\tt llncs.doc} means {\itshape l\/}atex {\itshape doc\/}umentation for\\ | ||
| 120 | - & {\itshape L\/}ecture {\itshape N}otes in {\itshape C\/}omputer {\itshape S\/}cience\\ | ||
| 121 | -{\tt llncsdoc.pdf}& the documentation of the class (PDF version),\\ | ||
| 122 | -{\tt llncs.doc} & general instructions (source of this document),\\ | ||
| 123 | -{\tt llncsdoc.sty} & class modifications to help for the instructions\\ | ||
| 124 | -{\tt llncs.ind} & an external (faked) author index file\\ | ||
| 125 | -{\tt subjidx.ind} & subject index demo from the Springer book package\\ | ||
| 126 | -{\tt llncs.dvi} & the resultig DVI file (remember to use binary transfer!)\\[2pt] | ||
| 127 | -{\tt sprmindx.sty} & supplementary style file for MakeIndex\\ | ||
| 128 | - & (usage: {\tt makeindex -s sprmindx.sty <yourfile.idx>}) | ||
| 129 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 130 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 131 | -% | ||
| 132 | -\subsection{How to Invoke the LLNCS Document Class} | ||
| 133 | -% | ||
| 134 | -The LLNCS class is an extension of the standard \LaTeX{} ``article'' | ||
| 135 | -document class. Therefore you may use all ``article'' commands for the | ||
| 136 | -body of your contribution to prepare your manuscript. | ||
| 137 | -LLNCS class is invoked by replacing ``article'' by ``llncs'' in the | ||
| 138 | -first line of your document: | ||
| 139 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 140 | -\documentclass{llncs} | ||
| 141 | -% | ||
| 142 | -\begin{document} | ||
| 143 | - <Your contribution> | ||
| 144 | -\end{document} | ||
| 145 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 146 | -% | ||
| 147 | -\subsection{Contributions Already Coded with \protect\LaTeX{} without | ||
| 148 | -the LLNCS document class} | ||
| 149 | -% | ||
| 150 | -If your file is already coded with \LaTeX{} you can easily | ||
| 151 | -adapt it a posteriori to the LLNCS document class. | ||
| 152 | - | ||
| 153 | -Please refrain from using any \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} commands | ||
| 154 | -that affect the layout or formatting of your document (i.e. commands | ||
| 155 | -like \verb|\textheight|, \verb|\vspace|, \verb|\headsep| etc.). | ||
| 156 | -There may nevertheless be exceptional occasions on which to | ||
| 157 | -use some of them. | ||
| 158 | - | ||
| 159 | -The LLNCS document class has been carefully designed to produce the | ||
| 160 | -right layout from your \LaTeX{} input. If there is anything specific you | ||
| 161 | -would like to do and for which the style file does not provide a | ||
| 162 | -command, {\em please contact us}. Same holds for any error and bug you | ||
| 163 | -discover (there is however no reward for this -- sorry). | ||
| 164 | -% | ||
| 165 | -\section{General Rules for Coding Formulas} | ||
| 166 | -% | ||
| 167 | -With mathematical formulas you may proceed as described | ||
| 168 | -in Sect.\,3.3 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference | ||
| 169 | -Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (2nd~ed. 1994), Addison-Wesley Publishing | ||
| 170 | -Company, Inc. | ||
| 171 | - | ||
| 172 | -Equations are automatically numbered sequentially throughout your | ||
| 173 | -contribution using arabic numerals in parentheses on the right-hand | ||
| 174 | -side. | ||
| 175 | - | ||
| 176 | -When you are working in math mode everything is typeset in italics. | ||
| 177 | -Sometimes you need to insert non-mathematical elements (e.g.\ | ||
| 178 | -words or phrases). Such insertions should be coded in roman | ||
| 179 | -(with \verb|\mbox|) as illustrated in the following example: | ||
| 180 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 181 | -{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 182 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 183 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 184 | -\begin{equation} | ||
| 185 | - \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad | ||
| 186 | - \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace . | ||
| 187 | -\end{equation} | ||
| 188 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 189 | -{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 190 | -\begin{equation} | ||
| 191 | - \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad | ||
| 192 | - \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace . | ||
| 193 | -\end{equation} | ||
| 194 | - | ||
| 195 | -If you wish to start a new paragraph immediately after a displayed | ||
| 196 | -equation, insert a blank line so as to produce the required | ||
| 197 | -indentation. If there is no new paragraph either do not insert | ||
| 198 | -a blank line or code \verb|\noindent| immediately before | ||
| 199 | -continuing the text. | ||
| 200 | - | ||
| 201 | -Please punctuate a displayed equation in the same way as other | ||
| 202 | -ordinary text but with an \verb|\enspace| before end punctuation. | ||
| 203 | - | ||
| 204 | -Note that the sizes of the parentheses or other delimiter | ||
| 205 | -symbols used in equations should ideally match the height of the | ||
| 206 | -formulas being enclosed. This is automatically taken care of by | ||
| 207 | -the following \LaTeX{} commands:\\[2mm] | ||
| 208 | -\verb|\left(| or \verb|\left[| and | ||
| 209 | -\verb|\right)| or \verb|\right]|. | ||
| 210 | -% | ||
| 211 | -\subsection{Italic and Roman Type in Math Mode} | ||
| 212 | -% | ||
| 213 | -\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 214 | -\item | ||
| 215 | -In math mode \LaTeX{} treats all letters as though they | ||
| 216 | -were mathematical or physical variables, hence they are typeset as | ||
| 217 | -characters of their own in | ||
| 218 | -italics. However, for certain components of formulas, like short texts, | ||
| 219 | -this would be incorrect and therefore coding in roman is required. | ||
| 220 | -Roman should also be used for | ||
| 221 | -subscripts and superscripts {\em in formulas\/} where these are | ||
| 222 | -merely labels and not in themselves variables, | ||
| 223 | -e.g. $T_{\mathrm{eff}}$ \emph{not} $T_{eff}$, | ||
| 224 | -$T_{\mathrm K}$ \emph{not} $T_K$ (K = Kelvin), | ||
| 225 | -$m_{\mathrm e}$ \emph{not} $m_e$ (e = electron). | ||
| 226 | -However, do not code for roman | ||
| 227 | -if the sub/superscripts represent variables, | ||
| 228 | -e.g.\ $\sum_{i=1}^{n} a_{i}$. | ||
| 229 | -\item | ||
| 230 | -Please ensure that {\em physical units\/} (e.g.\ pc, erg s$^{-1}$ | ||
| 231 | -K, cm$^{-3}$, W m$^{-2}$ Hz$^{-1}$, m kg s$^{-2}$ A$^{-2}$) and | ||
| 232 | -{\em abbreviations\/} such as Ord, Var, GL, SL, sgn, const.\ | ||
| 233 | -are always set in roman type. To ensure | ||
| 234 | -this use the \verb|\mathrm| command: \verb|\mathrm{Hz}|. | ||
| 235 | -On p.\ 44 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference | ||
| 236 | -Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport you will find the names of | ||
| 237 | -common mathe\-matical functions, such as log, sin, exp, max and sup. | ||
| 238 | -These should be coded as \verb|\log|, | ||
| 239 | -\verb|\sin|, \verb|\exp|, \verb|\max|, \verb|\sup| | ||
| 240 | -and will appear in roman automatically. | ||
| 241 | -\item | ||
| 242 | -Chemical symbols and formulas should be coded for roman, | ||
| 243 | -e.g.\ Fe not $Fe$, H$_2$O not {\em H$_2$O}. | ||
| 244 | -\item | ||
| 245 | -Familiar foreign words and phrases, e.g.\ et al., | ||
| 246 | -a priori, in situ, brems\-strah\-lung, eigenvalues should not be | ||
| 247 | -italicized. | ||
| 248 | -\end{alpherate} | ||
| 249 | -% | ||
| 250 | -\section{How to Edit Your Input (Source) File} | ||
| 251 | -\label{refedit} | ||
| 252 | -% | ||
| 253 | -\subsection{Headings}\label{headings} | ||
| 254 | -% | ||
| 255 | -All words in headings should be capitalized except for conjunctions, | ||
| 256 | -prepositions (e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, | ||
| 257 | -under) and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they | ||
| 258 | -appear at the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text. | ||
| 259 | -% | ||
| 260 | -\subsection{Capitalization and Non-capitalization} | ||
| 261 | -% | ||
| 262 | -\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 263 | -\item | ||
| 264 | -The following should always be capitalized: | ||
| 265 | -\begin{itemize} | ||
| 266 | -\item | ||
| 267 | -Headings (see preceding Sect.\,\ref{headings}) | ||
| 268 | -\item | ||
| 269 | -Abbreviations and expressions | ||
| 270 | -in the text such as Fig(s)., Table(s), Sect(s)., Chap(s)., | ||
| 271 | -Theorem, Corollary, Definition etc. when used with numbers, e.g.\ | ||
| 272 | -Fig.\,3, Table\,1, Theorem 2. | ||
| 273 | -\end{itemize} | ||
| 274 | -Please follow the special rules in Sect.\,\ref{abbrev} for referring to | ||
| 275 | -equations. | ||
| 276 | -\item | ||
| 277 | -The following should {\em not\/} be capitalized: | ||
| 278 | -\begin{itemize} | ||
| 279 | -\item | ||
| 280 | -The words figure(s), table(s), equation(s), theorem(s) in the text when | ||
| 281 | -used without an accompanying number. | ||
| 282 | -\item | ||
| 283 | -Figure legends and table captions except for names and abbreviations. | ||
| 284 | -\end{itemize} | ||
| 285 | -\end{alpherate} | ||
| 286 | -% | ||
| 287 | -\subsection{Abbreviation of Words}\label{abbrev} | ||
| 288 | -% | ||
| 289 | -\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 290 | -\item | ||
| 291 | -The following {\em should} be abbreviated when they appear in running | ||
| 292 | -text {\em unless\/} they come at the beginning of a sentence: Chap., | ||
| 293 | -Sect., Fig.; e.g.\ The results are depicted in Fig.\,5. Figure 9 reveals | ||
| 294 | -that \dots .\\ | ||
| 295 | -{\em Please note\/}: Equations should usually be referred to solely by | ||
| 296 | -their number in parentheses: e.g.\ (14). However, when the reference | ||
| 297 | -comes at the beginning of a sentence, the unabbreviated word | ||
| 298 | -``Equation'' should be used: e.g.\ Equation (14) is very important. | ||
| 299 | -However, (15) makes it clear that \dots . | ||
| 300 | -\item | ||
| 301 | -If abbreviations of names or concepts are used | ||
| 302 | -throughout the text, they should be defined at first occurrence, | ||
| 303 | -e.g.\ Plurisubharmonic (PSH) Functions, Strong Optimization (SOPT) | ||
| 304 | -Problem. | ||
| 305 | -\end{alpherate} | ||
| 306 | -% | ||
| 307 | -\section{How to Code the Beginning of Your Contribution} | ||
| 308 | -\label{contbegin} | ||
| 309 | -% | ||
| 310 | -The title of a single contribution (it is mandatory) should be coded as | ||
| 311 | -follows: | ||
| 312 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 313 | -\title{<Your contribution title>} | ||
| 314 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 315 | -All words in titles should be capitalized except for conjunctions, | ||
| 316 | -prepositions (e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, | ||
| 317 | -under) and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they | ||
| 318 | -appear at the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text. | ||
| 319 | -Titles have no end punctuation. | ||
| 320 | - | ||
| 321 | -If a long \verb|\title| must be divided please use the code \verb|\\| | ||
| 322 | -(for new line). | ||
| 323 | - | ||
| 324 | -If you are to produce running heads for a specific volume the standard | ||
| 325 | -(of no such running heads) is overwritten with the \verb|[runningheads]| | ||
| 326 | -option in the \verb|\documentclass| line. For long titles that do not | ||
| 327 | -fit in the single line of the running head a warning is generated. | ||
| 328 | -You can specify an abbreviated title for the running head on odd pages | ||
| 329 | -with the command | ||
| 330 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 331 | -\titlerunning{<Your abbreviated contribution title>} | ||
| 332 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 333 | - | ||
| 334 | -There is also a possibility to change the text of the title that goes | ||
| 335 | -into the table of contents (that's for volume editors only -- there is | ||
| 336 | -no table of contents for a single contribution). For this use the | ||
| 337 | -command | ||
| 338 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 339 | -\toctitle{<Your changed title for the table of contents>} | ||
| 340 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 341 | - | ||
| 342 | -An optional subtitle may follow then: | ||
| 343 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 344 | -\subtitle{<subtitle of your contribution>} | ||
| 345 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 346 | - | ||
| 347 | -Now the name(s) of the author(s) must be given: | ||
| 348 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 349 | -\author{<author(s) name(s)>} | ||
| 350 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 351 | -Numbers referring to different addresses or affiliations are | ||
| 352 | -to be attached to each author with the \verb|\inst{<no>}| command. | ||
| 353 | -If there is more than one author, the order is up to you; | ||
| 354 | -the \verb|\and| command provides for the separation. | ||
| 355 | - | ||
| 356 | -If you have done this correctly, this entry now reads, for example: | ||
| 357 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 358 | -\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} \and Roger Temam\inst{2}} | ||
| 359 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 360 | -The first name\footnote{Other initials are optional | ||
| 361 | -and may be inserted if this is the usual | ||
| 362 | -way of writing your name, e.g.\ Alfred J.~Holmes, E.~Henry Green.} | ||
| 363 | -is followed by the surname. | ||
| 364 | - | ||
| 365 | -As for the title there exist two additional commands (again for volume | ||
| 366 | -editors only) for a different author list. One for the running head | ||
| 367 | -(on odd pages) -- if there is any: | ||
| 368 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 369 | -\authorrunning{<abbreviated author list>} | ||
| 370 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 371 | -And one for the table of contents where the | ||
| 372 | -affiliation of each author is simply added in braces. | ||
| 373 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 374 | -\tocauthor{<enhanced author list for the table of contents>} | ||
| 375 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 376 | - | ||
| 377 | -Next the address(es) of institute(s), company etc. is (are) required. | ||
| 378 | -If there is more than one address, the entries are numbered | ||
| 379 | -automatically with \verb|\and|, in the order in which you type them. | ||
| 380 | -Please make sure that the numbers match those placed next to | ||
| 381 | -to the authors' names to reflect the affiliation. | ||
| 382 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 383 | -\institute{<name of an institute> | ||
| 384 | -\and <name of the next institute> | ||
| 385 | -\and <name of the next institute>} | ||
| 386 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 387 | - | ||
| 388 | -In addition, you can use | ||
| 389 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 390 | -\email{<email address>} | ||
| 391 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 392 | -to provide your email address within \verb|\institute|. If you need to | ||
| 393 | -typeset the tilde character -- e.g. for your web page in your unix | ||
| 394 | -system's home directory -- the \verb|\homedir| command will happily do | ||
| 395 | -this. Please note that, if your email address is given in your paper, | ||
| 396 | -it will also be included in the meta data of the online version. | ||
| 397 | -\enlargethispage*{6mm} | ||
| 398 | - | ||
| 399 | -\medskip | ||
| 400 | -If footnote like things are needed anywhere in the contribution heading | ||
| 401 | -please code | ||
| 402 | -(immediately after the word where the footnote indicator should be | ||
| 403 | -placed): | ||
| 404 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 405 | -\thanks{<text>} | ||
| 406 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 407 | -\verb|\thanks| may only appear in \verb|\title|, \verb|\author| | ||
| 408 | -and \verb|\institute| to footnote anything. If there are two or more | ||
| 409 | -footnotes or affiliation marks to a specific item separate them with | ||
| 410 | -\verb|\fnmsep| (i.e. {\itshape f}oot\emph note \emph mark | ||
| 411 | -\emph{sep}arator). | ||
| 412 | - | ||
| 413 | -\medskip\noindent | ||
| 414 | -The command | ||
| 415 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 416 | -\maketitle | ||
| 417 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 418 | -then formats the complete heading of your article. If you leave | ||
| 419 | -it out the work done so far will produce \emph{no} text. | ||
| 420 | - | ||
| 421 | -Then the abstract should follow. Simply code | ||
| 422 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 423 | -\begin{abstract} | ||
| 424 | -<Text of the summary of your article> | ||
| 425 | -\end{abstract} | ||
| 426 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 427 | -or refer to the demonstration file {\tt llncs.dem} for an example or | ||
| 428 | -to the {\em Sample Input\/} on p.~\pageref{samppage}. | ||
| 429 | - | ||
| 430 | -\subsubsection{Remark to Running Heads and the Table of Contents} | ||
| 431 | -\leavevmode\\[\medskipamount] | ||
| 432 | -If you are the author of a single contribution you normally have no | ||
| 433 | -running heads and no table of contents. Both are done only by the editor | ||
| 434 | -of the volume or at the printers. | ||
| 435 | -% | ||
| 436 | -\section{Special Commands for the Volume Editor} | ||
| 437 | -The volume editor can produce a complete camera ready output including | ||
| 438 | -running heads, a table of contents, preliminary text (frontmatter), and | ||
| 439 | -index or glossary. For activating the running heads there is the class | ||
| 440 | -option \verb|[runningheads]|. | ||
| 441 | - | ||
| 442 | -The table of contents of the volume is printed wherever | ||
| 443 | -\verb|\tableofcontents| is placed. A simple compilation of all | ||
| 444 | -contributions (fields \verb|\title| and \verb|\author|) is done. If you | ||
| 445 | -wish to change this automatically produced list use the commands | ||
| 446 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 447 | -\titlerunning \toctitle | ||
| 448 | -\authorrunning \tocauthor | ||
| 449 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 450 | -to enhance the information in the specific contributions. See the | ||
| 451 | -demonstration file \verb|llncs.dem| for examples. | ||
| 452 | - | ||
| 453 | -An additional structure can be added to the table of contents with the | ||
| 454 | -\verb|\addtocmark{<text>}| command. It has an optional numerical | ||
| 455 | -argument, a digit from 1 through 3. 3 (the default) makes an unnumbered | ||
| 456 | -chapter like entry in the table of contents. If you code | ||
| 457 | -\verb|\addtocmark[2]{text}| the corresponding page number is listed | ||
| 458 | -also, \verb|\addtocmark[1]{text}| even introduces a chapter number | ||
| 459 | -beyond it. | ||
| 460 | -% | ||
| 461 | -\section{How to Code Your Text} | ||
| 462 | -% | ||
| 463 | -The contribution title and all headings should be capitalized | ||
| 464 | -except for conjunctions, prepositions (e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, | ||
| 465 | -from, with, without, under) and definite and indefinite articles (the, | ||
| 466 | -a, an) unless they appear at the beginning. Formula letters must be | ||
| 467 | -typeset as in the text. | ||
| 468 | - | ||
| 469 | -Headings will be automatically numbered by the following codes.\\[2mm] | ||
| 470 | -{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 471 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 472 | -\section{This is a First-Order Title} | ||
| 473 | -\subsection{This is a Second-Order Title} | ||
| 474 | -\subsubsection{This is a Third-Order Title.} | ||
| 475 | -\paragraph{This is a Fourth-Order Title.} | ||
| 476 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 477 | -\verb|\section| and \verb|\subsection| have no end punctuation.\\ | ||
| 478 | -\verb|\subsubsection| and \verb|\paragraph| | ||
| 479 | -need to be punctuated at the end. | ||
| 480 | - | ||
| 481 | -In addition to the above-mentioned headings your text may be structured | ||
| 482 | -by subsections indicated by run-in headings (theorem-like environments). | ||
| 483 | -All the theorem-like environments are numbered automatically | ||
| 484 | -throughout the sections of your document -- each with its own counter. | ||
| 485 | -If you want the theorem-like environments to use the same counter | ||
| 486 | -just specify the documentclass option \verb|envcountsame|: | ||
| 487 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 488 | -\documentclass[envcountsame]{llncs} | ||
| 489 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 490 | -If your first call for a theorem-like environment then is e.g. | ||
| 491 | -\verb|\begin{lemma}|, it will be numbered 1; if corollary follows, | ||
| 492 | -this will be numbered 2; if you then call lemma again, this will be | ||
| 493 | -numbered 3. | ||
| 494 | - | ||
| 495 | -But in case you want to reset such counters to 1 in each section, | ||
| 496 | -please specify the documentclass option \verb|envcountreset|: | ||
| 497 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 498 | -\documentclass[envcountreset]{llncs} | ||
| 499 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 500 | - | ||
| 501 | -Even a numbering on section level (including the section counter) is | ||
| 502 | -possible with the documentclass option \verb|envcountsect|. | ||
| 503 | - | ||
| 504 | -\section{Predefined Theorem like Environments}\label{builtintheo} | ||
| 505 | -The following variety of run-in headings are at your disposal: | ||
| 506 | -\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 507 | -\item | ||
| 508 | -{\bfseries Bold} run-in headings with italicized text | ||
| 509 | -as built-in environments: | ||
| 510 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 511 | -\begin{corollary} <text> \end{corollary} | ||
| 512 | -\begin{lemma} <text> \end{lemma} | ||
| 513 | -\begin{proposition} <text> \end{proposition} | ||
| 514 | -\begin{theorem} <text> \end{theorem} | ||
| 515 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 516 | -\item | ||
| 517 | -The following generally appears as {\itshape italic} run-in heading: | ||
| 518 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 519 | -\begin{proof} <text> \qed \end{proof} | ||
| 520 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 521 | -It is unnumbered and may contain an eye catching square (call for that | ||
| 522 | -with \verb|\qed|) before the environment ends. | ||
| 523 | -\item | ||
| 524 | -Further {\itshape italic} or {\bfseries bold} run-in headings with roman | ||
| 525 | -environment body may also occur: | ||
| 526 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 527 | -\begin{definition} <text> \end{definition} | ||
| 528 | -\begin{example} <text> \end{example} | ||
| 529 | -\begin{exercise} <text> \end{exercise} | ||
| 530 | -\begin{note} <text> \end{note} | ||
| 531 | -\begin{problem} <text> \end{problem} | ||
| 532 | -\begin{question} <text> \end{question} | ||
| 533 | -\begin{remark} <text> \end{remark} | ||
| 534 | -\begin{solution} <text> \end{solution} | ||
| 535 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 536 | -\end{alpherate} | ||
| 537 | - | ||
| 538 | -\section{Defining your Own Theorem like Environments} | ||
| 539 | -We have enhanced the standard \verb|\newtheorem| command and slightly | ||
| 540 | -changed its syntax to get two new commands \verb|\spnewtheorem| and | ||
| 541 | -\verb|\spnewtheorem*| that now can be used to define additional | ||
| 542 | -environments. They require two additional arguments namely the type | ||
| 543 | -style in which the keyword of the environment appears and second the | ||
| 544 | -style for the text of your new environment. | ||
| 545 | - | ||
| 546 | -\verb|\spnewtheorem| can be used in two ways. | ||
| 547 | -\subsection{Method 1 {\itshape (preferred)}} | ||
| 548 | -You may want to create an environment that shares its counter | ||
| 549 | -with another environment, say {\em main theorem\/} to be numbered like | ||
| 550 | -the predefined {\em theorem\/}. In this case, use the syntax | ||
| 551 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 552 | -\spnewtheorem{<env_nam>}[<num_like>]{<caption>} | ||
| 553 | -{<cap_font>}{<body_font>} | ||
| 554 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 555 | - | ||
| 556 | -\noindent | ||
| 557 | -Here the environment with which the new environment should share its | ||
| 558 | -counter is specified with the optional argument \verb|[<num_like>]|. | ||
| 559 | - | ||
| 560 | -\paragraph{Sample Input} | ||
| 561 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 562 | -\spnewtheorem{mainth}[theorem]{Main Theorem}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 563 | -\begin{theorem} The early bird gets the worm. \end{theorem} | ||
| 564 | -\begin{mainth} The early worm gets eaten. \end{mainth} | ||
| 565 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 566 | -\medskip\noindent | ||
| 567 | -{\em Sample Output} | ||
| 568 | - | ||
| 569 | -\medskip\noindent | ||
| 570 | -{\bfseries Theorem 3.}\enspace {\em The early bird gets the worm.} | ||
| 571 | - | ||
| 572 | -\medskip\noindent | ||
| 573 | -{\bfseries Main Theorem 4.} The early worm gets eaten. | ||
| 574 | - | ||
| 575 | -\bigskip | ||
| 576 | -The sharing of the default counter (\verb|[theorem]|) is desired. If you | ||
| 577 | -omit the optional second argument of \verb|\spnewtheorem| a separate | ||
| 578 | -counter for your new environment is used throughout your document. | ||
| 579 | - | ||
| 580 | -\subsection[Method 2]{Method 2 {\itshape (assumes {\tt[envcountsect]} | ||
| 581 | -documentstyle option)}} | ||
| 582 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 583 | -\spnewtheorem{<env_nam>}{<caption>}[<within>] | ||
| 584 | -{<cap_font>}{<body_font>} | ||
| 585 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 586 | - | ||
| 587 | -\noindent | ||
| 588 | -This defines a new environment \verb|<env_nam>| which prints the caption | ||
| 589 | -\verb|<caption>| in the font \verb|<cap_font>| and the text itself in | ||
| 590 | -the font \verb|<body_font>|. The environment is numbered beginning anew | ||
| 591 | -with every new sectioning element you specify with the optional | ||
| 592 | -parameter \verb|<within>|. | ||
| 593 | - | ||
| 594 | -\medskip\noindent | ||
| 595 | -\paragraph{Example} \leavevmode | ||
| 596 | - | ||
| 597 | -\medskip\noindent | ||
| 598 | -\verb|\spnewtheorem{joke}{Joke}[subsection]{\bfseries}{\rmfamily}| | ||
| 599 | - | ||
| 600 | -\medskip | ||
| 601 | -\noindent defines a new environment called \verb|joke| which prints the | ||
| 602 | -caption {\bfseries Joke} in boldface and the text in roman. The jokes are | ||
| 603 | -numbered starting from 1 at the beginning of every subsection with the | ||
| 604 | -number of the subsection preceding the number of the joke e.g. 7.2.1 for | ||
| 605 | -the first joke in subsection 7.2. | ||
| 606 | - | ||
| 607 | -\subsection{Unnumbered Environments} | ||
| 608 | -If you wish to have an unnumbered environment, please | ||
| 609 | -use the syntax | ||
| 610 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 611 | -\spnewtheorem*{<env_nam>}{<caption>}{<cap_font>}{<body_font>} | ||
| 612 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 613 | - | ||
| 614 | -\section{Program Codes} | ||
| 615 | -In case you want to show pieces of program code, just use the | ||
| 616 | -\verb|verbatim| environment or the \verb|verbatim| package of \LaTeX. | ||
| 617 | -(There also exist various pretty printers for some programming | ||
| 618 | -languages.) | ||
| 619 | -% | ||
| 620 | -\noindent | ||
| 621 | -\subsection*{Sample Input {\rmfamily(of a simple | ||
| 622 | -contribution)}}\label{samppage} | ||
| 623 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 624 | -\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics} | ||
| 625 | - | ||
| 626 | -\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} \and Roger Temam\inst{2}} | ||
| 627 | - | ||
| 628 | -\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA | ||
| 629 | -\and | ||
| 630 | -Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud, | ||
| 631 | -Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\ | ||
| 632 | -F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France} | ||
| 633 | - | ||
| 634 | -\maketitle | ||
| 635 | -% | ||
| 636 | -\begin{abstract} | ||
| 637 | -This paragraph shall summarize the contents of the paper | ||
| 638 | -in short terms. | ||
| 639 | -\end{abstract} | ||
| 640 | -% | ||
| 641 | -\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case} | ||
| 642 | -% | ||
| 643 | -With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the | ||
| 644 | -search for periodic solutions \dots | ||
| 645 | -% | ||
| 646 | -\subsection{Autonomous Systems} | ||
| 647 | -% | ||
| 648 | -In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian | ||
| 649 | -$H(x)$ \dots | ||
| 650 | -% | ||
| 651 | -\subsubsection*{The General Case: Nontriviality.} | ||
| 652 | -% | ||
| 653 | -We assume that $H$ is | ||
| 654 | -$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic | ||
| 655 | -at infinity, for some constant \dots | ||
| 656 | -% | ||
| 657 | -\paragraph{Notes and Comments.} | ||
| 658 | -The first results on subharmonics were \dots | ||
| 659 | -% | ||
| 660 | -\begin{proposition} | ||
| 661 | -Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots | ||
| 662 | -\end{proposition} | ||
| 663 | -\begin{proof}[of proposition] | ||
| 664 | -Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is | ||
| 665 | -some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed | ||
| 666 | -\end{proof} | ||
| 667 | -% | ||
| 668 | -\begin{example}[\rmfamily (External forcing)] | ||
| 669 | -Consider the system \dots | ||
| 670 | -\end{example} | ||
| 671 | -\begin{corollary} | ||
| 672 | -Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and | ||
| 673 | -$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic | ||
| 674 | -at infinity. Let \dots | ||
| 675 | -\end{corollary} | ||
| 676 | -\begin{lemma} | ||
| 677 | -Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$ | ||
| 678 | -and that $H''(x)$ is \dots | ||
| 679 | -\end{lemma} | ||
| 680 | -\begin{theorem}[(Ghoussoub-Preiss)] | ||
| 681 | -Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots | ||
| 682 | -\end{theorem} | ||
| 683 | -\begin{definition} | ||
| 684 | -We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ | ||
| 685 | -satisfies \dots | ||
| 686 | -\end{definition} | ||
| 687 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 688 | -{\itshape Sample Output\/} (follows on the next page together with | ||
| 689 | -examples of the above run-in headings) | ||
| 690 | -\newcounter{save}\setcounter{save}{\value{section}} | ||
| 691 | -{\def\addtocontents#1#2{}% | ||
| 692 | -\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}% | ||
| 693 | -\def\markboth#1#2{}% | ||
| 694 | -% | ||
| 695 | -\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics} | ||
| 696 | - | ||
| 697 | -\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} \and Roger Temam\inst{2}} | ||
| 698 | - | ||
| 699 | -\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA | ||
| 700 | -\and | ||
| 701 | -Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud, | ||
| 702 | -Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\ | ||
| 703 | -F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France} | ||
| 704 | - | ||
| 705 | -\maketitle | ||
| 706 | -% | ||
| 707 | -\begin{abstract} | ||
| 708 | -This paragraph shall summarize the contents of the paper | ||
| 709 | -in short terms. | ||
| 710 | -\end{abstract} | ||
| 711 | -% | ||
| 712 | -\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case} | ||
| 713 | -% | ||
| 714 | -With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the search | ||
| 715 | -for periodic solutions \dots | ||
| 716 | -% | ||
| 717 | -\subsection{Autonomous Systems} | ||
| 718 | -% | ||
| 719 | -In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian | ||
| 720 | -$H(x)$ \dots | ||
| 721 | -% | ||
| 722 | -\subsubsection{The General Case: Nontriviality.} | ||
| 723 | -% | ||
| 724 | -We assume that $H$ is | ||
| 725 | -$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic at | ||
| 726 | -infinity, for some constant \dots | ||
| 727 | -% | ||
| 728 | -\paragraph{Notes and Comments.} | ||
| 729 | -The first results on subharmonics were \dots | ||
| 730 | -% | ||
| 731 | -\begin{proposition} | ||
| 732 | -Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots | ||
| 733 | -\end{proposition} | ||
| 734 | -\begin{proof}[of proposition] | ||
| 735 | -Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is | ||
| 736 | -some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed | ||
| 737 | -\end{proof} | ||
| 738 | -% | ||
| 739 | -\begin{example}[{{\rmfamily External forcing}}] | ||
| 740 | -Consider the system \dots | ||
| 741 | -\end{example} | ||
| 742 | -\begin{corollary} | ||
| 743 | -Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and | ||
| 744 | -$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic | ||
| 745 | -at infinity. Let \dots | ||
| 746 | -\end{corollary} | ||
| 747 | -\begin{lemma} | ||
| 748 | -Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$ | ||
| 749 | -and that $H''(x)$ is \dots | ||
| 750 | -\end{lemma} | ||
| 751 | -\begin{theorem}[Ghoussoub-Preiss] | ||
| 752 | -Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots | ||
| 753 | -\end{theorem} | ||
| 754 | -\begin{definition} | ||
| 755 | -We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ satisfies \dots | ||
| 756 | -\end{definition} | ||
| 757 | -% | ||
| 758 | -}\setcounter{section}{\value{save}} | ||
| 759 | -\section{Fine Tuning of the Text} | ||
| 760 | -% | ||
| 761 | -The following should be used to improve the readability of the text: | ||
| 762 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 763 | -\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.19\textwidth}p{.79\textwidth}} | ||
| 764 | -\verb|\,| & a thin space, e.g.\ between numbers or between units | ||
| 765 | - and num\-bers; a line division will not be made | ||
| 766 | - following this space\\ | ||
| 767 | -\verb|--| & en dash; two strokes, without a space at either end\\ | ||
| 768 | -\verb*| -- |& en dash; two strokes, with a space at either end\\ | ||
| 769 | -\verb|-| & hyphen; one stroke, no space at either end\\ | ||
| 770 | -\verb|$-$| & minus, in the text {\em only} \\[8mm] | ||
| 771 | -{\em Input} & \verb|21\,$^{\circ}$C etc.,|\\ | ||
| 772 | - & \verb|Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots|\\ | ||
| 773 | - & \verb|20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots|\\ | ||
| 774 | - & \verb|1950--1985 \dots|\\ | ||
| 775 | - & \verb|this -- written on a computer -- is now printed|\\ | ||
| 776 | - & \verb|$-30$\,K \dots|\\[3mm] | ||
| 777 | -{\em Output}& 21\,$^{\circ}$C etc., Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots\\ | ||
| 778 | - & 20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots\\ | ||
| 779 | - & 1950--1985 \dots\\ | ||
| 780 | - & this -- written on a computer -- is now printed\\ | ||
| 781 | - & $-30$\,K \dots | ||
| 782 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 783 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 784 | -% | ||
| 785 | -\section {Special Typefaces} | ||
| 786 | -% | ||
| 787 | -Normal type (roman text) need not be coded. {\itshape Italic} | ||
| 788 | -(\verb|{\em <text>}| better still \verb|\emph{<text>}|) or, if | ||
| 789 | -necessary, {\bfseries boldface} should be used for emphasis.\\[6pt] | ||
| 790 | -\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth} | ||
| 791 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 792 | -\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.25\textwidth}@{\hskip6pt}p{.73\textwidth}@{}} | ||
| 793 | -\verb|{\itshape Text}| & {\itshape Italicized Text}\\[2pt] | ||
| 794 | -\verb|{\em Text}| & {\em Emphasized Text -- | ||
| 795 | - if you would like to emphasize a {\em definition} within an | ||
| 796 | - italicized text (e.g.\ of a {\em theorem)} you should code the | ||
| 797 | - expression to be emphasized by} \verb|\em|.\\[2pt] | ||
| 798 | -\verb|{\bfseries Text}|& {\bfseries Important Text}\\[2pt] | ||
| 799 | -\verb|\vec{Symbol}| & Vectors may only appear in math mode. The default | ||
| 800 | - \LaTeX{} vector symbol has been adapted\footnotemark\ | ||
| 801 | - to LLNCS conventions.\\[2pt] | ||
| 802 | - & \verb|$\vec{A \times B\cdot C}| yields $\vec{A\times B\cdot C}$\\ | ||
| 803 | - & \verb|$\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes|\\ | ||
| 804 | - & \verb|\vec{\hat{D}}$|yields $\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes | ||
| 805 | -\vec{\hat{D}}$ | ||
| 806 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 807 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 808 | -\end{minipage} | ||
| 809 | - | ||
| 810 | -\footnotetext{If you absolutely must revive the original \LaTeX{} | ||
| 811 | -design of the vector symbol (as an arrow accent), please specify the | ||
| 812 | -option \texttt{[orivec]} in the \texttt{documentclass} line.} | ||
| 813 | -\newpage | ||
| 814 | -% | ||
| 815 | -\section {Footnotes} | ||
| 816 | -% | ||
| 817 | -Footnotes within the text should be coded: | ||
| 818 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 819 | -\footnote{Text} | ||
| 820 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 821 | -{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 822 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 823 | -Text with a footnote\verb|\footnote{The |{\tt footnote is automatically | ||
| 824 | -numbered.}\verb|}| and text continues \dots | ||
| 825 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 826 | -{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 827 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 828 | -Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically numbered.} | ||
| 829 | -and text continues \dots | ||
| 830 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 831 | -% | ||
| 832 | -\section {Lists} | ||
| 833 | -% | ||
| 834 | -Please code lists as described below:\\[2mm] | ||
| 835 | -{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 836 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 837 | -\begin{enumerate} | ||
| 838 | - \item First item | ||
| 839 | - \item Second item | ||
| 840 | - \begin{enumerate} | ||
| 841 | - \item First nested item | ||
| 842 | - \item Second nested item | ||
| 843 | - \end{enumerate} | ||
| 844 | - \item Third item | ||
| 845 | -\end{enumerate} | ||
| 846 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 847 | -{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 848 | - \begin{enumerate} | ||
| 849 | -\item First item | ||
| 850 | -\item Second item | ||
| 851 | - \begin{enumerate} | ||
| 852 | - \item First nested item | ||
| 853 | - \item Second nested item | ||
| 854 | - \end{enumerate} | ||
| 855 | -\item Third item | ||
| 856 | -\end{enumerate} | ||
| 857 | -% | ||
| 858 | -\section {Figures} | ||
| 859 | -% | ||
| 860 | -Figure environments should be inserted after (not in) | ||
| 861 | -the paragraph in which the figure is first mentioned. | ||
| 862 | -They will be numbered automatically. | ||
| 863 | - | ||
| 864 | -Preferably the images should be enclosed as PostScript files -- best as | ||
| 865 | -EPS data using the epsfig package. | ||
| 866 | - | ||
| 867 | -If you cannot include them into your output this way and use other | ||
| 868 | -techniques for a separate production, | ||
| 869 | -the figures (line drawings and those containing halftone inserts | ||
| 870 | -as well as halftone figures) {\em should not be pasted into your | ||
| 871 | -laserprinter output}. They should be enclosed separately in camera-ready | ||
| 872 | -form (original artwork, glossy prints, photographs and/or slides). The | ||
| 873 | -lettering should be suitable for reproduction, and after a | ||
| 874 | -probably necessary reduction the height of capital letters should be at | ||
| 875 | -least 1.8\,mm and not more than 2.5\,mm. | ||
| 876 | -Check that lines and other details are uniformly black and | ||
| 877 | -that the lettering on figures is clearly legible. | ||
| 878 | - | ||
| 879 | -To leave the desired amount of space for the height of | ||
| 880 | -your figures, please use the coding described below. | ||
| 881 | -As can be seen in the output, we will automatically | ||
| 882 | -provide 1\,cm space above and below the figure, | ||
| 883 | -so that you should only leave the space equivalent to the size of the | ||
| 884 | -figure itself. Please note that ``\verb|x|'' in the following | ||
| 885 | -coding stands for the actual height of the figure: | ||
| 886 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 887 | -\begin{figure} | ||
| 888 | -\vspace{x cm} | ||
| 889 | -\caption[ ]{...text of caption...} (Do type [ ]) | ||
| 890 | -\end{figure} | ||
| 891 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 892 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 893 | -{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 894 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 895 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 896 | -\begin{figure} | ||
| 897 | -\vspace{2.5cm} | ||
| 898 | -\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white | ||
| 899 | -eagle and a white horse on a snow field} | ||
| 900 | -\end{figure} | ||
| 901 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 902 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 903 | -{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 904 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 905 | -\begin{figure} | ||
| 906 | -\vspace{2.5cm} | ||
| 907 | -\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white eagle and | ||
| 908 | -a white horse on a snow field} | ||
| 909 | -\end{figure} | ||
| 910 | -% | ||
| 911 | -\section{Tables} | ||
| 912 | -% | ||
| 913 | -Table captions should be treated | ||
| 914 | -in the same way as figure legends, except that | ||
| 915 | -the table captions appear {\itshape above} the tables. The tables | ||
| 916 | -will be numbered automatically. | ||
| 917 | -% | ||
| 918 | -\subsection{Tables Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}} | ||
| 919 | -% | ||
| 920 | -Please use the following coding:\\[2mm] | ||
| 921 | -{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 922 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 923 | -\begin{table} | ||
| 924 | -\caption{Critical $N$ values} | ||
| 925 | -\begin{tabular}{llllll} | ||
| 926 | -\hline\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 927 | -${\mathrm M}_\odot$ & $\beta_{0}$ & $T_{\mathrm c6}$ & $\gamma$ | ||
| 928 | - & $N_{\mathrm{crit}}^{\mathrm L}$ | ||
| 929 | - & $N_{\mathrm{crit}}^{\mathrm{Te}}$\\ | ||
| 930 | -\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 931 | -\hline | ||
| 932 | -\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 933 | - 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\ | ||
| 934 | - 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\ | ||
| 935 | -120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\ | ||
| 936 | -\hline | ||
| 937 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 938 | -\end{table} | ||
| 939 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 940 | - | ||
| 941 | -\medskip\noindent{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 942 | -\begin{table} | ||
| 943 | -\caption{Critical $N$ values} | ||
| 944 | -\begin{center} | ||
| 945 | -\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.4} | ||
| 946 | -\setlength\tabcolsep{3pt} | ||
| 947 | -\begin{tabular}{llllll} | ||
| 948 | -\hline\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 949 | -${\mathrm M}_\odot$ & $\beta_{0}$ & $T_{\mathrm c6}$ & $\gamma$ | ||
| 950 | - & $N_{\mathrm{crit}}^{\mathrm L}$ | ||
| 951 | - & $N_{\mathrm{crit}}^{\mathrm{Te}}$\\ | ||
| 952 | -\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 953 | -\hline | ||
| 954 | -\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 955 | - 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\ | ||
| 956 | - 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\ | ||
| 957 | -120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\ | ||
| 958 | -\hline | ||
| 959 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 960 | -\end{center} | ||
| 961 | -\end{table} | ||
| 962 | - | ||
| 963 | -Before continuing your text you need an empty line. \dots | ||
| 964 | - | ||
| 965 | -\vspace{3mm} | ||
| 966 | -For further information you will find a complete description of | ||
| 967 | -the tabular environment | ||
| 968 | -on p.~62~ff. and p.~204 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference | ||
| 969 | -Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport. | ||
| 970 | -% | ||
| 971 | -\subsection{Tables Not Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}} | ||
| 972 | -% | ||
| 973 | -If you do not wish to code your table using \LaTeX{} | ||
| 974 | -but prefer to have it reproduced separately, | ||
| 975 | -proceed as for figures and use the following coding:\\[2mm] | ||
| 976 | -{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 977 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 978 | -\begin{table} | ||
| 979 | -\caption{text of your caption} | ||
| 980 | -\vspace{x cm} % the actual height needed for your table | ||
| 981 | -\end{table} | ||
| 982 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 983 | -% | ||
| 984 | -\subsection{Signs and Characters} | ||
| 985 | -% | ||
| 986 | -\subsubsection*{Special Signs.} | ||
| 987 | -% | ||
| 988 | -You may need to use special signs. The available ones are listed in the | ||
| 989 | -{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, | ||
| 990 | -pp.~41\,ff. | ||
| 991 | -We have created further symbols for math mode (enclosed in \$): | ||
| 992 | -\begin{center} | ||
| 993 | -\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}} | ||
| 994 | -c@{\hspace{3em}}l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}}c} | ||
| 995 | -\verb|\grole| & $\grole$ & \verb|\getsto| & $\getsto$\\ | ||
| 996 | -\verb|\lid| & $\lid$ & \verb|\gid| & $\gid$ | ||
| 997 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 998 | -\end{center} | ||
| 999 | -% | ||
| 1000 | -\subsubsection*{Gothic (Fraktur).} | ||
| 1001 | -% | ||
| 1002 | -If gothic letters are {\itshape necessary}, please use those of the | ||
| 1003 | -relevant \AmSTeX{} alphabet which are available using the amstex | ||
| 1004 | -package of the American Mathematical Society. | ||
| 1005 | - | ||
| 1006 | -In \LaTeX{} only the following gothic letters are available: | ||
| 1007 | -\verb|$\Re$| yields $\Re$ and \verb|$\Im$| yields $\Im$. These should | ||
| 1008 | -{\itshape not\/} be used when you need gothic letters for your contribution. | ||
| 1009 | -Use \AmSTeX{} gothic as explained above. For the real and the imaginary | ||
| 1010 | -parts of a complex number within math mode you should use instead: | ||
| 1011 | -\verb|$\mathrm{Re}$| (which yields Re) or \verb|$\mathrm{Im}$| (which | ||
| 1012 | -yields Im). | ||
| 1013 | -% | ||
| 1014 | -\subsubsection*{Script.} | ||
| 1015 | -% | ||
| 1016 | -For script capitals use the coding | ||
| 1017 | -\begin{center} | ||
| 1018 | -\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}which yields\hspace{1em}}c} | ||
| 1019 | -\verb|$\mathcal{AB}$| & $\mathcal{AB}$ | ||
| 1020 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 1021 | -\end{center} | ||
| 1022 | -(see p.~42 of the \LaTeX{} book). | ||
| 1023 | -% | ||
| 1024 | -\subsubsection*{Special Roman.} | ||
| 1025 | -% | ||
| 1026 | -If you need other symbols than those below, you could use | ||
| 1027 | -the blackboard bold characters of \AmSTeX{}, but there might arise | ||
| 1028 | -capacity problems | ||
| 1029 | -in loading additional \AmSTeX{} fonts. Therefore we created | ||
| 1030 | -the blackboard bold characters listed below. | ||
| 1031 | -Some of them are not esthetically | ||
| 1032 | -satisfactory. This need not deter you from using them: | ||
| 1033 | -in the final printed form they will be | ||
| 1034 | -replaced by the well-designed MT (monotype) characters of | ||
| 1035 | -the phototypesetting machine. | ||
| 1036 | -\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 1037 | -\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{ yields } | ||
| 1038 | -c@{\hspace{1.em}}ll@{ yields }c} | ||
| 1039 | -\verb|\bbbc| & (complex numbers) & $\bbbc$ | ||
| 1040 | - & \verb|\bbbf| & (blackboard bold F) & $\bbbf$\\ | ||
| 1041 | -\verb|\bbbh| & (blackboard bold H) & $\bbbh$ | ||
| 1042 | - & \verb|\bbbk| & (blackboard bold K) & $\bbbk$\\ | ||
| 1043 | -\verb|\bbbm| & (blackboard bold M) & $\bbbm$ | ||
| 1044 | - & \verb|\bbbn| & (natural numbers N) & $\bbbn$\\ | ||
| 1045 | -\verb|\bbbp| & (blackboard bold P) & $\bbbp$ | ||
| 1046 | - & \verb|\bbbq| & (rational numbers) & $\bbbq$\\ | ||
| 1047 | -\verb|\bbbr| & (real numbers) & $\bbbr$ | ||
| 1048 | - & \verb|\bbbs| & (blackboard bold S) & $\bbbs$\\ | ||
| 1049 | -\verb|\bbbt| & (blackboard bold T) & $\bbbt$ | ||
| 1050 | - & \verb|\bbbz| & (whole numbers) & $\bbbz$\\ | ||
| 1051 | -\verb|\bbbone| & (symbol one) & $\bbbone$ | ||
| 1052 | -\end{tabular} | ||
| 1053 | -\end{flushleft} | ||
| 1054 | -\begin{displaymath} | ||
| 1055 | -\begin{array}{c} | ||
| 1056 | -\bbbc^{\bbbc^{\bbbc}} \otimes | ||
| 1057 | -\bbbf_{\bbbf_{\bbbf}} \otimes | ||
| 1058 | -\bbbh_{\bbbh_{\bbbh}} \otimes | ||
| 1059 | -\bbbk_{\bbbk_{\bbbk}} \otimes | ||
| 1060 | -\bbbm^{\bbbm^{\bbbm}} \otimes | ||
| 1061 | -\bbbn_{\bbbn_{\bbbn}} \otimes | ||
| 1062 | -\bbbp^{\bbbp^{\bbbp}}\\[2mm] | ||
| 1063 | -\otimes | ||
| 1064 | -\bbbq_{\bbbq_{\bbbq}} \otimes | ||
| 1065 | -\bbbr^{\bbbr^{\bbbr}} \otimes | ||
| 1066 | -\bbbs^{\bbbs_{\bbbs}} \otimes | ||
| 1067 | -\bbbt^{\bbbt^{\bbbt}} \otimes | ||
| 1068 | -\bbbz \otimes | ||
| 1069 | -\bbbone^{\bbbone_{\bbbone}} | ||
| 1070 | -\end{array} | ||
| 1071 | -\end{displaymath} | ||
| 1072 | -% | ||
| 1073 | -\section{References} | ||
| 1074 | -\label{refer} | ||
| 1075 | -% | ||
| 1076 | -There are three reference systems available; only one, of course, | ||
| 1077 | -should be used for your contribution. With each system (by | ||
| 1078 | -number only, by letter-number or by author-year) a reference list | ||
| 1079 | -containing all citations in the | ||
| 1080 | -text, should be included at the end of your contribution placing the | ||
| 1081 | -\LaTeX{} environment \verb|thebibliography| there. | ||
| 1082 | -For an overall information on that environment | ||
| 1083 | -see the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference | ||
| 1084 | -Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, p.~71. | ||
| 1085 | - | ||
| 1086 | -There is a special {\sc Bib}\TeX{} style for LLNCS that works along | ||
| 1087 | -with the class: \verb|splncs.bst| | ||
| 1088 | --- call for it with a line \verb|\bibliographystyle{splncs}|. | ||
| 1089 | -If you plan to use another {\sc Bib}\TeX{} style you are customed to, | ||
| 1090 | -please specify the option \verb|[oribibl]| in the | ||
| 1091 | -\verb|documentclass| line, like: | ||
| 1092 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1093 | -\documentclass[oribibl]{llncs} | ||
| 1094 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1095 | -This will retain the original \LaTeX{} code for the bibliographic | ||
| 1096 | -environment and the \verb|\cite| mechanism that many {\sc Bib}\TeX{} | ||
| 1097 | -applications rely on. | ||
| 1098 | -% | ||
| 1099 | -\subsection{References by Letter-Number or by Number Only} | ||
| 1100 | -% | ||
| 1101 | -References are cited in the text -- using the \verb|\cite| | ||
| 1102 | -command of \LaTeX{} -- by number or by letter-number in square | ||
| 1103 | -brackets, e.g.\ [1] or [E1, S2], [P1], according to your use of the | ||
| 1104 | -\verb|\bibitem| command in the \verb|thebibliography| environment. The | ||
| 1105 | -coding is as follows: if you choose your own label for the sources by | ||
| 1106 | -giving an optional argument to the \verb|\bibitem| command the citations | ||
| 1107 | -in the text are marked with the label you supplied. Otherwise a simple | ||
| 1108 | -numbering is done, which is preferred. | ||
| 1109 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1110 | -The results in this section are a refined version | ||
| 1111 | -of \cite{clar:eke}; the minimality result of Proposition~14 | ||
| 1112 | -was the first of its kind. | ||
| 1113 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1114 | -The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of | ||
| 1115 | -[CE1]; the min\-i\-mality\dots''. Then the \verb|\bibitem| entry of | ||
| 1116 | -the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read: | ||
| 1117 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1118 | -\begin{thebibliography}{[MT1]} | ||
| 1119 | -. | ||
| 1120 | -. | ||
| 1121 | -\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke} | ||
| 1122 | -Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1123 | -Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for | ||
| 1124 | -Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1125 | -Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 1126 | -. | ||
| 1127 | -. | ||
| 1128 | -\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 1129 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1130 | -The complete bibliography looks like this: | ||
| 1131 | -% | ||
| 1132 | -\begin{thebibliography}{[MT1]} | ||
| 1133 | -% | ||
| 1134 | -\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke} | ||
| 1135 | -Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1136 | -Nonlinear oscillations and | ||
| 1137 | -boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1138 | -Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 1139 | -% | ||
| 1140 | -\bibitem[CE2]{clar:eke:2} | ||
| 1141 | -Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1142 | -Solutions p\'{e}riodiques, du | ||
| 1143 | -p\'{e}riode donn\'{e}e, des \'{e}quations hamiltoniennes. | ||
| 1144 | -Note CRAS Paris 287, 1013--1015 (1978) | ||
| 1145 | -% | ||
| 1146 | -\bibitem[MT1]{mich:tar} | ||
| 1147 | -Michalek, R., Tarantello, G.: | ||
| 1148 | -Subharmonic solutions with prescribed minimal | ||
| 1149 | -period for nonautonomous Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1150 | -J. Diff. Eq. 72, 28--55 (1988) | ||
| 1151 | -% | ||
| 1152 | -\bibitem[Ta1]{tar} | ||
| 1153 | -Tarantello, G.: | ||
| 1154 | -Subharmonic solutions for Hamiltonian | ||
| 1155 | -systems via a $\bbbz_{p}$ pseudoindex theory. | ||
| 1156 | -Annali di Matematica Pura (to appear) | ||
| 1157 | -% | ||
| 1158 | -\bibitem[Ra1]{rab} | ||
| 1159 | -Rabinowitz, P.: | ||
| 1160 | -On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian system. | ||
| 1161 | -Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 33, 609--633 (1980) | ||
| 1162 | -\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 1163 | -% | ||
| 1164 | -\subsubsection*{Number-Only System.} | ||
| 1165 | -% | ||
| 1166 | -For this preferred system do not use the optional argument | ||
| 1167 | -in the \verb|\bibitem| command: then, only numbers will | ||
| 1168 | -appear for the citations in the text (enclosed in square brackets) | ||
| 1169 | -as well as for the marks in your | ||
| 1170 | -bibliography (here the number is only end-punctuated without | ||
| 1171 | -square brackets). | ||
| 1172 | - | ||
| 1173 | -Subsequent citation numbers in the text are collapsed to ranges. | ||
| 1174 | -Non-numeric and undefined labels are handled correctly but no sorting is | ||
| 1175 | -done. | ||
| 1176 | - | ||
| 1177 | -E.g., \verb|\cite{n1,n3,n2,n3,n4,n5,foo,n1,n2,n3,?,n4,n5}| -- where | ||
| 1178 | -\verb|n|$x$ is the key of the $x^{\mathrm{th}}$ \verb|\bibitem| | ||
| 1179 | -command in sequence, \verb|foo| is the key of a \verb|\bibitem| with an | ||
| 1180 | -optional argument, and \verb|?| is an undefined reference -- gives | ||
| 1181 | -1,3,2-5,foo,1-3,?,4,5 as the citation reference. | ||
| 1182 | - | ||
| 1183 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1184 | -\begin{thebibliography}{1} | ||
| 1185 | -\bibitem {clar:eke} | ||
| 1186 | -Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1187 | -Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for | ||
| 1188 | -Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1189 | -Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 1190 | -\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 1191 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1192 | -% | ||
| 1193 | -\subsection{Author-Year System} | ||
| 1194 | -% | ||
| 1195 | -References are cited in the text by name and year in parentheses | ||
| 1196 | -and should look as follows: | ||
| 1197 | -(Smith 1970, 1980), (Ekeland et al. 1985, Theorem 2), (Jones and Jaffe | ||
| 1198 | -1986; Farrow 1988, Chap.\,2). If the name is part of the sentence | ||
| 1199 | -only the year may appear in parentheses, | ||
| 1200 | -e.g.\ Ekeland et al. (1985, Sect.\,2.1) | ||
| 1201 | -The reference list should contain all citations occurring in the text, | ||
| 1202 | -ordered alphabetically by surname (with initials following). If there | ||
| 1203 | -are several works by the same author(s) the references should be listed | ||
| 1204 | -in the appropriate order indicated below: | ||
| 1205 | -\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 1206 | -\setlength{\hfuzz}{5pt} | ||
| 1207 | -\item | ||
| 1208 | -One author: list works chronologically; | ||
| 1209 | -\item | ||
| 1210 | -Author and same co-author(s): list works chronologically; | ||
| 1211 | -\item | ||
| 1212 | -Author and different co-authors: list works alphabetically | ||
| 1213 | -according to co-authors. | ||
| 1214 | -\end{alpherate} | ||
| 1215 | -If there are several works by the same author(s) and in the same year, | ||
| 1216 | -but which are cited separately, they should be distinguished by the use | ||
| 1217 | -of ``a'', ``b'' etc., e.g.\ (Smith 1982a), (Ekeland et al. 1982b). | ||
| 1218 | -% | ||
| 1219 | -\subsubsection*{How to Code Author-Year System.} | ||
| 1220 | -% | ||
| 1221 | -If you want to use this system you have to specify the option | ||
| 1222 | -\verb|[citeauthoryear]| in the \verb|documentclass|, like: | ||
| 1223 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1224 | -\documentclass[citeauthoryear]{llncs} | ||
| 1225 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1226 | -Write your citations in the text explicitly except for the year, leaving | ||
| 1227 | -that up to \LaTeX{} with the \verb|\cite| command. Then give only the | ||
| 1228 | -appropriate year as the optional argument (i.e. the label in square | ||
| 1229 | -brackets) with the \verb|\bibitem| command(s).\\[2mm] | ||
| 1230 | -{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 1231 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1232 | -The results in this section are a refined version | ||
| 1233 | -of Clarke and Ekeland (\cite{clar:eke}); the minimality result of | ||
| 1234 | -Proposition~14 was the first of its kind. | ||
| 1235 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1236 | -The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of | ||
| 1237 | -Clarke and Ekeland (1982); the minimality\dots''. Then the | ||
| 1238 | -\verb|\bibitem| entry of \verb|clar:eke| in the \verb|thebibliography| | ||
| 1239 | -environment should read: | ||
| 1240 | -\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1241 | -\begin{thebibliography}{} % (do not forget {}) | ||
| 1242 | -. | ||
| 1243 | -. | ||
| 1244 | -\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke} | ||
| 1245 | -Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1246 | -Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for | ||
| 1247 | -Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1248 | -Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 1249 | -. | ||
| 1250 | -. | ||
| 1251 | -\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 1252 | -\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1253 | -{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 1254 | -\bibauthoryear | ||
| 1255 | -% | ||
| 1256 | -\end{document} |
OSS-2016/llncsdoc.sty
| @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ | @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ | ||
| 1 | -% This is LLNCSDOC.STY the modification of the | ||
| 2 | -% LLNCS class file for the documentation of | ||
| 3 | -% the class itself. | ||
| 4 | -% | ||
| 5 | -\def\AmS{{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}% | ||
| 6 | - A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}} | ||
| 7 | -\def\AmSTeX{{\protect\AmS-\protect\TeX}} | ||
| 8 | -% | ||
| 9 | -\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo | ||
| 10 | -\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil\small\rm\rightmark | ||
| 11 | -\qquad\thepage}% | ||
| 12 | -\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\small\rm\thepage\qquad | ||
| 13 | -\leftmark\hfil}% | ||
| 14 | -\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}} | ||
| 15 | -\ps@myheadings | ||
| 16 | -% | ||
| 17 | -\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} | ||
| 18 | -% | ||
| 19 | -\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{--} | ||
| 20 | -\newenvironment{alpherate}% | ||
| 21 | -{\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\alph{enumi})}\begin{enumerate}}% | ||
| 22 | -{\end{enumerate}\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{enumi}} | ||
| 23 | -% | ||
| 24 | -\def\bibauthoryear{\begingroup | ||
| 25 | -\def\thebibliography##1{\section*{References}% | ||
| 26 | - \small\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{}\leftmargin\parindent | ||
| 27 | - \itemindent=-\parindent | ||
| 28 | - \labelsep=\z@ | ||
| 29 | - \usecounter{enumi}}% | ||
| 30 | - \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}% | ||
| 31 | - \sloppy | ||
| 32 | - \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}% | ||
| 33 | - \def\@cite##1{##1}% | ||
| 34 | - \def\@lbibitem[##1]##2{\item[]\if@filesw | ||
| 35 | - {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate | ||
| 36 | - \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}% | ||
| 37 | -\begin{thebibliography}{} | ||
| 38 | -\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke3} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: Nonlinear | ||
| 39 | -oscillations and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 40 | -Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 41 | -\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 42 | -\endgroup} |
OSS-2016/remreset.sty
| @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ | @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ | ||
| 1 | - | ||
| 2 | -% remreset package | ||
| 3 | -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% | ||
| 4 | - | ||
| 5 | -% Copyright 1997 David carlisle | ||
| 6 | -% This file may be distributed under the terms of the LPPL. | ||
| 7 | -% See 00readme.txt for details. | ||
| 8 | - | ||
| 9 | -% 1997/09/28 David Carlisle | ||
| 10 | - | ||
| 11 | -% LaTeX includes a command \@addtoreset that is used to declare that | ||
| 12 | -% a counter should be reset every time a second counter is incremented. | ||
| 13 | - | ||
| 14 | -% For example the book class has a line | ||
| 15 | -% \@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter} | ||
| 16 | -% So that the footnote counter is reset each chapter. | ||
| 17 | - | ||
| 18 | -% If you wish to bas a new class on book, but without this counter | ||
| 19 | -% being reset, then standard LaTeX gives no simple mechanism to do | ||
| 20 | -% this. | ||
| 21 | - | ||
| 22 | -% This package defines |\@removefromreset| which just undoes the effect | ||
| 23 | -% of \@addtorest. So for example a class file may be defined by | ||
| 24 | - | ||
| 25 | -% \LoadClass{book} | ||
| 26 | -% \@removefromreset{footnote}{chapter} | ||
| 27 | - | ||
| 28 | - | ||
| 29 | -\def\@removefromreset#1#2{{% | ||
| 30 | - \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset | ||
| 31 | - \def\@elt##1{% | ||
| 32 | - \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset | ||
| 33 | - \else | ||
| 34 | - \noexpand\@elt{##1}% | ||
| 35 | - \fi}% | ||
| 36 | - \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{% | ||
| 37 | - \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}} | ||
| 38 | - | ||
| 39 | - |
OSS-2016/spb.bib
| @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ | @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ | ||
| 1 | -@article{naur1969software, | ||
| 2 | - title={NATO}, | ||
| 3 | - author={Naur, Peter and Randell, Brian}, | ||
| 4 | - year={1969} | ||
| 5 | -} | ||
| 6 | - | ||
| 7 | -@phdthesis{meirelles2013monitoramento, | ||
| 8 | - title={Monitoramento de m{\'e}tricas de c{\'o}digo-fonte em projetos de software livre}, | ||
| 9 | - author={Meirelles, Paulo Roberto Miranda}, | ||
| 10 | - year={2013}, | ||
| 11 | - school={Universidade de S{\~a}o Paulo}, | ||
| 12 | - url={http://www.teses.usp.br/teses/disponiveis/45/45134/tde-27082013-090242/pt-br.php} | ||
| 13 | -} | ||
| 14 | - | ||
| 15 | -@article{meirelles2009crab, | ||
| 16 | - title={Crab: Uma software para avalia{\c{c}}{\~a}o de qualidade de c{\'o}digo}, | ||
| 17 | - author={Meirellesunes, Paulo and Challco, Geiser and Morais, Eduardo and Kon, Fabio}, | ||
| 18 | - journal={XXIII SBES-Simp{\'o}sio Brasileiro de Engenharia de Software (XVI Sess{\~a}o de Ferramentas). Citado na p{\'a}g}, | ||
| 19 | - volume={33}, | ||
| 20 | - year={2009} | ||
| 21 | -} | ||
| 22 | - | ||
| 23 | -@mastersthesis{de2013kalibro, | ||
| 24 | - title={Kalibro: interpreta{\c{c}}{\~a}o de m{\'e}tricas de c{\'o}digo-fonte}, | ||
| 25 | - author={de Oliveira Filho, Carlos Morais}, | ||
| 26 | - year={2013}, | ||
| 27 | - school={Universidade de S{\~a}o Paulo} | ||
| 28 | -} | ||
| 29 | - | ||
| 30 | -@inproceedings{terceiro2010analizo, | ||
| 31 | - title={Analizo: an extensible multi-language source code analysis and visualization toolkit}, | ||
| 32 | - author={Terceiro, ulo and Rios, Luiz Rom{\'a}rio and Almeida, Lucianna and Chavez, Christina and Kon, Fabio}, | ||
| 33 | - booktitle={Brazilian Conference on Software: Theory and Practice (CBSoft)--Tools, Salvador-Brazil}, | ||
| 34 | - volume={29}, | ||
| 35 | - year={2010} | ||
| 36 | -} | ||
| 37 | - |
OSS-2016/spb.tex
| @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ | @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ | ||
| 1 | -\documentclass{llncs} | ||
| 2 | - | ||
| 3 | -\usepackage{llncsdoc} | ||
| 4 | -\usepackage{graphicx,url} | ||
| 5 | -\usepackage[brazil]{babel} | ||
| 6 | -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} | ||
| 7 | -\usepackage{float} | ||
| 8 | -\usepackage{setspace} | ||
| 9 | - | ||
| 10 | -\usepackage{tabularx} | ||
| 11 | -\usepackage{cite} | ||
| 12 | -\usepackage{hyperref} | ||
| 13 | - | ||
| 14 | -\begin{document} | ||
| 15 | -\sloppy | ||
| 16 | -\title{Titulo aqui} | ||
| 17 | - | ||
| 18 | -\author{Autores aqui} | ||
| 19 | - | ||
| 20 | -\institute{Instituto Aqui\\ | ||
| 21 | - \email{\{emails, aqui\}@unb.br} | ||
| 22 | - \and | ||
| 23 | - Faculdade do Gama -- Universidade de Brasília (UnB)\\ | ||
| 24 | - Gama -- DF -- Brasil\\ | ||
| 25 | - \email{paulormm@unb.br}} | ||
| 26 | - | ||
| 27 | -\maketitle | ||
| 28 | -\begin{abstract} | ||
| 29 | - % Contexto | ||
| 30 | - % Problema | ||
| 31 | - % TODO: adicionar referência que apoie a falta de uso de análise estática em ambientes de desenvolvimento. | ||
| 32 | - % Soluções propostas | ||
| 33 | - % Frase de impacto | ||
| 34 | -\textbf{palavras chave} palavras chaves aqui. | ||
| 35 | -\end{abstract} | ||
| 36 | - | ||
| 37 | -\section{Introdução} \label{sec:intro} | ||
| 38 | - | ||
| 39 | -\section{Motivação}\label{sec:motivacao} | ||
| 40 | - | ||
| 41 | -\section{Ferramentas similares} | ||
| 42 | - | ||
| 43 | -\section{Histórico do spb}\label{sec:spb} | ||
| 44 | - | ||
| 45 | - \subsection{Origem}\label{sec:origin} | ||
| 46 | - | ||
| 47 | - | ||
| 48 | - \subsection{Primeiro protótipo de interface gráfica}\label{sec:primeiro-prototipo} | ||
| 49 | - | ||
| 50 | - \subsection{Segunda interface gráfica - Prezento}\label{sec:segundo-prototipo} | ||
| 51 | - | ||
| 52 | - \subsection{Kalibro em \textit{Ruby on Rails}} | ||
| 53 | - | ||
| 54 | -\section{Arquitetura} | ||
| 55 | - | ||
| 56 | - %%% Colocar figura da época do Noosfero | ||
| 57 | - | ||
| 58 | - %%% Colocar figura da época pós Noosfero. Dependendo da figura que vamos colocar aqui, adaptar o texto e adicionar mais coisas. | ||
| 59 | - | ||
| 60 | - %%% Colocar figura atual. Decidir se já vamos colocar com kalibro_client e kalibro_core. Complementar o texto. | ||
| 61 | - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% | ||
| 62 | - | ||
| 63 | -\section{Diferenciais} \label{subsec:motivacao} | ||
| 64 | - | ||
| 65 | -\section{Por que usar o Mezuro?} \label{sec:projeto-mezuro} | ||
| 66 | - | ||
| 67 | -\section{Principais funcionalidades}\label{sec:princ-funcionalidades} | ||
| 68 | - | ||
| 69 | -\section{A rede social}\label{sec:user-potencial} | ||
| 70 | - | ||
| 71 | -\section{Casos de uso} | ||
| 72 | - | ||
| 73 | - \subsection{Criação de configuração} | ||
| 74 | - | ||
| 75 | - \subsection{Criação de projeto e avaliação de repositório} | ||
| 76 | - | ||
| 77 | -\section{Conclusão} | ||
| 78 | - | ||
| 79 | -\bibliographystyle{splncs03} | ||
| 80 | -\bibliography{mezuro} | ||
| 81 | -\end{document} |
OSS-2016/splncs03.bst
| @@ -1,1519 +0,0 @@ | @@ -1,1519 +0,0 @@ | ||
| 1 | -%% BibTeX bibliography style `splncs03' | ||
| 2 | -%% | ||
| 3 | -%% BibTeX bibliography style for use with numbered references in | ||
| 4 | -%% Springer Verlag's "Lecture Notes in Computer Science" series. | ||
| 5 | -%% (See Springer's documentation for llncs.cls for | ||
| 6 | -%% more details of the suggested reference format.) Note that this | ||
| 7 | -%% file will not work for author-year style citations. | ||
| 8 | -%% | ||
| 9 | -%% Use \documentclass{llncs} and \bibliographystyle{splncs03}, and cite | ||
| 10 | -%% a reference with (e.g.) \cite{smith77} to get a "[1]" in the text. | ||
| 11 | -%% | ||
| 12 | -%% This file comes to you courtesy of Maurizio "Titto" Patrignani of | ||
| 13 | -%% Dipartimento di Informatica e Automazione Universita' Roma Tre | ||
| 14 | -%% | ||
| 15 | -%% ================================================================================================ | ||
| 16 | -%% This was file `titto-lncs-02.bst' produced on Wed Apr 1, 2009 | ||
| 17 | -%% Edited by hand by titto based on `titto-lncs-01.bst' (see below) | ||
| 18 | -%% | ||
| 19 | -%% CHANGES (with respect to titto-lncs-01.bst): | ||
| 20 | -%% - Removed the call to \urlprefix (thus no "URL" string is added to the output) | ||
| 21 | -%% ================================================================================================ | ||
| 22 | -%% This was file `titto-lncs-01.bst' produced on Fri Aug 22, 2008 | ||
| 23 | -%% Edited by hand by titto based on `titto.bst' (see below) | ||
| 24 | -%% | ||
| 25 | -%% CHANGES (with respect to titto.bst): | ||
| 26 | -%% - Removed the "capitalize" command for editors string "(eds.)" and "(ed.)" | ||
| 27 | -%% - Introduced the functions titto.bbl.pages and titto.bbl.page for journal pages (without "pp.") | ||
| 28 | -%% - Added a new.sentence command to separate with a dot booktitle and series in the inproceedings | ||
| 29 | -%% - Commented all new.block commands before urls and notes (to separate them with a comma) | ||
| 30 | -%% - Introduced the functions titto.bbl.volume for handling journal volumes (without "vol." label) | ||
| 31 | -%% - Used for editors the same name conventions used for authors (see function format.in.ed.booktitle) | ||
| 32 | -%% - Removed a \newblock to avoid long spaces between title and "In: ..." | ||
| 33 | -%% - Added function titto.space.prefix to add a space instead of "~" after the (removed) "vol." label | ||
| 34 | -%% ================================================================================================ | ||
| 35 | -%% This was file `titto.bst', | ||
| 36 | -%% generated with the docstrip utility. | ||
| 37 | -%% | ||
| 38 | -%% The original source files were: | ||
| 39 | -%% | ||
| 40 | -%% merlin.mbs (with options: `vonx,nm-rvvc,yr-par,jttl-rm,volp-com,jwdpg,jwdvol,numser,ser-vol,jnm-x,btit-rm,bt-rm,edparxc,bkedcap,au-col,in-col,fin-bare,pp,ed,abr,mth-bare,xedn,jabr,and-com,and-com-ed,xand,url,url-blk,em-x,nfss,') | ||
| 41 | -%% ---------------------------------------- | ||
| 42 | -%% *** Tentative .bst file for Springer LNCS *** | ||
| 43 | -%% | ||
| 44 | -%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly | ||
| 45 | - % =============================================================== | ||
| 46 | - % IMPORTANT NOTICE: | ||
| 47 | - % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or | ||
| 48 | - % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above. | ||
| 49 | - % | ||
| 50 | - % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms | ||
| 51 | - % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN | ||
| 52 | - % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either | ||
| 53 | - % version 1 of the License, or any later version. | ||
| 54 | - % =============================================================== | ||
| 55 | - % Name and version information of the main mbs file: | ||
| 56 | - % \ProvidesFile{merlin.mbs}[2007/04/24 4.20 (PWD, AO, DPC)] | ||
| 57 | - % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later | ||
| 58 | - %------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 59 | - % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH | ||
| 60 | - % This is a numerical citation style, and as such is standard LaTeX. | ||
| 61 | - % It requires no extra package to interface to the main text. | ||
| 62 | - % The form of the \bibitem entries is | ||
| 63 | - % \bibitem{key}... | ||
| 64 | - % Usage of \cite is as follows: | ||
| 65 | - % \cite{key} ==>> [#] | ||
| 66 | - % \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> [#, chap. 2] | ||
| 67 | - % where # is a number determined by the ordering in the reference list. | ||
| 68 | - % The order in the reference list is alphabetical by authors. | ||
| 69 | - %--------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 70 | - | ||
| 71 | -ENTRY | ||
| 72 | - { address | ||
| 73 | - author | ||
| 74 | - booktitle | ||
| 75 | - chapter | ||
| 76 | - edition | ||
| 77 | - editor | ||
| 78 | - eid | ||
| 79 | - howpublished | ||
| 80 | - institution | ||
| 81 | - journal | ||
| 82 | - key | ||
| 83 | - month | ||
| 84 | - note | ||
| 85 | - number | ||
| 86 | - organization | ||
| 87 | - pages | ||
| 88 | - publisher | ||
| 89 | - school | ||
| 90 | - series | ||
| 91 | - title | ||
| 92 | - type | ||
| 93 | - url | ||
| 94 | - volume | ||
| 95 | - year | ||
| 96 | - } | ||
| 97 | - {} | ||
| 98 | - { label } | ||
| 99 | -INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } | ||
| 100 | -FUNCTION {init.state.consts} | ||
| 101 | -{ #0 'before.all := | ||
| 102 | - #1 'mid.sentence := | ||
| 103 | - #2 'after.sentence := | ||
| 104 | - #3 'after.block := | ||
| 105 | -} | ||
| 106 | -STRINGS { s t} | ||
| 107 | -FUNCTION {output.nonnull} | ||
| 108 | -{ 's := | ||
| 109 | - output.state mid.sentence = | ||
| 110 | - { ", " * write$ } | ||
| 111 | - { output.state after.block = | ||
| 112 | - { add.period$ write$ | ||
| 113 | -% newline$ | ||
| 114 | -% "\newblock " write$ % removed for titto-lncs-01 | ||
| 115 | - " " write$ % to avoid long spaces between title and "In: ..." | ||
| 116 | - } | ||
| 117 | - { output.state before.all = | ||
| 118 | - 'write$ | ||
| 119 | - { add.period$ " " * write$ } | ||
| 120 | - if$ | ||
| 121 | - } | ||
| 122 | - if$ | ||
| 123 | - mid.sentence 'output.state := | ||
| 124 | - } | ||
| 125 | - if$ | ||
| 126 | - s | ||
| 127 | -} | ||
| 128 | -FUNCTION {output} | ||
| 129 | -{ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 130 | - 'pop$ | ||
| 131 | - 'output.nonnull | ||
| 132 | - if$ | ||
| 133 | -} | ||
| 134 | -FUNCTION {output.check} | ||
| 135 | -{ 't := | ||
| 136 | - duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 137 | - { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 138 | - 'output.nonnull | ||
| 139 | - if$ | ||
| 140 | -} | ||
| 141 | -FUNCTION {fin.entry} | ||
| 142 | -{ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 143 | - 'pop$ | ||
| 144 | - 'write$ | ||
| 145 | - if$ | ||
| 146 | - newline$ | ||
| 147 | -} | ||
| 148 | - | ||
| 149 | -FUNCTION {new.block} | ||
| 150 | -{ output.state before.all = | ||
| 151 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 152 | - { after.block 'output.state := } | ||
| 153 | - if$ | ||
| 154 | -} | ||
| 155 | -FUNCTION {new.sentence} | ||
| 156 | -{ output.state after.block = | ||
| 157 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 158 | - { output.state before.all = | ||
| 159 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 160 | - { after.sentence 'output.state := } | ||
| 161 | - if$ | ||
| 162 | - } | ||
| 163 | - if$ | ||
| 164 | -} | ||
| 165 | -FUNCTION {add.blank} | ||
| 166 | -{ " " * before.all 'output.state := | ||
| 167 | -} | ||
| 168 | - | ||
| 169 | - | ||
| 170 | -FUNCTION {add.colon} | ||
| 171 | -{ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 172 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 173 | - { ":" * add.blank } | ||
| 174 | - if$ | ||
| 175 | -} | ||
| 176 | - | ||
| 177 | -FUNCTION {date.block} | ||
| 178 | -{ | ||
| 179 | - new.block | ||
| 180 | -} | ||
| 181 | - | ||
| 182 | -FUNCTION {not} | ||
| 183 | -{ { #0 } | ||
| 184 | - { #1 } | ||
| 185 | - if$ | ||
| 186 | -} | ||
| 187 | -FUNCTION {and} | ||
| 188 | -{ 'skip$ | ||
| 189 | - { pop$ #0 } | ||
| 190 | - if$ | ||
| 191 | -} | ||
| 192 | -FUNCTION {or} | ||
| 193 | -{ { pop$ #1 } | ||
| 194 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 195 | - if$ | ||
| 196 | -} | ||
| 197 | -STRINGS {z} | ||
| 198 | -FUNCTION {remove.dots} | ||
| 199 | -{ 'z := | ||
| 200 | - "" | ||
| 201 | - { z empty$ not } | ||
| 202 | - { z #1 #1 substring$ | ||
| 203 | - z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z := | ||
| 204 | - duplicate$ "." = 'pop$ | ||
| 205 | - { * } | ||
| 206 | - if$ | ||
| 207 | - } | ||
| 208 | - while$ | ||
| 209 | -} | ||
| 210 | -FUNCTION {new.block.checka} | ||
| 211 | -{ empty$ | ||
| 212 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 213 | - 'new.block | ||
| 214 | - if$ | ||
| 215 | -} | ||
| 216 | -FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} | ||
| 217 | -{ empty$ | ||
| 218 | - swap$ empty$ | ||
| 219 | - and | ||
| 220 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 221 | - 'new.block | ||
| 222 | - if$ | ||
| 223 | -} | ||
| 224 | -FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} | ||
| 225 | -{ empty$ | ||
| 226 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 227 | - 'new.sentence | ||
| 228 | - if$ | ||
| 229 | -} | ||
| 230 | -FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} | ||
| 231 | -{ empty$ | ||
| 232 | - swap$ empty$ | ||
| 233 | - and | ||
| 234 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 235 | - 'new.sentence | ||
| 236 | - if$ | ||
| 237 | -} | ||
| 238 | -FUNCTION {field.or.null} | ||
| 239 | -{ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 240 | - { pop$ "" } | ||
| 241 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 242 | - if$ | ||
| 243 | -} | ||
| 244 | -FUNCTION {emphasize} | ||
| 245 | -{ skip$ } | ||
| 246 | -FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix} | ||
| 247 | -{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < | ||
| 248 | - { "~" } | ||
| 249 | - { " " } | ||
| 250 | - if$ | ||
| 251 | - swap$ | ||
| 252 | -} | ||
| 253 | -FUNCTION {titto.space.prefix} % always introduce a space | ||
| 254 | -{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < | ||
| 255 | - { " " } | ||
| 256 | - { " " } | ||
| 257 | - if$ | ||
| 258 | - swap$ | ||
| 259 | -} | ||
| 260 | - | ||
| 261 | - | ||
| 262 | -FUNCTION {capitalize} | ||
| 263 | -{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ } | ||
| 264 | - | ||
| 265 | -FUNCTION {space.word} | ||
| 266 | -{ " " swap$ * " " * } | ||
| 267 | - % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words. | ||
| 268 | - % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word. | ||
| 269 | - % The language selected here is ENGLISH | ||
| 270 | -FUNCTION {bbl.and} | ||
| 271 | -{ "and"} | ||
| 272 | - | ||
| 273 | -FUNCTION {bbl.etal} | ||
| 274 | -{ "et~al." } | ||
| 275 | - | ||
| 276 | -FUNCTION {bbl.editors} | ||
| 277 | -{ "eds." } | ||
| 278 | - | ||
| 279 | -FUNCTION {bbl.editor} | ||
| 280 | -{ "ed." } | ||
| 281 | - | ||
| 282 | -FUNCTION {bbl.edby} | ||
| 283 | -{ "edited by" } | ||
| 284 | - | ||
| 285 | -FUNCTION {bbl.edition} | ||
| 286 | -{ "edn." } | ||
| 287 | - | ||
| 288 | -FUNCTION {bbl.volume} | ||
| 289 | -{ "vol." } | ||
| 290 | - | ||
| 291 | -FUNCTION {titto.bbl.volume} % for handling journals | ||
| 292 | -{ "" } | ||
| 293 | - | ||
| 294 | -FUNCTION {bbl.of} | ||
| 295 | -{ "of" } | ||
| 296 | - | ||
| 297 | -FUNCTION {bbl.number} | ||
| 298 | -{ "no." } | ||
| 299 | - | ||
| 300 | -FUNCTION {bbl.nr} | ||
| 301 | -{ "no." } | ||
| 302 | - | ||
| 303 | -FUNCTION {bbl.in} | ||
| 304 | -{ "in" } | ||
| 305 | - | ||
| 306 | -FUNCTION {bbl.pages} | ||
| 307 | -{ "pp." } | ||
| 308 | - | ||
| 309 | -FUNCTION {bbl.page} | ||
| 310 | -{ "p." } | ||
| 311 | - | ||
| 312 | -FUNCTION {titto.bbl.pages} % for journals | ||
| 313 | -{ "" } | ||
| 314 | - | ||
| 315 | -FUNCTION {titto.bbl.page} % for journals | ||
| 316 | -{ "" } | ||
| 317 | - | ||
| 318 | -FUNCTION {bbl.chapter} | ||
| 319 | -{ "chap." } | ||
| 320 | - | ||
| 321 | -FUNCTION {bbl.techrep} | ||
| 322 | -{ "Tech. Rep." } | ||
| 323 | - | ||
| 324 | -FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis} | ||
| 325 | -{ "Master's thesis" } | ||
| 326 | - | ||
| 327 | -FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis} | ||
| 328 | -{ "Ph.D. thesis" } | ||
| 329 | - | ||
| 330 | -MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} | ||
| 331 | - | ||
| 332 | -MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} | ||
| 333 | - | ||
| 334 | -MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} | ||
| 335 | - | ||
| 336 | -MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} | ||
| 337 | - | ||
| 338 | -MACRO {may} {"May"} | ||
| 339 | - | ||
| 340 | -MACRO {jun} {"Jun."} | ||
| 341 | - | ||
| 342 | -MACRO {jul} {"Jul."} | ||
| 343 | - | ||
| 344 | -MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} | ||
| 345 | - | ||
| 346 | -MACRO {sep} {"Sep."} | ||
| 347 | - | ||
| 348 | -MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} | ||
| 349 | - | ||
| 350 | -MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} | ||
| 351 | - | ||
| 352 | -MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} | ||
| 353 | - | ||
| 354 | -MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} | ||
| 355 | - | ||
| 356 | -MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} | ||
| 357 | - | ||
| 358 | -MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} | ||
| 359 | - | ||
| 360 | -MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} | ||
| 361 | - | ||
| 362 | -MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} | ||
| 363 | - | ||
| 364 | -MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."} | ||
| 365 | - | ||
| 366 | -MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} | ||
| 367 | - | ||
| 368 | -MACRO {ieeetcad} | ||
| 369 | - {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."} | ||
| 370 | - | ||
| 371 | -MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} | ||
| 372 | - | ||
| 373 | -MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} | ||
| 374 | - | ||
| 375 | -MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} | ||
| 376 | - | ||
| 377 | -MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."} | ||
| 378 | - | ||
| 379 | -MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} | ||
| 380 | - | ||
| 381 | -MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} | ||
| 382 | - | ||
| 383 | -MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} | ||
| 384 | - | ||
| 385 | -MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."} | ||
| 386 | - | ||
| 387 | -MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"} | ||
| 388 | - | ||
| 389 | -MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} | ||
| 390 | - | ||
| 391 | -MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."} | ||
| 392 | - | ||
| 393 | -MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."} | ||
| 394 | - | ||
| 395 | -FUNCTION {bibinfo.check} | ||
| 396 | -{ swap$ | ||
| 397 | - duplicate$ missing$ | ||
| 398 | - { | ||
| 399 | - pop$ pop$ | ||
| 400 | - "" | ||
| 401 | - } | ||
| 402 | - { duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 403 | - { | ||
| 404 | - swap$ pop$ | ||
| 405 | - } | ||
| 406 | - { swap$ | ||
| 407 | - pop$ | ||
| 408 | - } | ||
| 409 | - if$ | ||
| 410 | - } | ||
| 411 | - if$ | ||
| 412 | -} | ||
| 413 | -FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn} | ||
| 414 | -{ swap$ | ||
| 415 | - duplicate$ missing$ | ||
| 416 | - { | ||
| 417 | - swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ | ||
| 418 | - "" | ||
| 419 | - } | ||
| 420 | - { duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 421 | - { | ||
| 422 | - swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 423 | - } | ||
| 424 | - { swap$ | ||
| 425 | - pop$ | ||
| 426 | - } | ||
| 427 | - if$ | ||
| 428 | - } | ||
| 429 | - if$ | ||
| 430 | -} | ||
| 431 | -FUNCTION {format.url} | ||
| 432 | -{ url empty$ | ||
| 433 | - { "" } | ||
| 434 | -% { "\urlprefix\url{" url * "}" * } | ||
| 435 | - { "\url{" url * "}" * } % changed in titto-lncs-02.bst | ||
| 436 | - if$ | ||
| 437 | -} | ||
| 438 | - | ||
| 439 | -INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } | ||
| 440 | - | ||
| 441 | - | ||
| 442 | -STRINGS { bibinfo} | ||
| 443 | - | ||
| 444 | -FUNCTION {format.names} | ||
| 445 | -{ 'bibinfo := | ||
| 446 | - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { | ||
| 447 | - 's := | ||
| 448 | - "" 't := | ||
| 449 | - #1 'nameptr := | ||
| 450 | - s num.names$ 'numnames := | ||
| 451 | - numnames 'namesleft := | ||
| 452 | - { namesleft #0 > } | ||
| 453 | - { s nameptr | ||
| 454 | - "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f{.}.}" | ||
| 455 | - format.name$ | ||
| 456 | - bibinfo bibinfo.check | ||
| 457 | - 't := | ||
| 458 | - nameptr #1 > | ||
| 459 | - { | ||
| 460 | - namesleft #1 > | ||
| 461 | - { ", " * t * } | ||
| 462 | - { | ||
| 463 | - s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = | ||
| 464 | - { 't := } | ||
| 465 | - { pop$ } | ||
| 466 | - if$ | ||
| 467 | - "," * | ||
| 468 | - t "others" = | ||
| 469 | - { | ||
| 470 | - " " * bbl.etal * | ||
| 471 | - } | ||
| 472 | - { " " * t * } | ||
| 473 | - if$ | ||
| 474 | - } | ||
| 475 | - if$ | ||
| 476 | - } | ||
| 477 | - 't | ||
| 478 | - if$ | ||
| 479 | - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := | ||
| 480 | - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := | ||
| 481 | - } | ||
| 482 | - while$ | ||
| 483 | - } if$ | ||
| 484 | -} | ||
| 485 | -FUNCTION {format.names.ed} | ||
| 486 | -{ | ||
| 487 | - 'bibinfo := | ||
| 488 | - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { | ||
| 489 | - 's := | ||
| 490 | - "" 't := | ||
| 491 | - #1 'nameptr := | ||
| 492 | - s num.names$ 'numnames := | ||
| 493 | - numnames 'namesleft := | ||
| 494 | - { namesleft #0 > } | ||
| 495 | - { s nameptr | ||
| 496 | - "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" | ||
| 497 | - format.name$ | ||
| 498 | - bibinfo bibinfo.check | ||
| 499 | - 't := | ||
| 500 | - nameptr #1 > | ||
| 501 | - { | ||
| 502 | - namesleft #1 > | ||
| 503 | - { ", " * t * } | ||
| 504 | - { | ||
| 505 | - s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = | ||
| 506 | - { 't := } | ||
| 507 | - { pop$ } | ||
| 508 | - if$ | ||
| 509 | - "," * | ||
| 510 | - t "others" = | ||
| 511 | - { | ||
| 512 | - | ||
| 513 | - " " * bbl.etal * | ||
| 514 | - } | ||
| 515 | - { " " * t * } | ||
| 516 | - if$ | ||
| 517 | - } | ||
| 518 | - if$ | ||
| 519 | - } | ||
| 520 | - 't | ||
| 521 | - if$ | ||
| 522 | - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := | ||
| 523 | - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := | ||
| 524 | - } | ||
| 525 | - while$ | ||
| 526 | - } if$ | ||
| 527 | -} | ||
| 528 | -FUNCTION {format.authors} | ||
| 529 | -{ author "author" format.names | ||
| 530 | -} | ||
| 531 | -FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor} | ||
| 532 | -{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ } | ||
| 533 | - | ||
| 534 | -FUNCTION {format.editors} | ||
| 535 | -{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 536 | - { | ||
| 537 | - " " * | ||
| 538 | - get.bbl.editor | ||
| 539 | -% capitalize | ||
| 540 | - "(" swap$ * ")" * | ||
| 541 | - * | ||
| 542 | - } | ||
| 543 | - if$ | ||
| 544 | -} | ||
| 545 | -FUNCTION {format.note} | ||
| 546 | -{ | ||
| 547 | - note empty$ | ||
| 548 | - { "" } | ||
| 549 | - { note #1 #1 substring$ | ||
| 550 | - duplicate$ "{" = | ||
| 551 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 552 | - { output.state mid.sentence = | ||
| 553 | - { "l" } | ||
| 554 | - { "u" } | ||
| 555 | - if$ | ||
| 556 | - change.case$ | ||
| 557 | - } | ||
| 558 | - if$ | ||
| 559 | - note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check | ||
| 560 | - } | ||
| 561 | - if$ | ||
| 562 | -} | ||
| 563 | - | ||
| 564 | -FUNCTION {format.title} | ||
| 565 | -{ title | ||
| 566 | - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 567 | - { "t" change.case$ } | ||
| 568 | - if$ | ||
| 569 | - "title" bibinfo.check | ||
| 570 | -} | ||
| 571 | -FUNCTION {output.bibitem} | ||
| 572 | -{ newline$ | ||
| 573 | - "\bibitem{" write$ | ||
| 574 | - cite$ write$ | ||
| 575 | - "}" write$ | ||
| 576 | - newline$ | ||
| 577 | - "" | ||
| 578 | - before.all 'output.state := | ||
| 579 | -} | ||
| 580 | - | ||
| 581 | -FUNCTION {n.dashify} | ||
| 582 | -{ | ||
| 583 | - 't := | ||
| 584 | - "" | ||
| 585 | - { t empty$ not } | ||
| 586 | - { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = | ||
| 587 | - { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not | ||
| 588 | - { "--" * | ||
| 589 | - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := | ||
| 590 | - } | ||
| 591 | - { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } | ||
| 592 | - { "-" * | ||
| 593 | - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := | ||
| 594 | - } | ||
| 595 | - while$ | ||
| 596 | - } | ||
| 597 | - if$ | ||
| 598 | - } | ||
| 599 | - { t #1 #1 substring$ * | ||
| 600 | - t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := | ||
| 601 | - } | ||
| 602 | - if$ | ||
| 603 | - } | ||
| 604 | - while$ | ||
| 605 | -} | ||
| 606 | - | ||
| 607 | -FUNCTION {word.in} | ||
| 608 | -{ bbl.in capitalize | ||
| 609 | - ":" * | ||
| 610 | - " " * } | ||
| 611 | - | ||
| 612 | -FUNCTION {format.date} | ||
| 613 | -{ | ||
| 614 | - month "month" bibinfo.check | ||
| 615 | - duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 616 | - year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 617 | - { swap$ 'skip$ | ||
| 618 | - { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 619 | - if$ | ||
| 620 | - * | ||
| 621 | - } | ||
| 622 | - { swap$ 'skip$ | ||
| 623 | - { | ||
| 624 | - swap$ | ||
| 625 | - " " * swap$ | ||
| 626 | - } | ||
| 627 | - if$ | ||
| 628 | - * | ||
| 629 | - remove.dots | ||
| 630 | - } | ||
| 631 | - if$ | ||
| 632 | - duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 633 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 634 | - { | ||
| 635 | - before.all 'output.state := | ||
| 636 | - " (" swap$ * ")" * | ||
| 637 | - } | ||
| 638 | - if$ | ||
| 639 | -} | ||
| 640 | -FUNCTION {format.btitle} | ||
| 641 | -{ title "title" bibinfo.check | ||
| 642 | - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 643 | - { | ||
| 644 | - } | ||
| 645 | - if$ | ||
| 646 | -} | ||
| 647 | -FUNCTION {either.or.check} | ||
| 648 | -{ empty$ | ||
| 649 | - 'pop$ | ||
| 650 | - { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 651 | - if$ | ||
| 652 | -} | ||
| 653 | -FUNCTION {format.bvolume} | ||
| 654 | -{ volume empty$ | ||
| 655 | - { "" } | ||
| 656 | - { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 657 | - "volume" bibinfo.check * * | ||
| 658 | - series "series" bibinfo.check | ||
| 659 | - duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 660 | - { emphasize ", " * swap$ * } | ||
| 661 | - if$ | ||
| 662 | - "volume and number" number either.or.check | ||
| 663 | - } | ||
| 664 | - if$ | ||
| 665 | -} | ||
| 666 | -FUNCTION {format.number.series} | ||
| 667 | -{ volume empty$ | ||
| 668 | - { number empty$ | ||
| 669 | - { series field.or.null } | ||
| 670 | - { output.state mid.sentence = | ||
| 671 | - { bbl.number } | ||
| 672 | - { bbl.number capitalize } | ||
| 673 | - if$ | ||
| 674 | - number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * * | ||
| 675 | - series empty$ | ||
| 676 | - { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 677 | - { bbl.in space.word * | ||
| 678 | - series "series" bibinfo.check * | ||
| 679 | - } | ||
| 680 | - if$ | ||
| 681 | - } | ||
| 682 | - if$ | ||
| 683 | - } | ||
| 684 | - { "" } | ||
| 685 | - if$ | ||
| 686 | -} | ||
| 687 | - | ||
| 688 | -FUNCTION {format.edition} | ||
| 689 | -{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 690 | - { | ||
| 691 | - output.state mid.sentence = | ||
| 692 | - { "l" } | ||
| 693 | - { "t" } | ||
| 694 | - if$ change.case$ | ||
| 695 | - "edition" bibinfo.check | ||
| 696 | - " " * bbl.edition * | ||
| 697 | - } | ||
| 698 | - if$ | ||
| 699 | -} | ||
| 700 | -INTEGERS { multiresult } | ||
| 701 | -FUNCTION {multi.page.check} | ||
| 702 | -{ 't := | ||
| 703 | - #0 'multiresult := | ||
| 704 | - { multiresult not | ||
| 705 | - t empty$ not | ||
| 706 | - and | ||
| 707 | - } | ||
| 708 | - { t #1 #1 substring$ | ||
| 709 | - duplicate$ "-" = | ||
| 710 | - swap$ duplicate$ "," = | ||
| 711 | - swap$ "+" = | ||
| 712 | - or or | ||
| 713 | - { #1 'multiresult := } | ||
| 714 | - { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } | ||
| 715 | - if$ | ||
| 716 | - } | ||
| 717 | - while$ | ||
| 718 | - multiresult | ||
| 719 | -} | ||
| 720 | -FUNCTION {format.pages} | ||
| 721 | -{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 722 | - { duplicate$ multi.page.check | ||
| 723 | - { | ||
| 724 | - bbl.pages swap$ | ||
| 725 | - n.dashify | ||
| 726 | - } | ||
| 727 | - { | ||
| 728 | - bbl.page swap$ | ||
| 729 | - } | ||
| 730 | - if$ | ||
| 731 | - tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 732 | - "pages" bibinfo.check | ||
| 733 | - * * | ||
| 734 | - } | ||
| 735 | - if$ | ||
| 736 | -} | ||
| 737 | -FUNCTION {format.journal.pages} | ||
| 738 | -{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 739 | - { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 740 | - { pop$ pop$ format.pages } | ||
| 741 | - { | ||
| 742 | - ", " * | ||
| 743 | - swap$ | ||
| 744 | - n.dashify | ||
| 745 | - pages multi.page.check | ||
| 746 | - 'titto.bbl.pages | ||
| 747 | - 'titto.bbl.page | ||
| 748 | - if$ | ||
| 749 | - swap$ tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 750 | - "pages" bibinfo.check | ||
| 751 | - * * | ||
| 752 | - * | ||
| 753 | - } | ||
| 754 | - if$ | ||
| 755 | - } | ||
| 756 | - if$ | ||
| 757 | -} | ||
| 758 | -FUNCTION {format.journal.eid} | ||
| 759 | -{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check | ||
| 760 | - duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 761 | - { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 762 | - { | ||
| 763 | - ", " * | ||
| 764 | - } | ||
| 765 | - if$ | ||
| 766 | - swap$ * | ||
| 767 | - } | ||
| 768 | - if$ | ||
| 769 | -} | ||
| 770 | -FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} % this function is used only for journal entries | ||
| 771 | -{ volume field.or.null | ||
| 772 | - duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 773 | - { | ||
| 774 | -% bbl.volume swap$ tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 775 | - titto.bbl.volume swap$ titto.space.prefix | ||
| 776 | -% rationale for the change above: for journals you don't want "vol." label | ||
| 777 | -% hence it does not make sense to attach the journal number to the label when | ||
| 778 | -% it is short | ||
| 779 | - "volume" bibinfo.check | ||
| 780 | - * * | ||
| 781 | - } | ||
| 782 | - if$ | ||
| 783 | - number "number" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 784 | - { | ||
| 785 | - swap$ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 786 | - { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 787 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 788 | - if$ | ||
| 789 | - swap$ | ||
| 790 | - "(" swap$ * ")" * | ||
| 791 | - } | ||
| 792 | - if$ * | ||
| 793 | - eid empty$ | ||
| 794 | - { format.journal.pages } | ||
| 795 | - { format.journal.eid } | ||
| 796 | - if$ | ||
| 797 | -} | ||
| 798 | - | ||
| 799 | -FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} | ||
| 800 | -{ chapter empty$ | ||
| 801 | - 'format.pages | ||
| 802 | - { type empty$ | ||
| 803 | - { bbl.chapter } | ||
| 804 | - { type "l" change.case$ | ||
| 805 | - "type" bibinfo.check | ||
| 806 | - } | ||
| 807 | - if$ | ||
| 808 | - chapter tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 809 | - "chapter" bibinfo.check | ||
| 810 | - * * | ||
| 811 | - pages empty$ | ||
| 812 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 813 | - { ", " * format.pages * } | ||
| 814 | - if$ | ||
| 815 | - } | ||
| 816 | - if$ | ||
| 817 | -} | ||
| 818 | - | ||
| 819 | -FUNCTION {format.booktitle} | ||
| 820 | -{ | ||
| 821 | - booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check | ||
| 822 | -} | ||
| 823 | -FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} | ||
| 824 | -{ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 825 | - { | ||
| 826 | -% editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ % changed by titto | ||
| 827 | - editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 828 | - { | ||
| 829 | - " " * | ||
| 830 | - get.bbl.editor | ||
| 831 | -% capitalize | ||
| 832 | - "(" swap$ * ") " * | ||
| 833 | - * swap$ | ||
| 834 | - * } | ||
| 835 | - if$ | ||
| 836 | - word.in swap$ * | ||
| 837 | - } | ||
| 838 | - if$ | ||
| 839 | -} | ||
| 840 | -FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} | ||
| 841 | -{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ | ||
| 842 | - month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ | ||
| 843 | - and and and and and | ||
| 844 | - key empty$ not and | ||
| 845 | - { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 846 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 847 | - if$ | ||
| 848 | -} | ||
| 849 | -FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} | ||
| 850 | -{ type duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 851 | - 'pop$ | ||
| 852 | - { swap$ pop$ | ||
| 853 | - "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check | ||
| 854 | - } | ||
| 855 | - if$ | ||
| 856 | -} | ||
| 857 | -FUNCTION {format.tr.number} | ||
| 858 | -{ number "number" bibinfo.check | ||
| 859 | - type duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 860 | - { pop$ bbl.techrep } | ||
| 861 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 862 | - if$ | ||
| 863 | - "type" bibinfo.check | ||
| 864 | - swap$ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 865 | - { pop$ "t" change.case$ } | ||
| 866 | - { tie.or.space.prefix * * } | ||
| 867 | - if$ | ||
| 868 | -} | ||
| 869 | -FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} | ||
| 870 | -{ | ||
| 871 | - key duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 872 | - { pop$ | ||
| 873 | - journal duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 874 | - { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * warning$ } | ||
| 875 | - { "journal" bibinfo.check emphasize word.in swap$ * } | ||
| 876 | - if$ | ||
| 877 | - } | ||
| 878 | - { word.in swap$ * " " *} | ||
| 879 | - if$ | ||
| 880 | - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * | ||
| 881 | -} | ||
| 882 | -FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} | ||
| 883 | -{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ | ||
| 884 | - "editor" bibinfo.check | ||
| 885 | - editor num.names$ duplicate$ | ||
| 886 | - #2 > | ||
| 887 | - { pop$ | ||
| 888 | - "editor" bibinfo.check | ||
| 889 | - " " * bbl.etal | ||
| 890 | - * | ||
| 891 | - } | ||
| 892 | - { #2 < | ||
| 893 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 894 | - { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = | ||
| 895 | - { | ||
| 896 | - "editor" bibinfo.check | ||
| 897 | - " " * bbl.etal | ||
| 898 | - * | ||
| 899 | - } | ||
| 900 | - { | ||
| 901 | - bbl.and space.word | ||
| 902 | - * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ | ||
| 903 | - "editor" bibinfo.check | ||
| 904 | - * | ||
| 905 | - } | ||
| 906 | - if$ | ||
| 907 | - } | ||
| 908 | - if$ | ||
| 909 | - } | ||
| 910 | - if$ | ||
| 911 | -} | ||
| 912 | -FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} | ||
| 913 | -{ volume duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 914 | - { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ | ||
| 915 | - pop$ word.in | ||
| 916 | - } | ||
| 917 | - { bbl.volume | ||
| 918 | - capitalize | ||
| 919 | - swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word * | ||
| 920 | - } | ||
| 921 | - if$ | ||
| 922 | - editor empty$ | ||
| 923 | - editor field.or.null author field.or.null = | ||
| 924 | - or | ||
| 925 | - { key empty$ | ||
| 926 | - { series empty$ | ||
| 927 | - { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * | ||
| 928 | - crossref * warning$ | ||
| 929 | - "" * | ||
| 930 | - } | ||
| 931 | - { series emphasize * } | ||
| 932 | - if$ | ||
| 933 | - } | ||
| 934 | - { key * } | ||
| 935 | - if$ | ||
| 936 | - } | ||
| 937 | - { format.crossref.editor * } | ||
| 938 | - if$ | ||
| 939 | - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * | ||
| 940 | -} | ||
| 941 | -FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} | ||
| 942 | -{ | ||
| 943 | - editor empty$ | ||
| 944 | - editor field.or.null author field.or.null = | ||
| 945 | - or | ||
| 946 | - { key empty$ | ||
| 947 | - { format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 948 | - { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * | ||
| 949 | - crossref * warning$ | ||
| 950 | - } | ||
| 951 | - { word.in swap$ * } | ||
| 952 | - if$ | ||
| 953 | - } | ||
| 954 | - { word.in key * " " *} | ||
| 955 | - if$ | ||
| 956 | - } | ||
| 957 | - { word.in format.crossref.editor * " " *} | ||
| 958 | - if$ | ||
| 959 | - " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * | ||
| 960 | -} | ||
| 961 | -FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub} | ||
| 962 | -{ 't := | ||
| 963 | - "" | ||
| 964 | - address empty$ t empty$ and | ||
| 965 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 966 | - { | ||
| 967 | - t empty$ | ||
| 968 | - { address "address" bibinfo.check * | ||
| 969 | - } | ||
| 970 | - { t * | ||
| 971 | - address empty$ | ||
| 972 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 973 | - { ", " * address "address" bibinfo.check * } | ||
| 974 | - if$ | ||
| 975 | - } | ||
| 976 | - if$ | ||
| 977 | - } | ||
| 978 | - if$ | ||
| 979 | -} | ||
| 980 | -FUNCTION {format.publisher.address} | ||
| 981 | -{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub | ||
| 982 | -} | ||
| 983 | - | ||
| 984 | -FUNCTION {format.organization.address} | ||
| 985 | -{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub | ||
| 986 | -} | ||
| 987 | - | ||
| 988 | -FUNCTION {article} | ||
| 989 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 990 | - format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 991 | - add.colon | ||
| 992 | - new.block | ||
| 993 | - format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 994 | - new.block | ||
| 995 | - crossref missing$ | ||
| 996 | - { | ||
| 997 | - journal | ||
| 998 | - "journal" bibinfo.check | ||
| 999 | - "journal" output.check | ||
| 1000 | - add.blank | ||
| 1001 | - format.vol.num.pages output | ||
| 1002 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1003 | - } | ||
| 1004 | - { format.article.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1005 | - format.pages output | ||
| 1006 | - } | ||
| 1007 | - if$ | ||
| 1008 | -% new.block | ||
| 1009 | - format.url output | ||
| 1010 | -% new.block | ||
| 1011 | - format.note output | ||
| 1012 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1013 | -} | ||
| 1014 | -FUNCTION {book} | ||
| 1015 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1016 | - author empty$ | ||
| 1017 | - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check | ||
| 1018 | - add.colon | ||
| 1019 | - } | ||
| 1020 | - { format.authors output.nonnull | ||
| 1021 | - add.colon | ||
| 1022 | - crossref missing$ | ||
| 1023 | - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } | ||
| 1024 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 1025 | - if$ | ||
| 1026 | - } | ||
| 1027 | - if$ | ||
| 1028 | - new.block | ||
| 1029 | - format.btitle "title" output.check | ||
| 1030 | - crossref missing$ | ||
| 1031 | - { format.bvolume output | ||
| 1032 | - new.block | ||
| 1033 | - new.sentence | ||
| 1034 | - format.number.series output | ||
| 1035 | - format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1036 | - } | ||
| 1037 | - { | ||
| 1038 | - new.block | ||
| 1039 | - format.book.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1040 | - } | ||
| 1041 | - if$ | ||
| 1042 | - format.edition output | ||
| 1043 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1044 | -% new.block | ||
| 1045 | - format.url output | ||
| 1046 | -% new.block | ||
| 1047 | - format.note output | ||
| 1048 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1049 | -} | ||
| 1050 | -FUNCTION {booklet} | ||
| 1051 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1052 | - format.authors output | ||
| 1053 | - add.colon | ||
| 1054 | - new.block | ||
| 1055 | - format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 1056 | - new.block | ||
| 1057 | - howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1058 | - address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1059 | - format.date output | ||
| 1060 | -% new.block | ||
| 1061 | - format.url output | ||
| 1062 | -% new.block | ||
| 1063 | - format.note output | ||
| 1064 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1065 | -} | ||
| 1066 | - | ||
| 1067 | -FUNCTION {inbook} | ||
| 1068 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1069 | - author empty$ | ||
| 1070 | - { format.editors "author and editor" output.check | ||
| 1071 | - add.colon | ||
| 1072 | - } | ||
| 1073 | - { format.authors output.nonnull | ||
| 1074 | - add.colon | ||
| 1075 | - crossref missing$ | ||
| 1076 | - { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } | ||
| 1077 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 1078 | - if$ | ||
| 1079 | - } | ||
| 1080 | - if$ | ||
| 1081 | - new.block | ||
| 1082 | - format.btitle "title" output.check | ||
| 1083 | - crossref missing$ | ||
| 1084 | - { | ||
| 1085 | - format.bvolume output | ||
| 1086 | - format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check | ||
| 1087 | - new.block | ||
| 1088 | - new.sentence | ||
| 1089 | - format.number.series output | ||
| 1090 | - format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1091 | - } | ||
| 1092 | - { | ||
| 1093 | - format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check | ||
| 1094 | - new.block | ||
| 1095 | - format.book.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1096 | - } | ||
| 1097 | - if$ | ||
| 1098 | - format.edition output | ||
| 1099 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1100 | -% new.block | ||
| 1101 | - format.url output | ||
| 1102 | -% new.block | ||
| 1103 | - format.note output | ||
| 1104 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1105 | -} | ||
| 1106 | - | ||
| 1107 | -FUNCTION {incollection} | ||
| 1108 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1109 | - format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1110 | - add.colon | ||
| 1111 | - new.block | ||
| 1112 | - format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 1113 | - new.block | ||
| 1114 | - crossref missing$ | ||
| 1115 | - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check | ||
| 1116 | - format.bvolume output | ||
| 1117 | - format.chapter.pages output | ||
| 1118 | - new.sentence | ||
| 1119 | - format.number.series output | ||
| 1120 | - format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1121 | - format.edition output | ||
| 1122 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1123 | - } | ||
| 1124 | - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1125 | - format.chapter.pages output | ||
| 1126 | - } | ||
| 1127 | - if$ | ||
| 1128 | -% new.block | ||
| 1129 | - format.url output | ||
| 1130 | -% new.block | ||
| 1131 | - format.note output | ||
| 1132 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1133 | -} | ||
| 1134 | -FUNCTION {inproceedings} | ||
| 1135 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1136 | - format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1137 | - add.colon | ||
| 1138 | - new.block | ||
| 1139 | - format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 1140 | - new.block | ||
| 1141 | - crossref missing$ | ||
| 1142 | - { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check | ||
| 1143 | - new.sentence % added by titto | ||
| 1144 | - format.bvolume output | ||
| 1145 | - format.pages output | ||
| 1146 | - new.sentence | ||
| 1147 | - format.number.series output | ||
| 1148 | - publisher empty$ | ||
| 1149 | - { format.organization.address output } | ||
| 1150 | - { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1151 | - format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1152 | - } | ||
| 1153 | - if$ | ||
| 1154 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1155 | - } | ||
| 1156 | - { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1157 | - format.pages output | ||
| 1158 | - } | ||
| 1159 | - if$ | ||
| 1160 | -% new.block | ||
| 1161 | - format.url output | ||
| 1162 | -% new.block | ||
| 1163 | - format.note output | ||
| 1164 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1165 | -} | ||
| 1166 | -FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } | ||
| 1167 | -FUNCTION {manual} | ||
| 1168 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1169 | - author empty$ | ||
| 1170 | - { organization "organization" bibinfo.check | ||
| 1171 | - duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 1172 | - { output | ||
| 1173 | - address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1174 | - } | ||
| 1175 | - if$ | ||
| 1176 | - } | ||
| 1177 | - { format.authors output.nonnull } | ||
| 1178 | - if$ | ||
| 1179 | - add.colon | ||
| 1180 | - new.block | ||
| 1181 | - format.btitle "title" output.check | ||
| 1182 | - author empty$ | ||
| 1183 | - { organization empty$ | ||
| 1184 | - { | ||
| 1185 | - address new.block.checka | ||
| 1186 | - address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1187 | - } | ||
| 1188 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 1189 | - if$ | ||
| 1190 | - } | ||
| 1191 | - { | ||
| 1192 | - organization address new.block.checkb | ||
| 1193 | - organization "organization" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1194 | - address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1195 | - } | ||
| 1196 | - if$ | ||
| 1197 | - format.edition output | ||
| 1198 | - format.date output | ||
| 1199 | -% new.block | ||
| 1200 | - format.url output | ||
| 1201 | -% new.block | ||
| 1202 | - format.note output | ||
| 1203 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1204 | -} | ||
| 1205 | - | ||
| 1206 | -FUNCTION {mastersthesis} | ||
| 1207 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1208 | - format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1209 | - add.colon | ||
| 1210 | - new.block | ||
| 1211 | - format.btitle | ||
| 1212 | - "title" output.check | ||
| 1213 | - new.block | ||
| 1214 | - bbl.mthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull | ||
| 1215 | - school "school" bibinfo.warn output | ||
| 1216 | - address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1217 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1218 | -% new.block | ||
| 1219 | - format.url output | ||
| 1220 | -% new.block | ||
| 1221 | - format.note output | ||
| 1222 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1223 | -} | ||
| 1224 | - | ||
| 1225 | -FUNCTION {misc} | ||
| 1226 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1227 | - format.authors output | ||
| 1228 | - add.colon | ||
| 1229 | - title howpublished new.block.checkb | ||
| 1230 | - format.title output | ||
| 1231 | - howpublished new.block.checka | ||
| 1232 | - howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1233 | - format.date output | ||
| 1234 | -% new.block | ||
| 1235 | - format.url output | ||
| 1236 | -% new.block | ||
| 1237 | - format.note output | ||
| 1238 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1239 | - empty.misc.check | ||
| 1240 | -} | ||
| 1241 | -FUNCTION {phdthesis} | ||
| 1242 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1243 | - format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1244 | - add.colon | ||
| 1245 | - new.block | ||
| 1246 | - format.btitle | ||
| 1247 | - "title" output.check | ||
| 1248 | - new.block | ||
| 1249 | - bbl.phdthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull | ||
| 1250 | - school "school" bibinfo.warn output | ||
| 1251 | - address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1252 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1253 | -% new.block | ||
| 1254 | - format.url output | ||
| 1255 | -% new.block | ||
| 1256 | - format.note output | ||
| 1257 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1258 | -} | ||
| 1259 | - | ||
| 1260 | -FUNCTION {proceedings} | ||
| 1261 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1262 | - editor empty$ | ||
| 1263 | - { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1264 | - } | ||
| 1265 | - { format.editors output.nonnull } | ||
| 1266 | - if$ | ||
| 1267 | - add.colon | ||
| 1268 | - new.block | ||
| 1269 | - format.btitle "title" output.check | ||
| 1270 | - format.bvolume output | ||
| 1271 | - editor empty$ | ||
| 1272 | - { publisher empty$ | ||
| 1273 | - { format.number.series output } | ||
| 1274 | - { | ||
| 1275 | - new.sentence | ||
| 1276 | - format.number.series output | ||
| 1277 | - format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1278 | - } | ||
| 1279 | - if$ | ||
| 1280 | - } | ||
| 1281 | - { publisher empty$ | ||
| 1282 | - { | ||
| 1283 | - new.sentence | ||
| 1284 | - format.number.series output | ||
| 1285 | - format.organization.address output } | ||
| 1286 | - { | ||
| 1287 | - new.sentence | ||
| 1288 | - format.number.series output | ||
| 1289 | - organization "organization" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1290 | - format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1291 | - } | ||
| 1292 | - if$ | ||
| 1293 | - } | ||
| 1294 | - if$ | ||
| 1295 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1296 | -% new.block | ||
| 1297 | - format.url output | ||
| 1298 | -% new.block | ||
| 1299 | - format.note output | ||
| 1300 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1301 | -} | ||
| 1302 | - | ||
| 1303 | -FUNCTION {techreport} | ||
| 1304 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1305 | - format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1306 | - add.colon | ||
| 1307 | - new.block | ||
| 1308 | - format.title | ||
| 1309 | - "title" output.check | ||
| 1310 | - new.block | ||
| 1311 | - format.tr.number output.nonnull | ||
| 1312 | - institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output | ||
| 1313 | - address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1314 | - format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1315 | -% new.block | ||
| 1316 | - format.url output | ||
| 1317 | -% new.block | ||
| 1318 | - format.note output | ||
| 1319 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1320 | -} | ||
| 1321 | - | ||
| 1322 | -FUNCTION {unpublished} | ||
| 1323 | -{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1324 | - format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1325 | - add.colon | ||
| 1326 | - new.block | ||
| 1327 | - format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 1328 | - format.date output | ||
| 1329 | -% new.block | ||
| 1330 | - format.url output | ||
| 1331 | -% new.block | ||
| 1332 | - format.note "note" output.check | ||
| 1333 | - fin.entry | ||
| 1334 | -} | ||
| 1335 | - | ||
| 1336 | -FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } | ||
| 1337 | -READ | ||
| 1338 | -FUNCTION {sortify} | ||
| 1339 | -{ purify$ | ||
| 1340 | - "l" change.case$ | ||
| 1341 | -} | ||
| 1342 | -INTEGERS { len } | ||
| 1343 | -FUNCTION {chop.word} | ||
| 1344 | -{ 's := | ||
| 1345 | - 'len := | ||
| 1346 | - s #1 len substring$ = | ||
| 1347 | - { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } | ||
| 1348 | - 's | ||
| 1349 | - if$ | ||
| 1350 | -} | ||
| 1351 | -FUNCTION {sort.format.names} | ||
| 1352 | -{ 's := | ||
| 1353 | - #1 'nameptr := | ||
| 1354 | - "" | ||
| 1355 | - s num.names$ 'numnames := | ||
| 1356 | - numnames 'namesleft := | ||
| 1357 | - { namesleft #0 > } | ||
| 1358 | - { s nameptr | ||
| 1359 | - "{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" | ||
| 1360 | - format.name$ 't := | ||
| 1361 | - nameptr #1 > | ||
| 1362 | - { | ||
| 1363 | - " " * | ||
| 1364 | - namesleft #1 = t "others" = and | ||
| 1365 | - { "zzzzz" * } | ||
| 1366 | - { t sortify * } | ||
| 1367 | - if$ | ||
| 1368 | - } | ||
| 1369 | - { t sortify * } | ||
| 1370 | - if$ | ||
| 1371 | - nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := | ||
| 1372 | - namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := | ||
| 1373 | - } | ||
| 1374 | - while$ | ||
| 1375 | -} | ||
| 1376 | - | ||
| 1377 | -FUNCTION {sort.format.title} | ||
| 1378 | -{ 't := | ||
| 1379 | - "A " #2 | ||
| 1380 | - "An " #3 | ||
| 1381 | - "The " #4 t chop.word | ||
| 1382 | - chop.word | ||
| 1383 | - chop.word | ||
| 1384 | - sortify | ||
| 1385 | - #1 global.max$ substring$ | ||
| 1386 | -} | ||
| 1387 | -FUNCTION {author.sort} | ||
| 1388 | -{ author empty$ | ||
| 1389 | - { key empty$ | ||
| 1390 | - { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 1391 | - "" | ||
| 1392 | - } | ||
| 1393 | - { key sortify } | ||
| 1394 | - if$ | ||
| 1395 | - } | ||
| 1396 | - { author sort.format.names } | ||
| 1397 | - if$ | ||
| 1398 | -} | ||
| 1399 | -FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} | ||
| 1400 | -{ author empty$ | ||
| 1401 | - { editor empty$ | ||
| 1402 | - { key empty$ | ||
| 1403 | - { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 1404 | - "" | ||
| 1405 | - } | ||
| 1406 | - { key sortify } | ||
| 1407 | - if$ | ||
| 1408 | - } | ||
| 1409 | - { editor sort.format.names } | ||
| 1410 | - if$ | ||
| 1411 | - } | ||
| 1412 | - { author sort.format.names } | ||
| 1413 | - if$ | ||
| 1414 | -} | ||
| 1415 | -FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} | ||
| 1416 | -{ author empty$ | ||
| 1417 | - { organization empty$ | ||
| 1418 | - { key empty$ | ||
| 1419 | - { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 1420 | - "" | ||
| 1421 | - } | ||
| 1422 | - { key sortify } | ||
| 1423 | - if$ | ||
| 1424 | - } | ||
| 1425 | - { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } | ||
| 1426 | - if$ | ||
| 1427 | - } | ||
| 1428 | - { author sort.format.names } | ||
| 1429 | - if$ | ||
| 1430 | -} | ||
| 1431 | -FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} | ||
| 1432 | -{ editor empty$ | ||
| 1433 | - { organization empty$ | ||
| 1434 | - { key empty$ | ||
| 1435 | - { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 1436 | - "" | ||
| 1437 | - } | ||
| 1438 | - { key sortify } | ||
| 1439 | - if$ | ||
| 1440 | - } | ||
| 1441 | - { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } | ||
| 1442 | - if$ | ||
| 1443 | - } | ||
| 1444 | - { editor sort.format.names } | ||
| 1445 | - if$ | ||
| 1446 | -} | ||
| 1447 | -FUNCTION {presort} | ||
| 1448 | -{ type$ "book" = | ||
| 1449 | - type$ "inbook" = | ||
| 1450 | - or | ||
| 1451 | - 'author.editor.sort | ||
| 1452 | - { type$ "proceedings" = | ||
| 1453 | - 'editor.organization.sort | ||
| 1454 | - { type$ "manual" = | ||
| 1455 | - 'author.organization.sort | ||
| 1456 | - 'author.sort | ||
| 1457 | - if$ | ||
| 1458 | - } | ||
| 1459 | - if$ | ||
| 1460 | - } | ||
| 1461 | - if$ | ||
| 1462 | - " " | ||
| 1463 | - * | ||
| 1464 | - year field.or.null sortify | ||
| 1465 | - * | ||
| 1466 | - " " | ||
| 1467 | - * | ||
| 1468 | - title field.or.null | ||
| 1469 | - sort.format.title | ||
| 1470 | - * | ||
| 1471 | - #1 entry.max$ substring$ | ||
| 1472 | - 'sort.key$ := | ||
| 1473 | -} | ||
| 1474 | -ITERATE {presort} | ||
| 1475 | -SORT | ||
| 1476 | -STRINGS { longest.label } | ||
| 1477 | -INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } | ||
| 1478 | -FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} | ||
| 1479 | -{ "" 'longest.label := | ||
| 1480 | - #1 'number.label := | ||
| 1481 | - #0 'longest.label.width := | ||
| 1482 | -} | ||
| 1483 | -FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} | ||
| 1484 | -{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := | ||
| 1485 | - number.label #1 + 'number.label := | ||
| 1486 | - label width$ longest.label.width > | ||
| 1487 | - { label 'longest.label := | ||
| 1488 | - label width$ 'longest.label.width := | ||
| 1489 | - } | ||
| 1490 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 1491 | - if$ | ||
| 1492 | -} | ||
| 1493 | -EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} | ||
| 1494 | -ITERATE {longest.label.pass} | ||
| 1495 | -FUNCTION {begin.bib} | ||
| 1496 | -{ preamble$ empty$ | ||
| 1497 | - 'skip$ | ||
| 1498 | - { preamble$ write$ newline$ } | ||
| 1499 | - if$ | ||
| 1500 | - "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * | ||
| 1501 | - write$ newline$ | ||
| 1502 | - "\providecommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{#1}}" | ||
| 1503 | - write$ newline$ | ||
| 1504 | - "\providecommand{\urlprefix}{URL }" | ||
| 1505 | - write$ newline$ | ||
| 1506 | -} | ||
| 1507 | -EXECUTE {begin.bib} | ||
| 1508 | -EXECUTE {init.state.consts} | ||
| 1509 | -ITERATE {call.type$} | ||
| 1510 | -FUNCTION {end.bib} | ||
| 1511 | -{ newline$ | ||
| 1512 | - "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ | ||
| 1513 | -} | ||
| 1514 | -EXECUTE {end.bib} | ||
| 1515 | -%% End of customized bst file | ||
| 1516 | -%% | ||
| 1517 | -%% End of file `titto.bst'. | ||
| 1518 | - | ||
| 1519 | - |
OSS-2016/sprmindx.sty
| @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ | ||
| 1 | +TARGET=spb | ||
| 2 | + | ||
| 3 | +all: $(TARGET).tex | ||
| 4 | + pdflatex $(TARGET).tex | ||
| 5 | + bibtex $(TARGET) | ||
| 6 | + pdflatex $(TARGET).tex | ||
| 7 | + pdflatex $(TARGET).tex | ||
| 8 | + evince $(TARGET).pdf & | ||
| 9 | + | ||
| 10 | +edit: | ||
| 11 | + gedit Makefile *.bib *.tex & | ||
| 12 | + | ||
| 13 | +clean: | ||
| 14 | + rm -f $(TARGET).pdf *.out *.aux *.log *.blg *.bbl *.dvi *.ps *.toc *.lot *.lof *.idx *~ | ||
| 15 | + |
| @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ | ||
| 1 | +%% | ||
| 2 | +%% This is file `aliascnt.sty', | ||
| 3 | +%% generated with the docstrip utility. | ||
| 4 | +%% | ||
| 5 | +%% The original source files were: | ||
| 6 | +%% | ||
| 7 | +%% aliascnt.dtx (with options: `package') | ||
| 8 | +%% | ||
| 9 | +%% This is a generated file. | ||
| 10 | +%% | ||
| 11 | +%% Project: aliascnt | ||
| 12 | +%% Version: 2009/09/08 v1.3 | ||
| 13 | +%% | ||
| 14 | +%% Copyright (C) 2006, 2009 by | ||
| 15 | +%% Heiko Oberdiek <heiko.oberdiek at googlemail.com> | ||
| 16 | +%% | ||
| 17 | +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the | ||
| 18 | +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either | ||
| 19 | +%% version 1.3c of this license or (at your option) any later | ||
| 20 | +%% version. This version of this license is in | ||
| 21 | +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c.txt | ||
| 22 | +%% and the latest version of this license is in | ||
| 23 | +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt | ||
| 24 | +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of | ||
| 25 | +%% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later. | ||
| 26 | +%% | ||
| 27 | +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". | ||
| 28 | +%% | ||
| 29 | +%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Heiko Oberdiek. | ||
| 30 | +%% | ||
| 31 | +%% This work consists of the main source file aliascnt.dtx | ||
| 32 | +%% and the derived files | ||
| 33 | +%% aliascnt.sty, aliascnt.pdf, aliascnt.ins, aliascnt.drv. | ||
| 34 | +%% | ||
| 35 | +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} | ||
| 36 | +\ProvidesPackage{aliascnt}% | ||
| 37 | + [2009/09/08 v1.3 Alias counter (HO)]% | ||
| 38 | +\newcommand*{\newaliascnt}[2]{% | ||
| 39 | + \begingroup | ||
| 40 | + \def\AC@glet##1{% | ||
| 41 | + \global\expandafter\let\csname##1#1\expandafter\endcsname | ||
| 42 | + \csname##1#2\endcsname | ||
| 43 | + }% | ||
| 44 | + \@ifundefined{c@#2}{% | ||
| 45 | + \@nocounterr{#2}% | ||
| 46 | + }{% | ||
| 47 | + \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname c@#1\endcsname{% | ||
| 48 | + \AC@glet{c@}% | ||
| 49 | + \AC@glet{the}% | ||
| 50 | + \AC@glet{theH}% | ||
| 51 | + \AC@glet{p@}% | ||
| 52 | + \expandafter\gdef\csname AC@cnt@#1\endcsname{#2}% | ||
| 53 | + \expandafter\gdef\csname cl@#1\expandafter\endcsname | ||
| 54 | + \expandafter{\csname cl@#2\endcsname}% | ||
| 55 | + }% | ||
| 56 | + }% | ||
| 57 | + \endgroup | ||
| 58 | +} | ||
| 59 | +\newcommand*{\aliascntresetthe}[1]{% | ||
| 60 | + \@ifundefined{AC@cnt@#1}{% | ||
| 61 | + \PackageError{aliascnt}{% | ||
| 62 | + `#1' is not an alias counter% | ||
| 63 | + }\@ehc | ||
| 64 | + }{% | ||
| 65 | + \expandafter\let\csname the#1\expandafter\endcsname | ||
| 66 | + \csname the\csname AC@cnt@#1\endcsname\endcsname | ||
| 67 | + }% | ||
| 68 | +} | ||
| 69 | +\newcommand*{\AC@findrootcnt}[1]{% | ||
| 70 | + \@ifundefined{AC@cnt@#1}{% | ||
| 71 | + #1% | ||
| 72 | + }{% | ||
| 73 | + \expandafter\AC@findrootcnt\csname AC@cnt@#1\endcsname | ||
| 74 | + }% | ||
| 75 | +} | ||
| 76 | +\def\AC@patch#1{% | ||
| 77 | + \expandafter\let\csname AC@org@#1reset\expandafter\endcsname | ||
| 78 | + \csname @#1reset\endcsname | ||
| 79 | + \expandafter\def\csname @#1reset\endcsname##1##2{% | ||
| 80 | + \csname AC@org@#1reset\endcsname{##1}{\AC@findrootcnt{##2}}% | ||
| 81 | + }% | ||
| 82 | +} | ||
| 83 | +\RequirePackage{remreset} | ||
| 84 | +\AC@patch{addto} | ||
| 85 | +\AC@patch{removefrom} | ||
| 86 | +\endinput | ||
| 87 | +%% | ||
| 88 | +%% End of file `aliascnt.sty'. |
| @@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@ | ||
| 1 | +% LLNCS DOCUMENT CLASS -- version 2.18 (27-Sep-2013) | ||
| 2 | +% Springer Verlag LaTeX2e support for Lecture Notes in Computer Science | ||
| 3 | +% | ||
| 4 | +%% | ||
| 5 | +%% \CharacterTable | ||
| 6 | +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z | ||
| 7 | +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z | ||
| 8 | +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 | ||
| 9 | +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# | ||
| 10 | +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& | ||
| 11 | +%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) | ||
| 12 | +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, | ||
| 13 | +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ | ||
| 14 | +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< | ||
| 15 | +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? | ||
| 16 | +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ | ||
| 17 | +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ | ||
| 18 | +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| | ||
| 19 | +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} | ||
| 20 | +%% | ||
| 21 | +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] | ||
| 22 | +\ProvidesClass{llncs}[2013/09/27 v2.18 | ||
| 23 | +^^J LaTeX document class for Lecture Notes in Computer Science] | ||
| 24 | +% Options | ||
| 25 | +\let\if@envcntreset\iffalse | ||
| 26 | +\DeclareOption{envcountreset}{\let\if@envcntreset\iftrue} | ||
| 27 | +\DeclareOption{citeauthoryear}{\let\citeauthoryear=Y} | ||
| 28 | +\DeclareOption{oribibl}{\let\oribibl=Y} | ||
| 29 | +\let\if@custvec\iftrue | ||
| 30 | +\DeclareOption{orivec}{\let\if@custvec\iffalse} | ||
| 31 | +\let\if@envcntsame\iffalse | ||
| 32 | +\DeclareOption{envcountsame}{\let\if@envcntsame\iftrue} | ||
| 33 | +\let\if@envcntsect\iffalse | ||
| 34 | +\DeclareOption{envcountsect}{\let\if@envcntsect\iftrue} | ||
| 35 | +\let\if@runhead\iffalse | ||
| 36 | +\DeclareOption{runningheads}{\let\if@runhead\iftrue} | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | +\let\if@openright\iftrue | ||
| 39 | +\let\if@openbib\iffalse | ||
| 40 | +\DeclareOption{openbib}{\let\if@openbib\iftrue} | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | +% languages | ||
| 43 | +\let\switcht@@therlang\relax | ||
| 44 | +\def\ds@deutsch{\def\switcht@@therlang{\switcht@deutsch}} | ||
| 45 | +\def\ds@francais{\def\switcht@@therlang{\switcht@francais}} | ||
| 46 | + | ||
| 47 | +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | +\ProcessOptions | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +\LoadClass[twoside]{article} | ||
| 52 | +\RequirePackage{multicol} % needed for the list of participants, index | ||
| 53 | +\RequirePackage{aliascnt} | ||
| 54 | + | ||
| 55 | +\setlength{\textwidth}{12.2cm} | ||
| 56 | +\setlength{\textheight}{19.3cm} | ||
| 57 | +\renewcommand\@pnumwidth{2em} | ||
| 58 | +\renewcommand\@tocrmarg{3.5em} | ||
| 59 | +% | ||
| 60 | +\def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{% | ||
| 61 | + \ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else | ||
| 62 | + \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@ | ||
| 63 | + {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm | ||
| 64 | + \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 65 | + \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue | ||
| 66 | + \interlinepenalty\@M | ||
| 67 | + \leavevmode | ||
| 68 | + \@tempdima #3\relax | ||
| 69 | + \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip | ||
| 70 | + {#4}\nobreak | ||
| 71 | + \leaders\hbox{$\m@th | ||
| 72 | + \mkern \@dotsep mu\hbox{.}\mkern \@dotsep | ||
| 73 | + mu$}\hfill | ||
| 74 | + \nobreak | ||
| 75 | + \hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hfil\normalfont \normalcolor #5}% | ||
| 76 | + \par}% | ||
| 77 | + \fi} | ||
| 78 | +% | ||
| 79 | +\def\switcht@albion{% | ||
| 80 | +\def\abstractname{Abstract.} | ||
| 81 | +\def\ackname{Acknowledgement.} | ||
| 82 | +\def\andname{and} | ||
| 83 | +\def\lastandname{\unskip, and} | ||
| 84 | +\def\appendixname{Appendix} | ||
| 85 | +\def\chaptername{Chapter} | ||
| 86 | +\def\claimname{Claim} | ||
| 87 | +\def\conjecturename{Conjecture} | ||
| 88 | +\def\contentsname{Table of Contents} | ||
| 89 | +\def\corollaryname{Corollary} | ||
| 90 | +\def\definitionname{Definition} | ||
| 91 | +\def\examplename{Example} | ||
| 92 | +\def\exercisename{Exercise} | ||
| 93 | +\def\figurename{Fig.} | ||
| 94 | +\def\keywordname{{\bf Keywords:}} | ||
| 95 | +\def\indexname{Index} | ||
| 96 | +\def\lemmaname{Lemma} | ||
| 97 | +\def\contriblistname{List of Contributors} | ||
| 98 | +\def\listfigurename{List of Figures} | ||
| 99 | +\def\listtablename{List of Tables} | ||
| 100 | +\def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:} | ||
| 101 | +\def\noteaddname{Note added in proof} | ||
| 102 | +\def\notename{Note} | ||
| 103 | +\def\partname{Part} | ||
| 104 | +\def\problemname{Problem} | ||
| 105 | +\def\proofname{Proof} | ||
| 106 | +\def\propertyname{Property} | ||
| 107 | +\def\propositionname{Proposition} | ||
| 108 | +\def\questionname{Question} | ||
| 109 | +\def\remarkname{Remark} | ||
| 110 | +\def\seename{see} | ||
| 111 | +\def\solutionname{Solution} | ||
| 112 | +\def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:} | ||
| 113 | +\def\tablename{Table} | ||
| 114 | +\def\theoremname{Theorem}} | ||
| 115 | +\switcht@albion | ||
| 116 | +% Names of theorem like environments are already defined | ||
| 117 | +% but must be translated if another language is chosen | ||
| 118 | +% | ||
| 119 | +% French section | ||
| 120 | +\def\switcht@francais{%\typeout{On parle francais.}% | ||
| 121 | + \def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e.}% | ||
| 122 | + \def\ackname{Remerciements.}% | ||
| 123 | + \def\andname{et}% | ||
| 124 | + \def\lastandname{ et}% | ||
| 125 | + \def\appendixname{Appendice} | ||
| 126 | + \def\chaptername{Chapitre}% | ||
| 127 | + \def\claimname{Pr\'etention}% | ||
| 128 | + \def\conjecturename{Hypoth\`ese}% | ||
| 129 | + \def\contentsname{Table des mati\`eres}% | ||
| 130 | + \def\corollaryname{Corollaire}% | ||
| 131 | + \def\definitionname{D\'efinition}% | ||
| 132 | + \def\examplename{Exemple}% | ||
| 133 | + \def\exercisename{Exercice}% | ||
| 134 | + \def\figurename{Fig.}% | ||
| 135 | + \def\keywordname{{\bf Mots-cl\'e:}} | ||
| 136 | + \def\indexname{Index} | ||
| 137 | + \def\lemmaname{Lemme}% | ||
| 138 | + \def\contriblistname{Liste des contributeurs} | ||
| 139 | + \def\listfigurename{Liste des figures}% | ||
| 140 | + \def\listtablename{Liste des tables}% | ||
| 141 | + \def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:} | ||
| 142 | + \def\noteaddname{Note ajout\'ee \`a l'\'epreuve}% | ||
| 143 | + \def\notename{Remarque}% | ||
| 144 | + \def\partname{Partie}% | ||
| 145 | + \def\problemname{Probl\`eme}% | ||
| 146 | + \def\proofname{Preuve}% | ||
| 147 | + \def\propertyname{Caract\'eristique}% | ||
| 148 | +%\def\propositionname{Proposition}% | ||
| 149 | + \def\questionname{Question}% | ||
| 150 | + \def\remarkname{Remarque}% | ||
| 151 | + \def\seename{voir} | ||
| 152 | + \def\solutionname{Solution}% | ||
| 153 | + \def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:} | ||
| 154 | + \def\tablename{Tableau}% | ||
| 155 | + \def\theoremname{Th\'eor\`eme}% | ||
| 156 | +} | ||
| 157 | +% | ||
| 158 | +% German section | ||
| 159 | +\def\switcht@deutsch{%\typeout{Man spricht deutsch.}% | ||
| 160 | + \def\abstractname{Zusammenfassung.}% | ||
| 161 | + \def\ackname{Danksagung.}% | ||
| 162 | + \def\andname{und}% | ||
| 163 | + \def\lastandname{ und}% | ||
| 164 | + \def\appendixname{Anhang}% | ||
| 165 | + \def\chaptername{Kapitel}% | ||
| 166 | + \def\claimname{Behauptung}% | ||
| 167 | + \def\conjecturename{Hypothese}% | ||
| 168 | + \def\contentsname{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% | ||
| 169 | + \def\corollaryname{Korollar}% | ||
| 170 | +%\def\definitionname{Definition}% | ||
| 171 | + \def\examplename{Beispiel}% | ||
| 172 | + \def\exercisename{\"Ubung}% | ||
| 173 | + \def\figurename{Abb.}% | ||
| 174 | + \def\keywordname{{\bf Schl\"usselw\"orter:}} | ||
| 175 | + \def\indexname{Index} | ||
| 176 | +%\def\lemmaname{Lemma}% | ||
| 177 | + \def\contriblistname{Mitarbeiter} | ||
| 178 | + \def\listfigurename{Abbildungsverzeichnis}% | ||
| 179 | + \def\listtablename{Tabellenverzeichnis}% | ||
| 180 | + \def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:} | ||
| 181 | + \def\noteaddname{Nachtrag}% | ||
| 182 | + \def\notename{Anmerkung}% | ||
| 183 | + \def\partname{Teil}% | ||
| 184 | +%\def\problemname{Problem}% | ||
| 185 | + \def\proofname{Beweis}% | ||
| 186 | + \def\propertyname{Eigenschaft}% | ||
| 187 | +%\def\propositionname{Proposition}% | ||
| 188 | + \def\questionname{Frage}% | ||
| 189 | + \def\remarkname{Anmerkung}% | ||
| 190 | + \def\seename{siehe} | ||
| 191 | + \def\solutionname{L\"osung}% | ||
| 192 | + \def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:} | ||
| 193 | + \def\tablename{Tabelle}% | ||
| 194 | +%\def\theoremname{Theorem}% | ||
| 195 | +} | ||
| 196 | + | ||
| 197 | +% Ragged bottom for the actual page | ||
| 198 | +\def\thisbottomragged{\def\@textbottom{\vskip\z@ plus.0001fil | ||
| 199 | +\global\let\@textbottom\relax}} | ||
| 200 | + | ||
| 201 | +\renewcommand\small{% | ||
| 202 | + \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{11}% | ||
| 203 | + \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 204 | + \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@ | ||
| 205 | + \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@ | ||
| 206 | + \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini | ||
| 207 | + \parsep 0\p@ \@plus1\p@ \@minus\p@ | ||
| 208 | + \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 209 | + \itemsep0\p@}% | ||
| 210 | + \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip | ||
| 211 | +} | ||
| 212 | + | ||
| 213 | +\frenchspacing | ||
| 214 | +\widowpenalty=10000 | ||
| 215 | +\clubpenalty=10000 | ||
| 216 | + | ||
| 217 | +\setlength\oddsidemargin {63\p@} | ||
| 218 | +\setlength\evensidemargin {63\p@} | ||
| 219 | +\setlength\marginparwidth {90\p@} | ||
| 220 | + | ||
| 221 | +\setlength\headsep {16\p@} | ||
| 222 | + | ||
| 223 | +\setlength\footnotesep{7.7\p@} | ||
| 224 | +\setlength\textfloatsep{8mm\@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@} | ||
| 225 | +\setlength\intextsep {8mm\@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@} | ||
| 226 | + | ||
| 227 | +\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2} | ||
| 228 | + | ||
| 229 | +\newcounter {chapter} | ||
| 230 | +\renewcommand\thechapter {\@arabic\c@chapter} | ||
| 231 | + | ||
| 232 | +\newif\if@mainmatter \@mainmattertrue | ||
| 233 | +\newcommand\frontmatter{\cleardoublepage | ||
| 234 | + \@mainmatterfalse\pagenumbering{Roman}} | ||
| 235 | +\newcommand\mainmatter{\cleardoublepage | ||
| 236 | + \@mainmattertrue\pagenumbering{arabic}} | ||
| 237 | +\newcommand\backmatter{\if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi | ||
| 238 | + \@mainmatterfalse} | ||
| 239 | + | ||
| 240 | +\renewcommand\part{\cleardoublepage | ||
| 241 | + \thispagestyle{empty}% | ||
| 242 | + \if@twocolumn | ||
| 243 | + \onecolumn | ||
| 244 | + \@tempswatrue | ||
| 245 | + \else | ||
| 246 | + \@tempswafalse | ||
| 247 | + \fi | ||
| 248 | + \null\vfil | ||
| 249 | + \secdef\@part\@spart} | ||
| 250 | + | ||
| 251 | +\def\@part[#1]#2{% | ||
| 252 | + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax | ||
| 253 | + \refstepcounter{part}% | ||
| 254 | + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}% | ||
| 255 | + \else | ||
| 256 | + \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% | ||
| 257 | + \fi | ||
| 258 | + \markboth{}{}% | ||
| 259 | + {\centering | ||
| 260 | + \interlinepenalty \@M | ||
| 261 | + \normalfont | ||
| 262 | + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax | ||
| 263 | + \huge\bfseries \partname~\thepart | ||
| 264 | + \par | ||
| 265 | + \vskip 20\p@ | ||
| 266 | + \fi | ||
| 267 | + \Huge \bfseries #2\par}% | ||
| 268 | + \@endpart} | ||
| 269 | +\def\@spart#1{% | ||
| 270 | + {\centering | ||
| 271 | + \interlinepenalty \@M | ||
| 272 | + \normalfont | ||
| 273 | + \Huge \bfseries #1\par}% | ||
| 274 | + \@endpart} | ||
| 275 | +\def\@endpart{\vfil\newpage | ||
| 276 | + \if@twoside | ||
| 277 | + \null | ||
| 278 | + \thispagestyle{empty}% | ||
| 279 | + \newpage | ||
| 280 | + \fi | ||
| 281 | + \if@tempswa | ||
| 282 | + \twocolumn | ||
| 283 | + \fi} | ||
| 284 | + | ||
| 285 | +\newcommand\chapter{\clearpage | ||
| 286 | + \thispagestyle{empty}% | ||
| 287 | + \global\@topnum\z@ | ||
| 288 | + \@afterindentfalse | ||
| 289 | + \secdef\@chapter\@schapter} | ||
| 290 | +\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne | ||
| 291 | + \if@mainmatter | ||
| 292 | + \refstepcounter{chapter}% | ||
| 293 | + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% | ||
| 294 | + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% | ||
| 295 | + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}% | ||
| 296 | + \else | ||
| 297 | + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% | ||
| 298 | + \fi | ||
| 299 | + \else | ||
| 300 | + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}% | ||
| 301 | + \fi | ||
| 302 | + \chaptermark{#1}% | ||
| 303 | + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% | ||
| 304 | + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% | ||
| 305 | + \if@twocolumn | ||
| 306 | + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]% | ||
| 307 | + \else | ||
| 308 | + \@makechapterhead{#2}% | ||
| 309 | + \@afterheading | ||
| 310 | + \fi} | ||
| 311 | +\def\@makechapterhead#1{% | ||
| 312 | +% \vspace*{50\p@}% | ||
| 313 | + {\centering | ||
| 314 | + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne | ||
| 315 | + \if@mainmatter | ||
| 316 | + \large\bfseries \@chapapp{} \thechapter | ||
| 317 | + \par\nobreak | ||
| 318 | + \vskip 20\p@ | ||
| 319 | + \fi | ||
| 320 | + \fi | ||
| 321 | + \interlinepenalty\@M | ||
| 322 | + \Large \bfseries #1\par\nobreak | ||
| 323 | + \vskip 40\p@ | ||
| 324 | + }} | ||
| 325 | +\def\@schapter#1{\if@twocolumn | ||
| 326 | + \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]% | ||
| 327 | + \else | ||
| 328 | + \@makeschapterhead{#1}% | ||
| 329 | + \@afterheading | ||
| 330 | + \fi} | ||
| 331 | +\def\@makeschapterhead#1{% | ||
| 332 | +% \vspace*{50\p@}% | ||
| 333 | + {\centering | ||
| 334 | + \normalfont | ||
| 335 | + \interlinepenalty\@M | ||
| 336 | + \Large \bfseries #1\par\nobreak | ||
| 337 | + \vskip 40\p@ | ||
| 338 | + }} | ||
| 339 | + | ||
| 340 | +\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}% | ||
| 341 | + {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}% | ||
| 342 | + {12\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@}% | ||
| 343 | + {\normalfont\large\bfseries\boldmath | ||
| 344 | + \rightskip=\z@ \@plus 8em\pretolerance=10000 }} | ||
| 345 | +\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}% | ||
| 346 | + {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}% | ||
| 347 | + {8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@}% | ||
| 348 | + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath | ||
| 349 | + \rightskip=\z@ \@plus 8em\pretolerance=10000 }} | ||
| 350 | +\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}% | ||
| 351 | + {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}% | ||
| 352 | + {-0.5em \@plus -0.22em \@minus -0.1em}% | ||
| 353 | + {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath}} | ||
| 354 | +\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}% | ||
| 355 | + {-12\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}% | ||
| 356 | + {-0.5em \@plus -0.22em \@minus -0.1em}% | ||
| 357 | + {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}} | ||
| 358 | +\renewcommand\subparagraph[1]{\typeout{LLNCS warning: You should not use | ||
| 359 | + \string\subparagraph\space with this class}\vskip0.5cm | ||
| 360 | +You should not use \verb|\subparagraph| with this class.\vskip0.5cm} | ||
| 361 | + | ||
| 362 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Gamma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"00} | ||
| 363 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Delta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"01} | ||
| 364 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Theta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"02} | ||
| 365 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Lambda}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"03} | ||
| 366 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Xi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"04} | ||
| 367 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Pi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"05} | ||
| 368 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Sigma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"06} | ||
| 369 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Upsilon}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"07} | ||
| 370 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Phi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"08} | ||
| 371 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Psi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"09} | ||
| 372 | +\DeclareMathSymbol{\Omega}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"0A} | ||
| 373 | + | ||
| 374 | +\let\footnotesize\small | ||
| 375 | + | ||
| 376 | +\if@custvec | ||
| 377 | +\def\vec#1{\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle#1$}} | ||
| 378 | +{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}} | ||
| 379 | +{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle#1$}} | ||
| 380 | +{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}} | ||
| 381 | +\fi | ||
| 382 | + | ||
| 383 | +\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}} | ||
| 384 | +\def\qed{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil | ||
| 385 | +\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed | ||
| 386 | +\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi} | ||
| 387 | + | ||
| 388 | +\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip | ||
| 389 | +\halign{\hfil | ||
| 390 | +$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}} | ||
| 391 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets | ||
| 392 | +\cr\to\cr}}} | ||
| 393 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets | ||
| 394 | +\cr\to\cr}}} | ||
| 395 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 396 | +\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}} | ||
| 397 | +\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil | ||
| 398 | +$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 399 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr | ||
| 400 | +\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 401 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr | ||
| 402 | +\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 403 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 404 | +<\cr | ||
| 405 | +\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}} | ||
| 406 | +\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil | ||
| 407 | +$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 408 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr | ||
| 409 | +\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 410 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr | ||
| 411 | +\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}} | ||
| 412 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 413 | +>\cr | ||
| 414 | +\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}} | ||
| 415 | +\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip | ||
| 416 | +\halign{\hfil | ||
| 417 | +$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}} | ||
| 418 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 419 | +>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}} | ||
| 420 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 421 | +>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.8pt}<\cr}}} | ||
| 422 | +{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr | ||
| 423 | +>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.3pt}<\cr}}}}} | ||
| 424 | +\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen | ||
| 425 | +\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}} | ||
| 426 | +\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen | ||
| 427 | +\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}} | ||
| 428 | +\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}} | ||
| 429 | +\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}} | ||
| 430 | +\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}} | ||
| 431 | +\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} | ||
| 432 | +{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}} | ||
| 433 | +\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 434 | +to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 435 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 436 | +to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 437 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 438 | +to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 439 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 440 | +to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}} | ||
| 441 | +\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm | ||
| 442 | +Q$}\hbox{\raise | ||
| 443 | +0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 444 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise | ||
| 445 | +0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 446 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise | ||
| 447 | +0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 448 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise | ||
| 449 | +0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}} | ||
| 450 | +\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm | ||
| 451 | +T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 452 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 453 | +to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 454 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 455 | +to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 456 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox | ||
| 457 | +to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}} | ||
| 458 | +\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice | ||
| 459 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox | ||
| 460 | +to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox | ||
| 461 | +to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 462 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox | ||
| 463 | +to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox | ||
| 464 | +to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 465 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox | ||
| 466 | +to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox | ||
| 467 | +to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}} | ||
| 468 | +{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox | ||
| 469 | +to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox | ||
| 470 | +to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}} | ||
| 471 | +\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\mathsf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}} | ||
| 472 | +{\hbox{$\mathsf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}} | ||
| 473 | +{\hbox{$\mathsf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}} | ||
| 474 | +{\hbox{$\mathsf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}} | ||
| 475 | + | ||
| 476 | +\let\ts\, | ||
| 477 | + | ||
| 478 | +\setlength\leftmargini {17\p@} | ||
| 479 | +\setlength\leftmargin {\leftmargini} | ||
| 480 | +\setlength\leftmarginii {\leftmargini} | ||
| 481 | +\setlength\leftmarginiii {\leftmargini} | ||
| 482 | +\setlength\leftmarginiv {\leftmargini} | ||
| 483 | +\setlength \labelsep {.5em} | ||
| 484 | +\setlength \labelwidth{\leftmargini} | ||
| 485 | +\addtolength\labelwidth{-\labelsep} | ||
| 486 | + | ||
| 487 | +\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini | ||
| 488 | + \parsep 0\p@ \@plus1\p@ \@minus\p@ | ||
| 489 | + \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 490 | + \itemsep0\p@} | ||
| 491 | +\let\@listi\@listI | ||
| 492 | +\@listi | ||
| 493 | +\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii | ||
| 494 | + \labelwidth\leftmarginii | ||
| 495 | + \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep | ||
| 496 | + \topsep 0\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@} | ||
| 497 | +\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii | ||
| 498 | + \labelwidth\leftmarginiii | ||
| 499 | + \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep | ||
| 500 | + \topsep 0\p@ \@plus\p@\@minus\p@ | ||
| 501 | + \parsep \z@ | ||
| 502 | + \partopsep \p@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@} | ||
| 503 | + | ||
| 504 | +\renewcommand\labelitemi{\normalfont\bfseries --} | ||
| 505 | +\renewcommand\labelitemii{$\m@th\bullet$} | ||
| 506 | + | ||
| 507 | +\setlength\arraycolsep{1.4\p@} | ||
| 508 | +\setlength\tabcolsep{1.4\p@} | ||
| 509 | + | ||
| 510 | +\def\tableofcontents{\chapter*{\contentsname\@mkboth{{\contentsname}}% | ||
| 511 | + {{\contentsname}}} | ||
| 512 | + \def\authcount##1{\setcounter{auco}{##1}\setcounter{@auth}{1}} | ||
| 513 | + \def\lastand{\ifnum\value{auco}=2\relax | ||
| 514 | + \unskip{} \andname\ | ||
| 515 | + \else | ||
| 516 | + \unskip \lastandname\ | ||
| 517 | + \fi}% | ||
| 518 | + \def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}\relax | ||
| 519 | + \ifnum\value{@auth}=\value{auco}% | ||
| 520 | + \lastand | ||
| 521 | + \else | ||
| 522 | + \unskip, | ||
| 523 | + \fi}% | ||
| 524 | + \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi} | ||
| 525 | + | ||
| 526 | +\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}% | ||
| 527 | + \addvspace{2em plus\p@}% % space above part line | ||
| 528 | + \begingroup | ||
| 529 | + \parindent \z@ | ||
| 530 | + \rightskip \z@ plus 5em | ||
| 531 | + \hrule\vskip5pt | ||
| 532 | + \large % same size as for a contribution heading | ||
| 533 | + \bfseries\boldmath % set line in boldface | ||
| 534 | + \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode. | ||
| 535 | + #1\par | ||
| 536 | + \vskip5pt | ||
| 537 | + \hrule | ||
| 538 | + \vskip1pt | ||
| 539 | + \nobreak % Never break after part entry | ||
| 540 | + \endgroup} | ||
| 541 | + | ||
| 542 | +\def\@dotsep{2} | ||
| 543 | + | ||
| 544 | +\let\phantomsection=\relax | ||
| 545 | + | ||
| 546 | +\def\hyperhrefextend{\ifx\hyper@anchor\@undefined\else | ||
| 547 | +{}\fi} | ||
| 548 | + | ||
| 549 | +\def\addnumcontentsmark#1#2#3{% | ||
| 550 | +\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{\protect\numberline | ||
| 551 | + {\thechapter}#3}{\thepage}\hyperhrefextend}}% | ||
| 552 | +\def\addcontentsmark#1#2#3{% | ||
| 553 | +\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}\hyperhrefextend}}% | ||
| 554 | +\def\addcontentsmarkwop#1#2#3{% | ||
| 555 | +\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{0}\hyperhrefextend}}% | ||
| 556 | + | ||
| 557 | +\def\@adcmk[#1]{\ifcase #1 \or | ||
| 558 | +\def\@gtempa{\addnumcontentsmark}% | ||
| 559 | + \or \def\@gtempa{\addcontentsmark}% | ||
| 560 | + \or \def\@gtempa{\addcontentsmarkwop}% | ||
| 561 | + \fi\@gtempa{toc}{chapter}% | ||
| 562 | +} | ||
| 563 | +\def\addtocmark{% | ||
| 564 | +\phantomsection | ||
| 565 | +\@ifnextchar[{\@adcmk}{\@adcmk[3]}% | ||
| 566 | +} | ||
| 567 | + | ||
| 568 | +\def\l@chapter#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty} | ||
| 569 | + \vskip 1.0em plus 1pt \@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup | ||
| 570 | + \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg | ||
| 571 | + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm | ||
| 572 | + \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 573 | + \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip | ||
| 574 | + {\large\bfseries\boldmath#1}\ifx0#2\hfil\null | ||
| 575 | + \else | ||
| 576 | + \nobreak | ||
| 577 | + \leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern | ||
| 578 | + \@dotsep mu$}\hfill | ||
| 579 | + \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}% | ||
| 580 | + \fi\par | ||
| 581 | + \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup} | ||
| 582 | + | ||
| 583 | +\def\l@title#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty} | ||
| 584 | + \addvspace{8pt plus 1pt} | ||
| 585 | + \@tempdima \z@ | ||
| 586 | + \begingroup | ||
| 587 | + \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg | ||
| 588 | + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm | ||
| 589 | + \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 590 | + \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip | ||
| 591 | + #1\nobreak | ||
| 592 | + \leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern | ||
| 593 | + \@dotsep mu$}\hfill | ||
| 594 | + \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par | ||
| 595 | + \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup} | ||
| 596 | + | ||
| 597 | +\def\l@author#1#2{\addpenalty{\@highpenalty} | ||
| 598 | + \@tempdima=15\p@ %\z@ | ||
| 599 | + \begingroup | ||
| 600 | + \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg | ||
| 601 | + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm | ||
| 602 | + \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 603 | + \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima %\hskip -\leftskip | ||
| 604 | + \textit{#1}\par | ||
| 605 | + \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup} | ||
| 606 | + | ||
| 607 | +\setcounter{tocdepth}{0} | ||
| 608 | +\newdimen\tocchpnum | ||
| 609 | +\newdimen\tocsecnum | ||
| 610 | +\newdimen\tocsectotal | ||
| 611 | +\newdimen\tocsubsecnum | ||
| 612 | +\newdimen\tocsubsectotal | ||
| 613 | +\newdimen\tocsubsubsecnum | ||
| 614 | +\newdimen\tocsubsubsectotal | ||
| 615 | +\newdimen\tocparanum | ||
| 616 | +\newdimen\tocparatotal | ||
| 617 | +\newdimen\tocsubparanum | ||
| 618 | +\tocchpnum=\z@ % no chapter numbers | ||
| 619 | +\tocsecnum=15\p@ % section 88. plus 2.222pt | ||
| 620 | +\tocsubsecnum=23\p@ % subsection 88.8 plus 2.222pt | ||
| 621 | +\tocsubsubsecnum=27\p@ % subsubsection 88.8.8 plus 1.444pt | ||
| 622 | +\tocparanum=35\p@ % paragraph 88.8.8.8 plus 1.666pt | ||
| 623 | +\tocsubparanum=43\p@ % subparagraph 88.8.8.8.8 plus 1.888pt | ||
| 624 | +\def\calctocindent{% | ||
| 625 | +\tocsectotal=\tocchpnum | ||
| 626 | +\advance\tocsectotal by\tocsecnum | ||
| 627 | +\tocsubsectotal=\tocsectotal | ||
| 628 | +\advance\tocsubsectotal by\tocsubsecnum | ||
| 629 | +\tocsubsubsectotal=\tocsubsectotal | ||
| 630 | +\advance\tocsubsubsectotal by\tocsubsubsecnum | ||
| 631 | +\tocparatotal=\tocsubsubsectotal | ||
| 632 | +\advance\tocparatotal by\tocparanum} | ||
| 633 | +\calctocindent | ||
| 634 | + | ||
| 635 | +\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{\tocchpnum}{\tocsecnum}} | ||
| 636 | +\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{\tocsectotal}{\tocsubsecnum}} | ||
| 637 | +\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{\tocsubsectotal}{\tocsubsubsecnum}} | ||
| 638 | +\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{\tocsubsubsectotal}{\tocparanum}} | ||
| 639 | +\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{\tocparatotal}{\tocsubparanum}} | ||
| 640 | + | ||
| 641 | +\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn | ||
| 642 | + \fi\section*{\listfigurename\@mkboth{{\listfigurename}}{{\listfigurename}}} | ||
| 643 | + \@starttoc{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi} | ||
| 644 | +\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{1.5em}} | ||
| 645 | + | ||
| 646 | +\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn | ||
| 647 | + \fi\section*{\listtablename\@mkboth{{\listtablename}}{{\listtablename}}} | ||
| 648 | + \@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi} | ||
| 649 | +\let\l@table\l@figure | ||
| 650 | + | ||
| 651 | +\renewcommand\listoffigures{% | ||
| 652 | + \section*{\listfigurename | ||
| 653 | + \@mkboth{\listfigurename}{\listfigurename}}% | ||
| 654 | + \@starttoc{lof}% | ||
| 655 | + } | ||
| 656 | + | ||
| 657 | +\renewcommand\listoftables{% | ||
| 658 | + \section*{\listtablename | ||
| 659 | + \@mkboth{\listtablename}{\listtablename}}% | ||
| 660 | + \@starttoc{lot}% | ||
| 661 | + } | ||
| 662 | + | ||
| 663 | +\ifx\oribibl\undefined | ||
| 664 | +\ifx\citeauthoryear\undefined | ||
| 665 | +\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1] | ||
| 666 | + {\section*{\refname} | ||
| 667 | + \def\@biblabel##1{##1.} | ||
| 668 | + \small | ||
| 669 | + \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% | ||
| 670 | + {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% | ||
| 671 | + \leftmargin\labelwidth | ||
| 672 | + \advance\leftmargin\labelsep | ||
| 673 | + \if@openbib | ||
| 674 | + \advance\leftmargin\bibindent | ||
| 675 | + \itemindent -\bibindent | ||
| 676 | + \listparindent \itemindent | ||
| 677 | + \parsep \z@ | ||
| 678 | + \fi | ||
| 679 | + \usecounter{enumiv}% | ||
| 680 | + \let\p@enumiv\@empty | ||
| 681 | + \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% | ||
| 682 | + \if@openbib | ||
| 683 | + \renewcommand\newblock{\par}% | ||
| 684 | + \else | ||
| 685 | + \renewcommand\newblock{\hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em}% | ||
| 686 | + \fi | ||
| 687 | + \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000% | ||
| 688 | + \sfcode`\.=\@m} | ||
| 689 | + {\def\@noitemerr | ||
| 690 | + {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% | ||
| 691 | + \endlist} | ||
| 692 | +\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[{[#1]}\hfill]\if@filesw | ||
| 693 | + {\let\protect\noexpand\immediate | ||
| 694 | + \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces} | ||
| 695 | +\newcount\@tempcntc | ||
| 696 | +\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi | ||
| 697 | + \@tempcnta\z@\@tempcntb\m@ne\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do | ||
| 698 | + {\@ifundefined | ||
| 699 | + {b@\@citeb}{\@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citea\def\@citea{,}{\bfseries | ||
| 700 | + ?}\@warning | ||
| 701 | + {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}% | ||
| 702 | + {\setbox\z@\hbox{\global\@tempcntc0\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname\relax}% | ||
| 703 | + \ifnum\@tempcntc=\z@ \@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne | ||
| 704 | + \@citea\def\@citea{,}\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}% | ||
| 705 | + \else | ||
| 706 | + \advance\@tempcntb\@ne | ||
| 707 | + \ifnum\@tempcntb=\@tempcntc | ||
| 708 | + \else\advance\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citeo | ||
| 709 | + \@tempcnta\@tempcntc\@tempcntb\@tempcntc\fi\fi}}\@citeo}{#1}} | ||
| 710 | +\def\@citeo{\ifnum\@tempcnta>\@tempcntb\else | ||
| 711 | + \@citea\def\@citea{,\,\hskip\z@skip}% | ||
| 712 | + \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb\the\@tempcnta\else | ||
| 713 | + {\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb \else | ||
| 714 | + \def\@citea{--}\fi | ||
| 715 | + \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne\the\@tempcnta\@citea\the\@tempcntb}\fi\fi} | ||
| 716 | +\else | ||
| 717 | +\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1] | ||
| 718 | + {\section*{\refname} | ||
| 719 | + \small | ||
| 720 | + \list{}% | ||
| 721 | + {\settowidth\labelwidth{}% | ||
| 722 | + \leftmargin\parindent | ||
| 723 | + \itemindent=-\parindent | ||
| 724 | + \labelsep=\z@ | ||
| 725 | + \if@openbib | ||
| 726 | + \advance\leftmargin\bibindent | ||
| 727 | + \itemindent -\bibindent | ||
| 728 | + \listparindent \itemindent | ||
| 729 | + \parsep \z@ | ||
| 730 | + \fi | ||
| 731 | + \usecounter{enumiv}% | ||
| 732 | + \let\p@enumiv\@empty | ||
| 733 | + \renewcommand\theenumiv{}}% | ||
| 734 | + \if@openbib | ||
| 735 | + \renewcommand\newblock{\par}% | ||
| 736 | + \else | ||
| 737 | + \renewcommand\newblock{\hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em}% | ||
| 738 | + \fi | ||
| 739 | + \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000% | ||
| 740 | + \sfcode`\.=\@m} | ||
| 741 | + {\def\@noitemerr | ||
| 742 | + {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% | ||
| 743 | + \endlist} | ||
| 744 | + \def\@cite#1{#1}% | ||
| 745 | + \def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[]\if@filesw | ||
| 746 | + {\def\protect##1{\string ##1\space}\immediate | ||
| 747 | + \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces} | ||
| 748 | + \fi | ||
| 749 | +\else | ||
| 750 | +\@cons\@openbib@code{\noexpand\small} | ||
| 751 | +\fi | ||
| 752 | + | ||
| 753 | +\def\idxquad{\hskip 10\p@}% space that divides entry from number | ||
| 754 | + | ||
| 755 | +\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 10\p@} | ||
| 756 | + | ||
| 757 | +\def\subitem{\par\setbox0=\hbox{--\enspace}% second order | ||
| 758 | + \noindent\hangindent\wd0\box0}% index entry | ||
| 759 | + | ||
| 760 | +\def\subsubitem{\par\setbox0=\hbox{--\,--\enspace}% third | ||
| 761 | + \noindent\hangindent\wd0\box0}% order index entry | ||
| 762 | + | ||
| 763 | +\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax} | ||
| 764 | + | ||
| 765 | +\renewenvironment{theindex} | ||
| 766 | + {\@mkboth{\indexname}{\indexname}% | ||
| 767 | + \thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@ | ||
| 768 | + \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax | ||
| 769 | + \let\item\par | ||
| 770 | + \def\,{\relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip | ||
| 771 | + \else\hskip0.2em\ignorespaces\fi}% | ||
| 772 | + \normalfont\small | ||
| 773 | + \begin{multicols}{2}[\@makeschapterhead{\indexname}]% | ||
| 774 | + } | ||
| 775 | + {\end{multicols}} | ||
| 776 | + | ||
| 777 | +\renewcommand\footnoterule{% | ||
| 778 | + \kern-3\p@ | ||
| 779 | + \hrule\@width 2truecm | ||
| 780 | + \kern2.6\p@} | ||
| 781 | + \newdimen\fnindent | ||
| 782 | + \fnindent1em | ||
| 783 | +\long\def\@makefntext#1{% | ||
| 784 | + \parindent \fnindent% | ||
| 785 | + \leftskip \fnindent% | ||
| 786 | + \noindent | ||
| 787 | + \llap{\hb@xt@1em{\hss\@makefnmark\ }}\ignorespaces#1} | ||
| 788 | + | ||
| 789 | +\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% | ||
| 790 | + \small | ||
| 791 | + \vskip\abovecaptionskip | ||
| 792 | + \sbox\@tempboxa{{\bfseries #1.} #2}% | ||
| 793 | + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize | ||
| 794 | + {\bfseries #1.} #2\par | ||
| 795 | + \else | ||
| 796 | + \global \@minipagefalse | ||
| 797 | + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% | ||
| 798 | + \fi | ||
| 799 | + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} | ||
| 800 | + | ||
| 801 | +\def\fps@figure{htbp} | ||
| 802 | +\def\fnum@figure{\figurename\thinspace\thefigure} | ||
| 803 | +\def \@floatboxreset {% | ||
| 804 | + \reset@font | ||
| 805 | + \small | ||
| 806 | + \@setnobreak | ||
| 807 | + \@setminipage | ||
| 808 | +} | ||
| 809 | +\def\fps@table{htbp} | ||
| 810 | +\def\fnum@table{\tablename~\thetable} | ||
| 811 | +\renewenvironment{table} | ||
| 812 | + {\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0\p@}% | ||
| 813 | + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{10\p@}% | ||
| 814 | + \@float{table}} | ||
| 815 | + {\end@float} | ||
| 816 | +\renewenvironment{table*} | ||
| 817 | + {\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0\p@}% | ||
| 818 | + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{10\p@}% | ||
| 819 | + \@dblfloat{table}} | ||
| 820 | + {\end@dblfloat} | ||
| 821 | + | ||
| 822 | +\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\par\addcontentsline{\csname | ||
| 823 | + ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname | ||
| 824 | + the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\begingroup | ||
| 825 | + \@parboxrestore | ||
| 826 | + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par | ||
| 827 | + \endgroup} | ||
| 828 | + | ||
| 829 | +% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute | ||
| 830 | +% addresses. The \institute command is defined here. | ||
| 831 | + | ||
| 832 | +\newcounter{@inst} | ||
| 833 | +\newcounter{@auth} | ||
| 834 | +\newcounter{auco} | ||
| 835 | +\newdimen\instindent | ||
| 836 | +\newbox\authrun | ||
| 837 | +\newtoks\authorrunning | ||
| 838 | +\newtoks\tocauthor | ||
| 839 | +\newbox\titrun | ||
| 840 | +\newtoks\titlerunning | ||
| 841 | +\newtoks\toctitle | ||
| 842 | + | ||
| 843 | +\def\clearheadinfo{\gdef\@author{No Author Given}% | ||
| 844 | + \gdef\@title{No Title Given}% | ||
| 845 | + \gdef\@subtitle{}% | ||
| 846 | + \gdef\@institute{No Institute Given}% | ||
| 847 | + \gdef\@thanks{}% | ||
| 848 | + \global\titlerunning={}\global\authorrunning={}% | ||
| 849 | + \global\toctitle={}\global\tocauthor={}} | ||
| 850 | + | ||
| 851 | +\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}} | ||
| 852 | + | ||
| 853 | +\def\institutename{\par | ||
| 854 | + \begingroup | ||
| 855 | + \parskip=\z@ | ||
| 856 | + \parindent=\z@ | ||
| 857 | + \setcounter{@inst}{1}% | ||
| 858 | + \def\and{\par\stepcounter{@inst}% | ||
| 859 | + \noindent$^{\the@inst}$\enspace\ignorespaces}% | ||
| 860 | + \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}% | ||
| 861 | + \ifnum\c@@inst=1\relax | ||
| 862 | + \gdef\fnnstart{0}% | ||
| 863 | + \else | ||
| 864 | + \xdef\fnnstart{\c@@inst}% | ||
| 865 | + \setcounter{@inst}{1}% | ||
| 866 | + \noindent$^{\the@inst}$\enspace | ||
| 867 | + \fi | ||
| 868 | + \ignorespaces | ||
| 869 | + \@institute\par | ||
| 870 | + \endgroup} | ||
| 871 | + | ||
| 872 | +\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or | ||
| 873 | + {\star\star\star}\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or | ||
| 874 | + \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger | ||
| 875 | + \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\@ctrerr\fi}} | ||
| 876 | + | ||
| 877 | +\def\inst#1{\unskip$^{#1}$} | ||
| 878 | +\def\fnmsep{\unskip$^,$} | ||
| 879 | +\def\email#1{{\tt#1}} | ||
| 880 | +\AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{url}{\def\url#1{#1}}{}% | ||
| 881 | +\@ifpackageloaded{babel}{% | ||
| 882 | +\@ifundefined{extrasenglish}{}{\addto\extrasenglish{\switcht@albion}}% | ||
| 883 | +\@ifundefined{extrasfrenchb}{}{\addto\extrasfrenchb{\switcht@francais}}% | ||
| 884 | +\@ifundefined{extrasgerman}{}{\addto\extrasgerman{\switcht@deutsch}}% | ||
| 885 | +\@ifundefined{extrasngerman}{}{\addto\extrasngerman{\switcht@deutsch}}% | ||
| 886 | +}{\switcht@@therlang}% | ||
| 887 | +\providecommand{\keywords}[1]{\par\addvspace\baselineskip | ||
| 888 | +\noindent\keywordname\enspace\ignorespaces#1}% | ||
| 889 | +} | ||
| 890 | +\def\homedir{\~{ }} | ||
| 891 | + | ||
| 892 | +\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}} | ||
| 893 | +\clearheadinfo | ||
| 894 | +% | ||
| 895 | +%%% to avoid hyperref warnings | ||
| 896 | +\providecommand*{\toclevel@author}{999} | ||
| 897 | +%%% to make title-entry parent of section-entries | ||
| 898 | +\providecommand*{\toclevel@title}{0} | ||
| 899 | +% | ||
| 900 | +\renewcommand\maketitle{\newpage | ||
| 901 | +\phantomsection | ||
| 902 | + \refstepcounter{chapter}% | ||
| 903 | + \stepcounter{section}% | ||
| 904 | + \setcounter{section}{0}% | ||
| 905 | + \setcounter{subsection}{0}% | ||
| 906 | + \setcounter{figure}{0} | ||
| 907 | + \setcounter{table}{0} | ||
| 908 | + \setcounter{equation}{0} | ||
| 909 | + \setcounter{footnote}{0}% | ||
| 910 | + \begingroup | ||
| 911 | + \parindent=\z@ | ||
| 912 | + \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% | ||
| 913 | + \if@twocolumn | ||
| 914 | + \ifnum \col@number=\@ne | ||
| 915 | + \@maketitle | ||
| 916 | + \else | ||
| 917 | + \twocolumn[\@maketitle]% | ||
| 918 | + \fi | ||
| 919 | + \else | ||
| 920 | + \newpage | ||
| 921 | + \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page. | ||
| 922 | + \@maketitle | ||
| 923 | + \fi | ||
| 924 | + \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks | ||
| 925 | +% | ||
| 926 | + \def\\{\unskip\ \ignorespaces}\def\inst##1{\unskip{}}% | ||
| 927 | + \def\thanks##1{\unskip{}}\def\fnmsep{\unskip}% | ||
| 928 | + \instindent=\hsize | ||
| 929 | + \advance\instindent by-\headlineindent | ||
| 930 | + \if!\the\toctitle!\addcontentsline{toc}{title}{\@title}\else | ||
| 931 | + \addcontentsline{toc}{title}{\the\toctitle}\fi | ||
| 932 | + \if@runhead | ||
| 933 | + \if!\the\titlerunning!\else | ||
| 934 | + \edef\@title{\the\titlerunning}% | ||
| 935 | + \fi | ||
| 936 | + \global\setbox\titrun=\hbox{\small\rm\unboldmath\ignorespaces\@title}% | ||
| 937 | + \ifdim\wd\titrun>\instindent | ||
| 938 | + \typeout{Title too long for running head. Please supply}% | ||
| 939 | + \typeout{a shorter form with \string\titlerunning\space prior to | ||
| 940 | + \string\maketitle}% | ||
| 941 | + \global\setbox\titrun=\hbox{\small\rm | ||
| 942 | + Title Suppressed Due to Excessive Length}% | ||
| 943 | + \fi | ||
| 944 | + \xdef\@title{\copy\titrun}% | ||
| 945 | + \fi | ||
| 946 | +% | ||
| 947 | + \if!\the\tocauthor!\relax | ||
| 948 | + {\def\and{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\and}% | ||
| 949 | + \protected@xdef\toc@uthor{\@author}}% | ||
| 950 | + \else | ||
| 951 | + \def\\{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\newline}% | ||
| 952 | + \protected@xdef\scratch{\the\tocauthor}% | ||
| 953 | + \protected@xdef\toc@uthor{\scratch}% | ||
| 954 | + \fi | ||
| 955 | + \addtocontents{toc}{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\authcount{\the\c@auco}}% | ||
| 956 | + \addcontentsline{toc}{author}{\toc@uthor}% | ||
| 957 | + \if@runhead | ||
| 958 | + \if!\the\authorrunning! | ||
| 959 | + \value{@inst}=\value{@auth}% | ||
| 960 | + \setcounter{@auth}{1}% | ||
| 961 | + \else | ||
| 962 | + \edef\@author{\the\authorrunning}% | ||
| 963 | + \fi | ||
| 964 | + \global\setbox\authrun=\hbox{\small\unboldmath\@author\unskip}% | ||
| 965 | + \ifdim\wd\authrun>\instindent | ||
| 966 | + \typeout{Names of authors too long for running head. Please supply}% | ||
| 967 | + \typeout{a shorter form with \string\authorrunning\space prior to | ||
| 968 | + \string\maketitle}% | ||
| 969 | + \global\setbox\authrun=\hbox{\small\rm | ||
| 970 | + Authors Suppressed Due to Excessive Length}% | ||
| 971 | + \fi | ||
| 972 | + \xdef\@author{\copy\authrun}% | ||
| 973 | + \markboth{\@author}{\@title}% | ||
| 974 | + \fi | ||
| 975 | + \endgroup | ||
| 976 | + \setcounter{footnote}{\fnnstart}% | ||
| 977 | + \clearheadinfo} | ||
| 978 | +% | ||
| 979 | +\def\@maketitle{\newpage | ||
| 980 | + \markboth{}{}% | ||
| 981 | + \def\lastand{\ifnum\value{@inst}=2\relax | ||
| 982 | + \unskip{} \andname\ | ||
| 983 | + \else | ||
| 984 | + \unskip \lastandname\ | ||
| 985 | + \fi}% | ||
| 986 | + \def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}\relax | ||
| 987 | + \ifnum\value{@auth}=\value{@inst}% | ||
| 988 | + \lastand | ||
| 989 | + \else | ||
| 990 | + \unskip, | ||
| 991 | + \fi}% | ||
| 992 | + \begin{center}% | ||
| 993 | + \let\newline\\ | ||
| 994 | + {\Large \bfseries\boldmath | ||
| 995 | + \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 996 | + \@title \par}\vskip .8cm | ||
| 997 | +\if!\@subtitle!\else {\large \bfseries\boldmath | ||
| 998 | + \vskip -.65cm | ||
| 999 | + \pretolerance=10000 | ||
| 1000 | + \@subtitle \par}\vskip .8cm\fi | ||
| 1001 | + \setbox0=\vbox{\setcounter{@auth}{1}\def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}}% | ||
| 1002 | + \def\thanks##1{}\@author}% | ||
| 1003 | + \global\value{@inst}=\value{@auth}% | ||
| 1004 | + \global\value{auco}=\value{@auth}% | ||
| 1005 | + \setcounter{@auth}{1}% | ||
| 1006 | +{\lineskip .5em | ||
| 1007 | +\noindent\ignorespaces | ||
| 1008 | +\@author\vskip.35cm} | ||
| 1009 | + {\small\institutename} | ||
| 1010 | + \end{center}% | ||
| 1011 | + } | ||
| 1012 | + | ||
| 1013 | +% definition of the "\spnewtheorem" command. | ||
| 1014 | +% | ||
| 1015 | +% Usage: | ||
| 1016 | +% | ||
| 1017 | +% \spnewtheorem{env_nam}{caption}[within]{cap_font}{body_font} | ||
| 1018 | +% or \spnewtheorem{env_nam}[numbered_like]{caption}{cap_font}{body_font} | ||
| 1019 | +% or \spnewtheorem*{env_nam}{caption}{cap_font}{body_font} | ||
| 1020 | +% | ||
| 1021 | +% New is "cap_font" and "body_font". It stands for | ||
| 1022 | +% fontdefinition of the caption and the text itself. | ||
| 1023 | +% | ||
| 1024 | +% "\spnewtheorem*" gives a theorem without number. | ||
| 1025 | +% | ||
| 1026 | +% A defined spnewthoerem environment is used as described | ||
| 1027 | +% by Lamport. | ||
| 1028 | +% | ||
| 1029 | +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% | ||
| 1030 | + | ||
| 1031 | +\def\@thmcountersep{} | ||
| 1032 | +\def\@thmcounterend{.} | ||
| 1033 | + | ||
| 1034 | +\def\spnewtheorem{\@ifstar{\@sthm}{\@Sthm}} | ||
| 1035 | + | ||
| 1036 | +% definition of \spnewtheorem with number | ||
| 1037 | + | ||
| 1038 | +\def\@spnthm#1#2{% | ||
| 1039 | + \@ifnextchar[{\@spxnthm{#1}{#2}}{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}}} | ||
| 1040 | +\def\@Sthm#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@spothm{#1}}{\@spnthm{#1}}} | ||
| 1041 | + | ||
| 1042 | +\def\@spxnthm#1#2[#3]#4#5{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname | ||
| 1043 | + {\@definecounter{#1}\@addtoreset{#1}{#3}% | ||
| 1044 | + \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\expandafter\noexpand | ||
| 1045 | + \csname the#3\endcsname \noexpand\@thmcountersep \@thmcounter{#1}}% | ||
| 1046 | + \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}% | ||
| 1047 | + \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#4}{#5}}% | ||
| 1048 | + \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}} | ||
| 1049 | + | ||
| 1050 | +\def\@spynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname | ||
| 1051 | + {\@definecounter{#1}% | ||
| 1052 | + \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}% | ||
| 1053 | + \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}% | ||
| 1054 | + \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#3}{#4}}% | ||
| 1055 | + \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}} | ||
| 1056 | + | ||
| 1057 | +\def\@spothm#1[#2]#3#4#5{% | ||
| 1058 | + \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\@latexerr{No theorem environment `#2' defined}\@eha}% | ||
| 1059 | + {\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname | ||
| 1060 | + {\newaliascnt{#1}{#2}% | ||
| 1061 | + \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#3}% | ||
| 1062 | + \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#4}{#5}}% | ||
| 1063 | + \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}} | ||
| 1064 | + | ||
| 1065 | +\def\@spthm#1#2#3#4{\topsep 7\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 1066 | +\refstepcounter{#1}% | ||
| 1067 | +\@ifnextchar[{\@spythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{\@spxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}} | ||
| 1068 | + | ||
| 1069 | +\def\@spxthm#1#2#3#4{\@spbegintheorem{#2}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#3}{#4}% | ||
| 1070 | + \ignorespaces} | ||
| 1071 | + | ||
| 1072 | +\def\@spythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\@spopargbegintheorem{#2}{\csname | ||
| 1073 | + the#1\endcsname}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces} | ||
| 1074 | + | ||
| 1075 | +\def\@spbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{\trivlist | ||
| 1076 | + \item[\hskip\labelsep{#3#1\ #2\@thmcounterend}]#4} | ||
| 1077 | + | ||
| 1078 | +\def\@spopargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4#5{\trivlist | ||
| 1079 | + \item[\hskip\labelsep{#4#1\ #2}]{#4(#3)\@thmcounterend\ }#5} | ||
| 1080 | + | ||
| 1081 | +% definition of \spnewtheorem* without number | ||
| 1082 | + | ||
| 1083 | +\def\@sthm#1#2{\@Ynthm{#1}{#2}} | ||
| 1084 | + | ||
| 1085 | +\def\@Ynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname | ||
| 1086 | + {\global\@namedef{#1}{\@Thm{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#3}{#4}}% | ||
| 1087 | + \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}% | ||
| 1088 | + \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}} | ||
| 1089 | + | ||
| 1090 | +\def\@Thm#1#2#3{\topsep 7\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@ | ||
| 1091 | +\@ifnextchar[{\@Ythm{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\@Xthm{#1}{#2}{#3}}} | ||
| 1092 | + | ||
| 1093 | +\def\@Xthm#1#2#3{\@Begintheorem{#1}{#2}{#3}\ignorespaces} | ||
| 1094 | + | ||
| 1095 | +\def\@Ythm#1#2#3[#4]{\@Opargbegintheorem{#1} | ||
| 1096 | + {#4}{#2}{#3}\ignorespaces} | ||
| 1097 | + | ||
| 1098 | +\def\@Begintheorem#1#2#3{#3\trivlist | ||
| 1099 | + \item[\hskip\labelsep{#2#1\@thmcounterend}]} | ||
| 1100 | + | ||
| 1101 | +\def\@Opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{#4\trivlist | ||
| 1102 | + \item[\hskip\labelsep{#3#1}]{#3(#2)\@thmcounterend\ }} | ||
| 1103 | + | ||
| 1104 | +\if@envcntsect | ||
| 1105 | + \def\@thmcountersep{.} | ||
| 1106 | + \spnewtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1107 | +\else | ||
| 1108 | + \spnewtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1109 | + \if@envcntreset | ||
| 1110 | + \@addtoreset{theorem}{section} | ||
| 1111 | + \else | ||
| 1112 | + \@addtoreset{theorem}{chapter} | ||
| 1113 | + \fi | ||
| 1114 | +\fi | ||
| 1115 | + | ||
| 1116 | +%definition of divers theorem environments | ||
| 1117 | +\spnewtheorem*{claim}{Claim}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1118 | +\spnewtheorem*{proof}{Proof}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1119 | +\if@envcntsame % alle Umgebungen wie Theorem. | ||
| 1120 | + \def\spn@wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spothm{#1}[theorem]{#2}{#3}{#4}} | ||
| 1121 | +\else % alle Umgebungen mit eigenem Zaehler | ||
| 1122 | + \if@envcntsect % mit section numeriert | ||
| 1123 | + \def\spn@wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spxnthm{#1}{#2}[section]{#3}{#4}} | ||
| 1124 | + \else % nicht mit section numeriert | ||
| 1125 | + \if@envcntreset | ||
| 1126 | + \def\spn@wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} | ||
| 1127 | + \@addtoreset{#1}{section}} | ||
| 1128 | + \else | ||
| 1129 | + \def\spn@wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} | ||
| 1130 | + \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}}% | ||
| 1131 | + \fi | ||
| 1132 | + \fi | ||
| 1133 | +\fi | ||
| 1134 | +\spn@wtheorem{case}{Case}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1135 | +\spn@wtheorem{conjecture}{Conjecture}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1136 | +\spn@wtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1137 | +\spn@wtheorem{definition}{Definition}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1138 | +\spn@wtheorem{example}{Example}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1139 | +\spn@wtheorem{exercise}{Exercise}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1140 | +\spn@wtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1141 | +\spn@wtheorem{note}{Note}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1142 | +\spn@wtheorem{problem}{Problem}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1143 | +\spn@wtheorem{property}{Property}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1144 | +\spn@wtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 1145 | +\spn@wtheorem{question}{Question}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1146 | +\spn@wtheorem{solution}{Solution}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1147 | +\spn@wtheorem{remark}{Remark}{\itshape}{\rmfamily} | ||
| 1148 | + | ||
| 1149 | +\def\@takefromreset#1#2{% | ||
| 1150 | + \def\@tempa{#1}% | ||
| 1151 | + \let\@tempd\@elt | ||
| 1152 | + \def\@elt##1{% | ||
| 1153 | + \def\@tempb{##1}% | ||
| 1154 | + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else | ||
| 1155 | + \@addtoreset{##1}{#2}% | ||
| 1156 | + \fi}% | ||
| 1157 | + \expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempc\csname cl@#2\endcsname | ||
| 1158 | + \expandafter\def\csname cl@#2\endcsname{}% | ||
| 1159 | + \@tempc | ||
| 1160 | + \let\@elt\@tempd} | ||
| 1161 | + | ||
| 1162 | +\def\theopargself{\def\@spopargbegintheorem##1##2##3##4##5{\trivlist | ||
| 1163 | + \item[\hskip\labelsep{##4##1\ ##2}]{##4##3\@thmcounterend\ }##5} | ||
| 1164 | + \def\@Opargbegintheorem##1##2##3##4{##4\trivlist | ||
| 1165 | + \item[\hskip\labelsep{##3##1}]{##3##2\@thmcounterend\ }} | ||
| 1166 | + } | ||
| 1167 | + | ||
| 1168 | +\renewenvironment{abstract}{% | ||
| 1169 | + \list{}{\advance\topsep by0.35cm\relax\small | ||
| 1170 | + \leftmargin=1cm | ||
| 1171 | + \labelwidth=\z@ | ||
| 1172 | + \listparindent=\z@ | ||
| 1173 | + \itemindent\listparindent | ||
| 1174 | + \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[\hskip\labelsep | ||
| 1175 | + \bfseries\abstractname]} | ||
| 1176 | + {\endlist} | ||
| 1177 | + | ||
| 1178 | +\newdimen\headlineindent % dimension for space between | ||
| 1179 | +\headlineindent=1.166cm % number and text of headings. | ||
| 1180 | + | ||
| 1181 | +\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo | ||
| 1182 | + \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty | ||
| 1183 | + \def\@evenhead{\normalfont\small\rlap{\thepage}\hspace{\headlineindent}% | ||
| 1184 | + \leftmark\hfil} | ||
| 1185 | + \def\@oddhead{\normalfont\small\hfil\rightmark\hspace{\headlineindent}% | ||
| 1186 | + \llap{\thepage}} | ||
| 1187 | + \def\chaptermark##1{}% | ||
| 1188 | + \def\sectionmark##1{}% | ||
| 1189 | + \def\subsectionmark##1{}} | ||
| 1190 | + | ||
| 1191 | +\def\ps@titlepage{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo | ||
| 1192 | + \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty | ||
| 1193 | + \def\@evenhead{\normalfont\small\rlap{\thepage}\hspace{\headlineindent}% | ||
| 1194 | + \hfil} | ||
| 1195 | + \def\@oddhead{\normalfont\small\hfil\hspace{\headlineindent}% | ||
| 1196 | + \llap{\thepage}} | ||
| 1197 | + \def\chaptermark##1{}% | ||
| 1198 | + \def\sectionmark##1{}% | ||
| 1199 | + \def\subsectionmark##1{}} | ||
| 1200 | + | ||
| 1201 | +\if@runhead\ps@headings\else | ||
| 1202 | +\ps@empty\fi | ||
| 1203 | + | ||
| 1204 | +\setlength\arraycolsep{1.4\p@} | ||
| 1205 | +\setlength\tabcolsep{1.4\p@} | ||
| 1206 | + | ||
| 1207 | +\endinput | ||
| 1208 | +%end of file llncs.cls |
| @@ -0,0 +1,1256 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,1256 @@ | ||
| 1 | +% This is LLNCS.DOC the documentation file of | ||
| 2 | +% the LaTeX2e class from Springer-Verlag | ||
| 3 | +% for Lecture Notes in Computer Science, version 2.4 | ||
| 4 | +\documentclass{llncs} | ||
| 5 | +\usepackage{llncsdoc} | ||
| 6 | +% | ||
| 7 | +\begin{document} | ||
| 8 | +\markboth{\LaTeXe{} Class for Lecture Notes in Computer | ||
| 9 | +Science}{\LaTeXe{} Class for Lecture Notes in Computer Science} | ||
| 10 | +\thispagestyle{empty} | ||
| 11 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 12 | +\LARGE\bfseries Instructions for Authors\\ | ||
| 13 | +Coding with \LaTeX\\[2cm] | ||
| 14 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 15 | +\rule{\textwidth}{1pt} | ||
| 16 | +\vspace{2pt} | ||
| 17 | +\begin{flushright} | ||
| 18 | +\Huge | ||
| 19 | +\begin{tabular}{@{}l} | ||
| 20 | +\LaTeXe{} Class\\ | ||
| 21 | +for Lecture Notes\\ | ||
| 22 | +in Computer Science\\[6pt] | ||
| 23 | +{\Large Version 2.4} | ||
| 24 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 25 | +\end{flushright} | ||
| 26 | +\rule{\textwidth}{1pt} | ||
| 27 | +\vfill | ||
| 28 | +%\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 29 | +%\large\itshape | ||
| 30 | +%\begin{tabular}{@{}l} | ||
| 31 | +%{\Large\upshape\bfseries Springer}\\[8pt] | ||
| 32 | +%Berlin\enspace Heidelberg\enspace New\kern0.1em York\\[5pt] | ||
| 33 | +%Barcelona\enspace Budapest\enspace Hong\kern0.2em Kong\\[5pt] | ||
| 34 | +%London\enspace Milan\enspace Paris\enspace\\[5pt] | ||
| 35 | +%Santa\kern0.2em Clara\enspace Singapore\enspace Tokyo | ||
| 36 | +%\end{tabular} | ||
| 37 | +%\end{flushleft} | ||
| 38 | +\newpage | ||
| 39 | +% | ||
| 40 | +\section*{For further information please contact us:} | ||
| 41 | +% | ||
| 42 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 43 | +\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}l@{\hspace{3mm}}l@{\qquad}l} | ||
| 44 | +$\bullet$&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{\bfseries LNCS Editorial Office}\\[1mm] | ||
| 45 | +&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Springer-Verlag}\\ | ||
| 46 | +&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Computer Science Editorial}\\ | ||
| 47 | +&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Tiergartenstraße 17}\\ | ||
| 48 | +&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{69121 Heidelberg}\\ | ||
| 49 | +&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{Germany}\\[0.5mm] | ||
| 50 | + & Tel: & +49-6221-487-8706\\ | ||
| 51 | + & Fax: & +49-6221-487-8588\\ | ||
| 52 | + & e-mail: & \tt lncs@springer.com & for editorial questions\\ | ||
| 53 | + & & \tt texhelp@springer.de & for \TeX{} problems\\[2mm] | ||
| 54 | +\noalign{\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}} | ||
| 55 | +\noalign{\vskip2mm} | ||
| 56 | +% | ||
| 57 | +%{\tt svserv@vax.ntp.springer.de}\hfil first try the \verb|help| | ||
| 58 | +%command. | ||
| 59 | +% | ||
| 60 | +$\bullet$&\multicolumn{3}{@{}l}{\bfseries We are also reachable through the world wide web:}\\[1mm] | ||
| 61 | + &\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\texttt{http://www.springer.com}}&Springer Global Website\\ | ||
| 62 | + &\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\texttt{http://www.springer.com/lncs}}&LNCS home page\\ | ||
| 63 | + &\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\texttt{http://www.springerlink.com}}&data repository\\ | ||
| 64 | + &\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\texttt{ftp://ftp.springer.de}}&FTP server | ||
| 65 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 66 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 67 | + | ||
| 68 | + | ||
| 69 | +% | ||
| 70 | +\newpage | ||
| 71 | +\tableofcontents | ||
| 72 | +\newpage | ||
| 73 | +% | ||
| 74 | +\section{Introduction} | ||
| 75 | +% | ||
| 76 | +Authors wishing to code their contribution | ||
| 77 | +with \LaTeX{}, as well as those who have already coded with \LaTeX{}, | ||
| 78 | +will be provided with a document class that will give the text the | ||
| 79 | +desired layout. Authors are requested to | ||
| 80 | +adhere strictly to these instructions; {\em the class | ||
| 81 | +file must not be changed}. | ||
| 82 | + | ||
| 83 | +The text output area is automatically set within an area of | ||
| 84 | +12.2\,cm horizontally and 19.3\,cm vertically. | ||
| 85 | + | ||
| 86 | +If you are already familiar with \LaTeX{}, then the | ||
| 87 | +LLNCS class should not give you any major difficulties. | ||
| 88 | +It will change the layout to the required LLNCS style | ||
| 89 | +(it will for instance define the layout of \verb|\section|). | ||
| 90 | +We had to invent some extra commands, | ||
| 91 | +which are not provided by \LaTeX{} (e.g.\ | ||
| 92 | +\verb|\institute|, see also Sect.\,\ref{contbegin}) | ||
| 93 | + | ||
| 94 | +For the main body of the paper (the text) you | ||
| 95 | +should use the commands of the standard \LaTeX{} ``article'' class. | ||
| 96 | +Even if you are familiar with those commands, we urge you to read | ||
| 97 | +this entire documentation thoroughly. It contains many suggestions on | ||
| 98 | +how to use our commands properly; thus your paper | ||
| 99 | +will be formatted exactly to LLNCS standard. | ||
| 100 | +For the input of the references at the end of your contribution, | ||
| 101 | +please follow our instructions given in Sect.\,\ref{refer} References. | ||
| 102 | + | ||
| 103 | +The majority of these hints are not specific for LLNCS; they may improve | ||
| 104 | +your use of \LaTeX{} in general. | ||
| 105 | +Furthermore, the documentation provides suggestions about the proper | ||
| 106 | +editing and use | ||
| 107 | +of the input files (capitalization, abbreviation etc.) (see | ||
| 108 | +Sect.\,\ref{refedit} How to Edit Your Input File). | ||
| 109 | +% | ||
| 110 | +\section{How to Proceed} | ||
| 111 | +% | ||
| 112 | +The package consists of the following files: | ||
| 113 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 114 | +\begin{tabular}{@{}p{2.5cm}l} | ||
| 115 | +{\tt history.txt}& the version history of the package\\[2pt] | ||
| 116 | +{\tt llncs.cls} & class file for \LaTeX{}\\[2pt] | ||
| 117 | +{\tt llncs.dem} & an example showing how to code the text\\[2pt] | ||
| 118 | +{\tt llncs.doc} & general instructions (source of this document),\\ | ||
| 119 | + & {\tt llncs.doc} means {\itshape l\/}atex {\itshape doc\/}umentation for\\ | ||
| 120 | + & {\itshape L\/}ecture {\itshape N}otes in {\itshape C\/}omputer {\itshape S\/}cience\\ | ||
| 121 | +{\tt llncsdoc.pdf}& the documentation of the class (PDF version),\\ | ||
| 122 | +{\tt llncs.doc} & general instructions (source of this document),\\ | ||
| 123 | +{\tt llncsdoc.sty} & class modifications to help for the instructions\\ | ||
| 124 | +{\tt llncs.ind} & an external (faked) author index file\\ | ||
| 125 | +{\tt subjidx.ind} & subject index demo from the Springer book package\\ | ||
| 126 | +{\tt llncs.dvi} & the resultig DVI file (remember to use binary transfer!)\\[2pt] | ||
| 127 | +{\tt sprmindx.sty} & supplementary style file for MakeIndex\\ | ||
| 128 | + & (usage: {\tt makeindex -s sprmindx.sty <yourfile.idx>}) | ||
| 129 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 130 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 131 | +% | ||
| 132 | +\subsection{How to Invoke the LLNCS Document Class} | ||
| 133 | +% | ||
| 134 | +The LLNCS class is an extension of the standard \LaTeX{} ``article'' | ||
| 135 | +document class. Therefore you may use all ``article'' commands for the | ||
| 136 | +body of your contribution to prepare your manuscript. | ||
| 137 | +LLNCS class is invoked by replacing ``article'' by ``llncs'' in the | ||
| 138 | +first line of your document: | ||
| 139 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 140 | +\documentclass{llncs} | ||
| 141 | +% | ||
| 142 | +\begin{document} | ||
| 143 | + <Your contribution> | ||
| 144 | +\end{document} | ||
| 145 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 146 | +% | ||
| 147 | +\subsection{Contributions Already Coded with \protect\LaTeX{} without | ||
| 148 | +the LLNCS document class} | ||
| 149 | +% | ||
| 150 | +If your file is already coded with \LaTeX{} you can easily | ||
| 151 | +adapt it a posteriori to the LLNCS document class. | ||
| 152 | + | ||
| 153 | +Please refrain from using any \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} commands | ||
| 154 | +that affect the layout or formatting of your document (i.e. commands | ||
| 155 | +like \verb|\textheight|, \verb|\vspace|, \verb|\headsep| etc.). | ||
| 156 | +There may nevertheless be exceptional occasions on which to | ||
| 157 | +use some of them. | ||
| 158 | + | ||
| 159 | +The LLNCS document class has been carefully designed to produce the | ||
| 160 | +right layout from your \LaTeX{} input. If there is anything specific you | ||
| 161 | +would like to do and for which the style file does not provide a | ||
| 162 | +command, {\em please contact us}. Same holds for any error and bug you | ||
| 163 | +discover (there is however no reward for this -- sorry). | ||
| 164 | +% | ||
| 165 | +\section{General Rules for Coding Formulas} | ||
| 166 | +% | ||
| 167 | +With mathematical formulas you may proceed as described | ||
| 168 | +in Sect.\,3.3 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference | ||
| 169 | +Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (2nd~ed. 1994), Addison-Wesley Publishing | ||
| 170 | +Company, Inc. | ||
| 171 | + | ||
| 172 | +Equations are automatically numbered sequentially throughout your | ||
| 173 | +contribution using arabic numerals in parentheses on the right-hand | ||
| 174 | +side. | ||
| 175 | + | ||
| 176 | +When you are working in math mode everything is typeset in italics. | ||
| 177 | +Sometimes you need to insert non-mathematical elements (e.g.\ | ||
| 178 | +words or phrases). Such insertions should be coded in roman | ||
| 179 | +(with \verb|\mbox|) as illustrated in the following example: | ||
| 180 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 181 | +{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 182 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 183 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 184 | +\begin{equation} | ||
| 185 | + \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad | ||
| 186 | + \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace . | ||
| 187 | +\end{equation} | ||
| 188 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 189 | +{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 190 | +\begin{equation} | ||
| 191 | + \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad | ||
| 192 | + \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace . | ||
| 193 | +\end{equation} | ||
| 194 | + | ||
| 195 | +If you wish to start a new paragraph immediately after a displayed | ||
| 196 | +equation, insert a blank line so as to produce the required | ||
| 197 | +indentation. If there is no new paragraph either do not insert | ||
| 198 | +a blank line or code \verb|\noindent| immediately before | ||
| 199 | +continuing the text. | ||
| 200 | + | ||
| 201 | +Please punctuate a displayed equation in the same way as other | ||
| 202 | +ordinary text but with an \verb|\enspace| before end punctuation. | ||
| 203 | + | ||
| 204 | +Note that the sizes of the parentheses or other delimiter | ||
| 205 | +symbols used in equations should ideally match the height of the | ||
| 206 | +formulas being enclosed. This is automatically taken care of by | ||
| 207 | +the following \LaTeX{} commands:\\[2mm] | ||
| 208 | +\verb|\left(| or \verb|\left[| and | ||
| 209 | +\verb|\right)| or \verb|\right]|. | ||
| 210 | +% | ||
| 211 | +\subsection{Italic and Roman Type in Math Mode} | ||
| 212 | +% | ||
| 213 | +\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 214 | +\item | ||
| 215 | +In math mode \LaTeX{} treats all letters as though they | ||
| 216 | +were mathematical or physical variables, hence they are typeset as | ||
| 217 | +characters of their own in | ||
| 218 | +italics. However, for certain components of formulas, like short texts, | ||
| 219 | +this would be incorrect and therefore coding in roman is required. | ||
| 220 | +Roman should also be used for | ||
| 221 | +subscripts and superscripts {\em in formulas\/} where these are | ||
| 222 | +merely labels and not in themselves variables, | ||
| 223 | +e.g. $T_{\mathrm{eff}}$ \emph{not} $T_{eff}$, | ||
| 224 | +$T_{\mathrm K}$ \emph{not} $T_K$ (K = Kelvin), | ||
| 225 | +$m_{\mathrm e}$ \emph{not} $m_e$ (e = electron). | ||
| 226 | +However, do not code for roman | ||
| 227 | +if the sub/superscripts represent variables, | ||
| 228 | +e.g.\ $\sum_{i=1}^{n} a_{i}$. | ||
| 229 | +\item | ||
| 230 | +Please ensure that {\em physical units\/} (e.g.\ pc, erg s$^{-1}$ | ||
| 231 | +K, cm$^{-3}$, W m$^{-2}$ Hz$^{-1}$, m kg s$^{-2}$ A$^{-2}$) and | ||
| 232 | +{\em abbreviations\/} such as Ord, Var, GL, SL, sgn, const.\ | ||
| 233 | +are always set in roman type. To ensure | ||
| 234 | +this use the \verb|\mathrm| command: \verb|\mathrm{Hz}|. | ||
| 235 | +On p.\ 44 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference | ||
| 236 | +Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport you will find the names of | ||
| 237 | +common mathe\-matical functions, such as log, sin, exp, max and sup. | ||
| 238 | +These should be coded as \verb|\log|, | ||
| 239 | +\verb|\sin|, \verb|\exp|, \verb|\max|, \verb|\sup| | ||
| 240 | +and will appear in roman automatically. | ||
| 241 | +\item | ||
| 242 | +Chemical symbols and formulas should be coded for roman, | ||
| 243 | +e.g.\ Fe not $Fe$, H$_2$O not {\em H$_2$O}. | ||
| 244 | +\item | ||
| 245 | +Familiar foreign words and phrases, e.g.\ et al., | ||
| 246 | +a priori, in situ, brems\-strah\-lung, eigenvalues should not be | ||
| 247 | +italicized. | ||
| 248 | +\end{alpherate} | ||
| 249 | +% | ||
| 250 | +\section{How to Edit Your Input (Source) File} | ||
| 251 | +\label{refedit} | ||
| 252 | +% | ||
| 253 | +\subsection{Headings}\label{headings} | ||
| 254 | +% | ||
| 255 | +All words in headings should be capitalized except for conjunctions, | ||
| 256 | +prepositions (e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, | ||
| 257 | +under) and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they | ||
| 258 | +appear at the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text. | ||
| 259 | +% | ||
| 260 | +\subsection{Capitalization and Non-capitalization} | ||
| 261 | +% | ||
| 262 | +\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 263 | +\item | ||
| 264 | +The following should always be capitalized: | ||
| 265 | +\begin{itemize} | ||
| 266 | +\item | ||
| 267 | +Headings (see preceding Sect.\,\ref{headings}) | ||
| 268 | +\item | ||
| 269 | +Abbreviations and expressions | ||
| 270 | +in the text such as Fig(s)., Table(s), Sect(s)., Chap(s)., | ||
| 271 | +Theorem, Corollary, Definition etc. when used with numbers, e.g.\ | ||
| 272 | +Fig.\,3, Table\,1, Theorem 2. | ||
| 273 | +\end{itemize} | ||
| 274 | +Please follow the special rules in Sect.\,\ref{abbrev} for referring to | ||
| 275 | +equations. | ||
| 276 | +\item | ||
| 277 | +The following should {\em not\/} be capitalized: | ||
| 278 | +\begin{itemize} | ||
| 279 | +\item | ||
| 280 | +The words figure(s), table(s), equation(s), theorem(s) in the text when | ||
| 281 | +used without an accompanying number. | ||
| 282 | +\item | ||
| 283 | +Figure legends and table captions except for names and abbreviations. | ||
| 284 | +\end{itemize} | ||
| 285 | +\end{alpherate} | ||
| 286 | +% | ||
| 287 | +\subsection{Abbreviation of Words}\label{abbrev} | ||
| 288 | +% | ||
| 289 | +\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 290 | +\item | ||
| 291 | +The following {\em should} be abbreviated when they appear in running | ||
| 292 | +text {\em unless\/} they come at the beginning of a sentence: Chap., | ||
| 293 | +Sect., Fig.; e.g.\ The results are depicted in Fig.\,5. Figure 9 reveals | ||
| 294 | +that \dots .\\ | ||
| 295 | +{\em Please note\/}: Equations should usually be referred to solely by | ||
| 296 | +their number in parentheses: e.g.\ (14). However, when the reference | ||
| 297 | +comes at the beginning of a sentence, the unabbreviated word | ||
| 298 | +``Equation'' should be used: e.g.\ Equation (14) is very important. | ||
| 299 | +However, (15) makes it clear that \dots . | ||
| 300 | +\item | ||
| 301 | +If abbreviations of names or concepts are used | ||
| 302 | +throughout the text, they should be defined at first occurrence, | ||
| 303 | +e.g.\ Plurisubharmonic (PSH) Functions, Strong Optimization (SOPT) | ||
| 304 | +Problem. | ||
| 305 | +\end{alpherate} | ||
| 306 | +% | ||
| 307 | +\section{How to Code the Beginning of Your Contribution} | ||
| 308 | +\label{contbegin} | ||
| 309 | +% | ||
| 310 | +The title of a single contribution (it is mandatory) should be coded as | ||
| 311 | +follows: | ||
| 312 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 313 | +\title{<Your contribution title>} | ||
| 314 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 315 | +All words in titles should be capitalized except for conjunctions, | ||
| 316 | +prepositions (e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, | ||
| 317 | +under) and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they | ||
| 318 | +appear at the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text. | ||
| 319 | +Titles have no end punctuation. | ||
| 320 | + | ||
| 321 | +If a long \verb|\title| must be divided please use the code \verb|\\| | ||
| 322 | +(for new line). | ||
| 323 | + | ||
| 324 | +If you are to produce running heads for a specific volume the standard | ||
| 325 | +(of no such running heads) is overwritten with the \verb|[runningheads]| | ||
| 326 | +option in the \verb|\documentclass| line. For long titles that do not | ||
| 327 | +fit in the single line of the running head a warning is generated. | ||
| 328 | +You can specify an abbreviated title for the running head on odd pages | ||
| 329 | +with the command | ||
| 330 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 331 | +\titlerunning{<Your abbreviated contribution title>} | ||
| 332 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 333 | + | ||
| 334 | +There is also a possibility to change the text of the title that goes | ||
| 335 | +into the table of contents (that's for volume editors only -- there is | ||
| 336 | +no table of contents for a single contribution). For this use the | ||
| 337 | +command | ||
| 338 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 339 | +\toctitle{<Your changed title for the table of contents>} | ||
| 340 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 341 | + | ||
| 342 | +An optional subtitle may follow then: | ||
| 343 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 344 | +\subtitle{<subtitle of your contribution>} | ||
| 345 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 346 | + | ||
| 347 | +Now the name(s) of the author(s) must be given: | ||
| 348 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 349 | +\author{<author(s) name(s)>} | ||
| 350 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 351 | +Numbers referring to different addresses or affiliations are | ||
| 352 | +to be attached to each author with the \verb|\inst{<no>}| command. | ||
| 353 | +If there is more than one author, the order is up to you; | ||
| 354 | +the \verb|\and| command provides for the separation. | ||
| 355 | + | ||
| 356 | +If you have done this correctly, this entry now reads, for example: | ||
| 357 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 358 | +\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} \and Roger Temam\inst{2}} | ||
| 359 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 360 | +The first name\footnote{Other initials are optional | ||
| 361 | +and may be inserted if this is the usual | ||
| 362 | +way of writing your name, e.g.\ Alfred J.~Holmes, E.~Henry Green.} | ||
| 363 | +is followed by the surname. | ||
| 364 | + | ||
| 365 | +As for the title there exist two additional commands (again for volume | ||
| 366 | +editors only) for a different author list. One for the running head | ||
| 367 | +(on odd pages) -- if there is any: | ||
| 368 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 369 | +\authorrunning{<abbreviated author list>} | ||
| 370 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 371 | +And one for the table of contents where the | ||
| 372 | +affiliation of each author is simply added in braces. | ||
| 373 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 374 | +\tocauthor{<enhanced author list for the table of contents>} | ||
| 375 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 376 | + | ||
| 377 | +Next the address(es) of institute(s), company etc. is (are) required. | ||
| 378 | +If there is more than one address, the entries are numbered | ||
| 379 | +automatically with \verb|\and|, in the order in which you type them. | ||
| 380 | +Please make sure that the numbers match those placed next to | ||
| 381 | +to the authors' names to reflect the affiliation. | ||
| 382 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 383 | +\institute{<name of an institute> | ||
| 384 | +\and <name of the next institute> | ||
| 385 | +\and <name of the next institute>} | ||
| 386 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 387 | + | ||
| 388 | +In addition, you can use | ||
| 389 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 390 | +\email{<email address>} | ||
| 391 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 392 | +to provide your email address within \verb|\institute|. If you need to | ||
| 393 | +typeset the tilde character -- e.g. for your web page in your unix | ||
| 394 | +system's home directory -- the \verb|\homedir| command will happily do | ||
| 395 | +this. Please note that, if your email address is given in your paper, | ||
| 396 | +it will also be included in the meta data of the online version. | ||
| 397 | +\enlargethispage*{6mm} | ||
| 398 | + | ||
| 399 | +\medskip | ||
| 400 | +If footnote like things are needed anywhere in the contribution heading | ||
| 401 | +please code | ||
| 402 | +(immediately after the word where the footnote indicator should be | ||
| 403 | +placed): | ||
| 404 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 405 | +\thanks{<text>} | ||
| 406 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 407 | +\verb|\thanks| may only appear in \verb|\title|, \verb|\author| | ||
| 408 | +and \verb|\institute| to footnote anything. If there are two or more | ||
| 409 | +footnotes or affiliation marks to a specific item separate them with | ||
| 410 | +\verb|\fnmsep| (i.e. {\itshape f}oot\emph note \emph mark | ||
| 411 | +\emph{sep}arator). | ||
| 412 | + | ||
| 413 | +\medskip\noindent | ||
| 414 | +The command | ||
| 415 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 416 | +\maketitle | ||
| 417 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 418 | +then formats the complete heading of your article. If you leave | ||
| 419 | +it out the work done so far will produce \emph{no} text. | ||
| 420 | + | ||
| 421 | +Then the abstract should follow. Simply code | ||
| 422 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 423 | +\begin{abstract} | ||
| 424 | +<Text of the summary of your article> | ||
| 425 | +\end{abstract} | ||
| 426 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 427 | +or refer to the demonstration file {\tt llncs.dem} for an example or | ||
| 428 | +to the {\em Sample Input\/} on p.~\pageref{samppage}. | ||
| 429 | + | ||
| 430 | +\subsubsection{Remark to Running Heads and the Table of Contents} | ||
| 431 | +\leavevmode\\[\medskipamount] | ||
| 432 | +If you are the author of a single contribution you normally have no | ||
| 433 | +running heads and no table of contents. Both are done only by the editor | ||
| 434 | +of the volume or at the printers. | ||
| 435 | +% | ||
| 436 | +\section{Special Commands for the Volume Editor} | ||
| 437 | +The volume editor can produce a complete camera ready output including | ||
| 438 | +running heads, a table of contents, preliminary text (frontmatter), and | ||
| 439 | +index or glossary. For activating the running heads there is the class | ||
| 440 | +option \verb|[runningheads]|. | ||
| 441 | + | ||
| 442 | +The table of contents of the volume is printed wherever | ||
| 443 | +\verb|\tableofcontents| is placed. A simple compilation of all | ||
| 444 | +contributions (fields \verb|\title| and \verb|\author|) is done. If you | ||
| 445 | +wish to change this automatically produced list use the commands | ||
| 446 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 447 | +\titlerunning \toctitle | ||
| 448 | +\authorrunning \tocauthor | ||
| 449 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 450 | +to enhance the information in the specific contributions. See the | ||
| 451 | +demonstration file \verb|llncs.dem| for examples. | ||
| 452 | + | ||
| 453 | +An additional structure can be added to the table of contents with the | ||
| 454 | +\verb|\addtocmark{<text>}| command. It has an optional numerical | ||
| 455 | +argument, a digit from 1 through 3. 3 (the default) makes an unnumbered | ||
| 456 | +chapter like entry in the table of contents. If you code | ||
| 457 | +\verb|\addtocmark[2]{text}| the corresponding page number is listed | ||
| 458 | +also, \verb|\addtocmark[1]{text}| even introduces a chapter number | ||
| 459 | +beyond it. | ||
| 460 | +% | ||
| 461 | +\section{How to Code Your Text} | ||
| 462 | +% | ||
| 463 | +The contribution title and all headings should be capitalized | ||
| 464 | +except for conjunctions, prepositions (e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, | ||
| 465 | +from, with, without, under) and definite and indefinite articles (the, | ||
| 466 | +a, an) unless they appear at the beginning. Formula letters must be | ||
| 467 | +typeset as in the text. | ||
| 468 | + | ||
| 469 | +Headings will be automatically numbered by the following codes.\\[2mm] | ||
| 470 | +{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 471 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 472 | +\section{This is a First-Order Title} | ||
| 473 | +\subsection{This is a Second-Order Title} | ||
| 474 | +\subsubsection{This is a Third-Order Title.} | ||
| 475 | +\paragraph{This is a Fourth-Order Title.} | ||
| 476 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 477 | +\verb|\section| and \verb|\subsection| have no end punctuation.\\ | ||
| 478 | +\verb|\subsubsection| and \verb|\paragraph| | ||
| 479 | +need to be punctuated at the end. | ||
| 480 | + | ||
| 481 | +In addition to the above-mentioned headings your text may be structured | ||
| 482 | +by subsections indicated by run-in headings (theorem-like environments). | ||
| 483 | +All the theorem-like environments are numbered automatically | ||
| 484 | +throughout the sections of your document -- each with its own counter. | ||
| 485 | +If you want the theorem-like environments to use the same counter | ||
| 486 | +just specify the documentclass option \verb|envcountsame|: | ||
| 487 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 488 | +\documentclass[envcountsame]{llncs} | ||
| 489 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 490 | +If your first call for a theorem-like environment then is e.g. | ||
| 491 | +\verb|\begin{lemma}|, it will be numbered 1; if corollary follows, | ||
| 492 | +this will be numbered 2; if you then call lemma again, this will be | ||
| 493 | +numbered 3. | ||
| 494 | + | ||
| 495 | +But in case you want to reset such counters to 1 in each section, | ||
| 496 | +please specify the documentclass option \verb|envcountreset|: | ||
| 497 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 498 | +\documentclass[envcountreset]{llncs} | ||
| 499 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 500 | + | ||
| 501 | +Even a numbering on section level (including the section counter) is | ||
| 502 | +possible with the documentclass option \verb|envcountsect|. | ||
| 503 | + | ||
| 504 | +\section{Predefined Theorem like Environments}\label{builtintheo} | ||
| 505 | +The following variety of run-in headings are at your disposal: | ||
| 506 | +\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 507 | +\item | ||
| 508 | +{\bfseries Bold} run-in headings with italicized text | ||
| 509 | +as built-in environments: | ||
| 510 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 511 | +\begin{corollary} <text> \end{corollary} | ||
| 512 | +\begin{lemma} <text> \end{lemma} | ||
| 513 | +\begin{proposition} <text> \end{proposition} | ||
| 514 | +\begin{theorem} <text> \end{theorem} | ||
| 515 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 516 | +\item | ||
| 517 | +The following generally appears as {\itshape italic} run-in heading: | ||
| 518 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 519 | +\begin{proof} <text> \qed \end{proof} | ||
| 520 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 521 | +It is unnumbered and may contain an eye catching square (call for that | ||
| 522 | +with \verb|\qed|) before the environment ends. | ||
| 523 | +\item | ||
| 524 | +Further {\itshape italic} or {\bfseries bold} run-in headings with roman | ||
| 525 | +environment body may also occur: | ||
| 526 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 527 | +\begin{definition} <text> \end{definition} | ||
| 528 | +\begin{example} <text> \end{example} | ||
| 529 | +\begin{exercise} <text> \end{exercise} | ||
| 530 | +\begin{note} <text> \end{note} | ||
| 531 | +\begin{problem} <text> \end{problem} | ||
| 532 | +\begin{question} <text> \end{question} | ||
| 533 | +\begin{remark} <text> \end{remark} | ||
| 534 | +\begin{solution} <text> \end{solution} | ||
| 535 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 536 | +\end{alpherate} | ||
| 537 | + | ||
| 538 | +\section{Defining your Own Theorem like Environments} | ||
| 539 | +We have enhanced the standard \verb|\newtheorem| command and slightly | ||
| 540 | +changed its syntax to get two new commands \verb|\spnewtheorem| and | ||
| 541 | +\verb|\spnewtheorem*| that now can be used to define additional | ||
| 542 | +environments. They require two additional arguments namely the type | ||
| 543 | +style in which the keyword of the environment appears and second the | ||
| 544 | +style for the text of your new environment. | ||
| 545 | + | ||
| 546 | +\verb|\spnewtheorem| can be used in two ways. | ||
| 547 | +\subsection{Method 1 {\itshape (preferred)}} | ||
| 548 | +You may want to create an environment that shares its counter | ||
| 549 | +with another environment, say {\em main theorem\/} to be numbered like | ||
| 550 | +the predefined {\em theorem\/}. In this case, use the syntax | ||
| 551 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 552 | +\spnewtheorem{<env_nam>}[<num_like>]{<caption>} | ||
| 553 | +{<cap_font>}{<body_font>} | ||
| 554 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 555 | + | ||
| 556 | +\noindent | ||
| 557 | +Here the environment with which the new environment should share its | ||
| 558 | +counter is specified with the optional argument \verb|[<num_like>]|. | ||
| 559 | + | ||
| 560 | +\paragraph{Sample Input} | ||
| 561 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 562 | +\spnewtheorem{mainth}[theorem]{Main Theorem}{\bfseries}{\itshape} | ||
| 563 | +\begin{theorem} The early bird gets the worm. \end{theorem} | ||
| 564 | +\begin{mainth} The early worm gets eaten. \end{mainth} | ||
| 565 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 566 | +\medskip\noindent | ||
| 567 | +{\em Sample Output} | ||
| 568 | + | ||
| 569 | +\medskip\noindent | ||
| 570 | +{\bfseries Theorem 3.}\enspace {\em The early bird gets the worm.} | ||
| 571 | + | ||
| 572 | +\medskip\noindent | ||
| 573 | +{\bfseries Main Theorem 4.} The early worm gets eaten. | ||
| 574 | + | ||
| 575 | +\bigskip | ||
| 576 | +The sharing of the default counter (\verb|[theorem]|) is desired. If you | ||
| 577 | +omit the optional second argument of \verb|\spnewtheorem| a separate | ||
| 578 | +counter for your new environment is used throughout your document. | ||
| 579 | + | ||
| 580 | +\subsection[Method 2]{Method 2 {\itshape (assumes {\tt[envcountsect]} | ||
| 581 | +documentstyle option)}} | ||
| 582 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 583 | +\spnewtheorem{<env_nam>}{<caption>}[<within>] | ||
| 584 | +{<cap_font>}{<body_font>} | ||
| 585 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 586 | + | ||
| 587 | +\noindent | ||
| 588 | +This defines a new environment \verb|<env_nam>| which prints the caption | ||
| 589 | +\verb|<caption>| in the font \verb|<cap_font>| and the text itself in | ||
| 590 | +the font \verb|<body_font>|. The environment is numbered beginning anew | ||
| 591 | +with every new sectioning element you specify with the optional | ||
| 592 | +parameter \verb|<within>|. | ||
| 593 | + | ||
| 594 | +\medskip\noindent | ||
| 595 | +\paragraph{Example} \leavevmode | ||
| 596 | + | ||
| 597 | +\medskip\noindent | ||
| 598 | +\verb|\spnewtheorem{joke}{Joke}[subsection]{\bfseries}{\rmfamily}| | ||
| 599 | + | ||
| 600 | +\medskip | ||
| 601 | +\noindent defines a new environment called \verb|joke| which prints the | ||
| 602 | +caption {\bfseries Joke} in boldface and the text in roman. The jokes are | ||
| 603 | +numbered starting from 1 at the beginning of every subsection with the | ||
| 604 | +number of the subsection preceding the number of the joke e.g. 7.2.1 for | ||
| 605 | +the first joke in subsection 7.2. | ||
| 606 | + | ||
| 607 | +\subsection{Unnumbered Environments} | ||
| 608 | +If you wish to have an unnumbered environment, please | ||
| 609 | +use the syntax | ||
| 610 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 611 | +\spnewtheorem*{<env_nam>}{<caption>}{<cap_font>}{<body_font>} | ||
| 612 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 613 | + | ||
| 614 | +\section{Program Codes} | ||
| 615 | +In case you want to show pieces of program code, just use the | ||
| 616 | +\verb|verbatim| environment or the \verb|verbatim| package of \LaTeX. | ||
| 617 | +(There also exist various pretty printers for some programming | ||
| 618 | +languages.) | ||
| 619 | +% | ||
| 620 | +\noindent | ||
| 621 | +\subsection*{Sample Input {\rmfamily(of a simple | ||
| 622 | +contribution)}}\label{samppage} | ||
| 623 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 624 | +\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics} | ||
| 625 | + | ||
| 626 | +\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} \and Roger Temam\inst{2}} | ||
| 627 | + | ||
| 628 | +\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA | ||
| 629 | +\and | ||
| 630 | +Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud, | ||
| 631 | +Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\ | ||
| 632 | +F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France} | ||
| 633 | + | ||
| 634 | +\maketitle | ||
| 635 | +% | ||
| 636 | +\begin{abstract} | ||
| 637 | +This paragraph shall summarize the contents of the paper | ||
| 638 | +in short terms. | ||
| 639 | +\end{abstract} | ||
| 640 | +% | ||
| 641 | +\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case} | ||
| 642 | +% | ||
| 643 | +With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the | ||
| 644 | +search for periodic solutions \dots | ||
| 645 | +% | ||
| 646 | +\subsection{Autonomous Systems} | ||
| 647 | +% | ||
| 648 | +In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian | ||
| 649 | +$H(x)$ \dots | ||
| 650 | +% | ||
| 651 | +\subsubsection*{The General Case: Nontriviality.} | ||
| 652 | +% | ||
| 653 | +We assume that $H$ is | ||
| 654 | +$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic | ||
| 655 | +at infinity, for some constant \dots | ||
| 656 | +% | ||
| 657 | +\paragraph{Notes and Comments.} | ||
| 658 | +The first results on subharmonics were \dots | ||
| 659 | +% | ||
| 660 | +\begin{proposition} | ||
| 661 | +Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots | ||
| 662 | +\end{proposition} | ||
| 663 | +\begin{proof}[of proposition] | ||
| 664 | +Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is | ||
| 665 | +some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed | ||
| 666 | +\end{proof} | ||
| 667 | +% | ||
| 668 | +\begin{example}[\rmfamily (External forcing)] | ||
| 669 | +Consider the system \dots | ||
| 670 | +\end{example} | ||
| 671 | +\begin{corollary} | ||
| 672 | +Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and | ||
| 673 | +$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic | ||
| 674 | +at infinity. Let \dots | ||
| 675 | +\end{corollary} | ||
| 676 | +\begin{lemma} | ||
| 677 | +Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$ | ||
| 678 | +and that $H''(x)$ is \dots | ||
| 679 | +\end{lemma} | ||
| 680 | +\begin{theorem}[(Ghoussoub-Preiss)] | ||
| 681 | +Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots | ||
| 682 | +\end{theorem} | ||
| 683 | +\begin{definition} | ||
| 684 | +We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ | ||
| 685 | +satisfies \dots | ||
| 686 | +\end{definition} | ||
| 687 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 688 | +{\itshape Sample Output\/} (follows on the next page together with | ||
| 689 | +examples of the above run-in headings) | ||
| 690 | +\newcounter{save}\setcounter{save}{\value{section}} | ||
| 691 | +{\def\addtocontents#1#2{}% | ||
| 692 | +\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}% | ||
| 693 | +\def\markboth#1#2{}% | ||
| 694 | +% | ||
| 695 | +\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics} | ||
| 696 | + | ||
| 697 | +\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} \and Roger Temam\inst{2}} | ||
| 698 | + | ||
| 699 | +\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA | ||
| 700 | +\and | ||
| 701 | +Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud, | ||
| 702 | +Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\ | ||
| 703 | +F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France} | ||
| 704 | + | ||
| 705 | +\maketitle | ||
| 706 | +% | ||
| 707 | +\begin{abstract} | ||
| 708 | +This paragraph shall summarize the contents of the paper | ||
| 709 | +in short terms. | ||
| 710 | +\end{abstract} | ||
| 711 | +% | ||
| 712 | +\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case} | ||
| 713 | +% | ||
| 714 | +With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the search | ||
| 715 | +for periodic solutions \dots | ||
| 716 | +% | ||
| 717 | +\subsection{Autonomous Systems} | ||
| 718 | +% | ||
| 719 | +In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian | ||
| 720 | +$H(x)$ \dots | ||
| 721 | +% | ||
| 722 | +\subsubsection{The General Case: Nontriviality.} | ||
| 723 | +% | ||
| 724 | +We assume that $H$ is | ||
| 725 | +$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic at | ||
| 726 | +infinity, for some constant \dots | ||
| 727 | +% | ||
| 728 | +\paragraph{Notes and Comments.} | ||
| 729 | +The first results on subharmonics were \dots | ||
| 730 | +% | ||
| 731 | +\begin{proposition} | ||
| 732 | +Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots | ||
| 733 | +\end{proposition} | ||
| 734 | +\begin{proof}[of proposition] | ||
| 735 | +Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is | ||
| 736 | +some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed | ||
| 737 | +\end{proof} | ||
| 738 | +% | ||
| 739 | +\begin{example}[{{\rmfamily External forcing}}] | ||
| 740 | +Consider the system \dots | ||
| 741 | +\end{example} | ||
| 742 | +\begin{corollary} | ||
| 743 | +Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and | ||
| 744 | +$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic | ||
| 745 | +at infinity. Let \dots | ||
| 746 | +\end{corollary} | ||
| 747 | +\begin{lemma} | ||
| 748 | +Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$ | ||
| 749 | +and that $H''(x)$ is \dots | ||
| 750 | +\end{lemma} | ||
| 751 | +\begin{theorem}[Ghoussoub-Preiss] | ||
| 752 | +Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots | ||
| 753 | +\end{theorem} | ||
| 754 | +\begin{definition} | ||
| 755 | +We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ satisfies \dots | ||
| 756 | +\end{definition} | ||
| 757 | +% | ||
| 758 | +}\setcounter{section}{\value{save}} | ||
| 759 | +\section{Fine Tuning of the Text} | ||
| 760 | +% | ||
| 761 | +The following should be used to improve the readability of the text: | ||
| 762 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 763 | +\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.19\textwidth}p{.79\textwidth}} | ||
| 764 | +\verb|\,| & a thin space, e.g.\ between numbers or between units | ||
| 765 | + and num\-bers; a line division will not be made | ||
| 766 | + following this space\\ | ||
| 767 | +\verb|--| & en dash; two strokes, without a space at either end\\ | ||
| 768 | +\verb*| -- |& en dash; two strokes, with a space at either end\\ | ||
| 769 | +\verb|-| & hyphen; one stroke, no space at either end\\ | ||
| 770 | +\verb|$-$| & minus, in the text {\em only} \\[8mm] | ||
| 771 | +{\em Input} & \verb|21\,$^{\circ}$C etc.,|\\ | ||
| 772 | + & \verb|Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots|\\ | ||
| 773 | + & \verb|20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots|\\ | ||
| 774 | + & \verb|1950--1985 \dots|\\ | ||
| 775 | + & \verb|this -- written on a computer -- is now printed|\\ | ||
| 776 | + & \verb|$-30$\,K \dots|\\[3mm] | ||
| 777 | +{\em Output}& 21\,$^{\circ}$C etc., Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots\\ | ||
| 778 | + & 20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots\\ | ||
| 779 | + & 1950--1985 \dots\\ | ||
| 780 | + & this -- written on a computer -- is now printed\\ | ||
| 781 | + & $-30$\,K \dots | ||
| 782 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 783 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 784 | +% | ||
| 785 | +\section {Special Typefaces} | ||
| 786 | +% | ||
| 787 | +Normal type (roman text) need not be coded. {\itshape Italic} | ||
| 788 | +(\verb|{\em <text>}| better still \verb|\emph{<text>}|) or, if | ||
| 789 | +necessary, {\bfseries boldface} should be used for emphasis.\\[6pt] | ||
| 790 | +\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth} | ||
| 791 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 792 | +\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.25\textwidth}@{\hskip6pt}p{.73\textwidth}@{}} | ||
| 793 | +\verb|{\itshape Text}| & {\itshape Italicized Text}\\[2pt] | ||
| 794 | +\verb|{\em Text}| & {\em Emphasized Text -- | ||
| 795 | + if you would like to emphasize a {\em definition} within an | ||
| 796 | + italicized text (e.g.\ of a {\em theorem)} you should code the | ||
| 797 | + expression to be emphasized by} \verb|\em|.\\[2pt] | ||
| 798 | +\verb|{\bfseries Text}|& {\bfseries Important Text}\\[2pt] | ||
| 799 | +\verb|\vec{Symbol}| & Vectors may only appear in math mode. The default | ||
| 800 | + \LaTeX{} vector symbol has been adapted\footnotemark\ | ||
| 801 | + to LLNCS conventions.\\[2pt] | ||
| 802 | + & \verb|$\vec{A \times B\cdot C}| yields $\vec{A\times B\cdot C}$\\ | ||
| 803 | + & \verb|$\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes|\\ | ||
| 804 | + & \verb|\vec{\hat{D}}$|yields $\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes | ||
| 805 | +\vec{\hat{D}}$ | ||
| 806 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 807 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 808 | +\end{minipage} | ||
| 809 | + | ||
| 810 | +\footnotetext{If you absolutely must revive the original \LaTeX{} | ||
| 811 | +design of the vector symbol (as an arrow accent), please specify the | ||
| 812 | +option \texttt{[orivec]} in the \texttt{documentclass} line.} | ||
| 813 | +\newpage | ||
| 814 | +% | ||
| 815 | +\section {Footnotes} | ||
| 816 | +% | ||
| 817 | +Footnotes within the text should be coded: | ||
| 818 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 819 | +\footnote{Text} | ||
| 820 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 821 | +{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 822 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 823 | +Text with a footnote\verb|\footnote{The |{\tt footnote is automatically | ||
| 824 | +numbered.}\verb|}| and text continues \dots | ||
| 825 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 826 | +{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 827 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 828 | +Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically numbered.} | ||
| 829 | +and text continues \dots | ||
| 830 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 831 | +% | ||
| 832 | +\section {Lists} | ||
| 833 | +% | ||
| 834 | +Please code lists as described below:\\[2mm] | ||
| 835 | +{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 836 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 837 | +\begin{enumerate} | ||
| 838 | + \item First item | ||
| 839 | + \item Second item | ||
| 840 | + \begin{enumerate} | ||
| 841 | + \item First nested item | ||
| 842 | + \item Second nested item | ||
| 843 | + \end{enumerate} | ||
| 844 | + \item Third item | ||
| 845 | +\end{enumerate} | ||
| 846 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 847 | +{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 848 | + \begin{enumerate} | ||
| 849 | +\item First item | ||
| 850 | +\item Second item | ||
| 851 | + \begin{enumerate} | ||
| 852 | + \item First nested item | ||
| 853 | + \item Second nested item | ||
| 854 | + \end{enumerate} | ||
| 855 | +\item Third item | ||
| 856 | +\end{enumerate} | ||
| 857 | +% | ||
| 858 | +\section {Figures} | ||
| 859 | +% | ||
| 860 | +Figure environments should be inserted after (not in) | ||
| 861 | +the paragraph in which the figure is first mentioned. | ||
| 862 | +They will be numbered automatically. | ||
| 863 | + | ||
| 864 | +Preferably the images should be enclosed as PostScript files -- best as | ||
| 865 | +EPS data using the epsfig package. | ||
| 866 | + | ||
| 867 | +If you cannot include them into your output this way and use other | ||
| 868 | +techniques for a separate production, | ||
| 869 | +the figures (line drawings and those containing halftone inserts | ||
| 870 | +as well as halftone figures) {\em should not be pasted into your | ||
| 871 | +laserprinter output}. They should be enclosed separately in camera-ready | ||
| 872 | +form (original artwork, glossy prints, photographs and/or slides). The | ||
| 873 | +lettering should be suitable for reproduction, and after a | ||
| 874 | +probably necessary reduction the height of capital letters should be at | ||
| 875 | +least 1.8\,mm and not more than 2.5\,mm. | ||
| 876 | +Check that lines and other details are uniformly black and | ||
| 877 | +that the lettering on figures is clearly legible. | ||
| 878 | + | ||
| 879 | +To leave the desired amount of space for the height of | ||
| 880 | +your figures, please use the coding described below. | ||
| 881 | +As can be seen in the output, we will automatically | ||
| 882 | +provide 1\,cm space above and below the figure, | ||
| 883 | +so that you should only leave the space equivalent to the size of the | ||
| 884 | +figure itself. Please note that ``\verb|x|'' in the following | ||
| 885 | +coding stands for the actual height of the figure: | ||
| 886 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 887 | +\begin{figure} | ||
| 888 | +\vspace{x cm} | ||
| 889 | +\caption[ ]{...text of caption...} (Do type [ ]) | ||
| 890 | +\end{figure} | ||
| 891 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 892 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 893 | +{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 894 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 895 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 896 | +\begin{figure} | ||
| 897 | +\vspace{2.5cm} | ||
| 898 | +\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white | ||
| 899 | +eagle and a white horse on a snow field} | ||
| 900 | +\end{figure} | ||
| 901 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 902 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 903 | +{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 904 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 905 | +\begin{figure} | ||
| 906 | +\vspace{2.5cm} | ||
| 907 | +\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white eagle and | ||
| 908 | +a white horse on a snow field} | ||
| 909 | +\end{figure} | ||
| 910 | +% | ||
| 911 | +\section{Tables} | ||
| 912 | +% | ||
| 913 | +Table captions should be treated | ||
| 914 | +in the same way as figure legends, except that | ||
| 915 | +the table captions appear {\itshape above} the tables. The tables | ||
| 916 | +will be numbered automatically. | ||
| 917 | +% | ||
| 918 | +\subsection{Tables Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}} | ||
| 919 | +% | ||
| 920 | +Please use the following coding:\\[2mm] | ||
| 921 | +{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 922 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 923 | +\begin{table} | ||
| 924 | +\caption{Critical $N$ values} | ||
| 925 | +\begin{tabular}{llllll} | ||
| 926 | +\hline\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 927 | +${\mathrm M}_\odot$ & $\beta_{0}$ & $T_{\mathrm c6}$ & $\gamma$ | ||
| 928 | + & $N_{\mathrm{crit}}^{\mathrm L}$ | ||
| 929 | + & $N_{\mathrm{crit}}^{\mathrm{Te}}$\\ | ||
| 930 | +\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 931 | +\hline | ||
| 932 | +\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 933 | + 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\ | ||
| 934 | + 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\ | ||
| 935 | +120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\ | ||
| 936 | +\hline | ||
| 937 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 938 | +\end{table} | ||
| 939 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 940 | + | ||
| 941 | +\medskip\noindent{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 942 | +\begin{table} | ||
| 943 | +\caption{Critical $N$ values} | ||
| 944 | +\begin{center} | ||
| 945 | +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.4} | ||
| 946 | +\setlength\tabcolsep{3pt} | ||
| 947 | +\begin{tabular}{llllll} | ||
| 948 | +\hline\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 949 | +${\mathrm M}_\odot$ & $\beta_{0}$ & $T_{\mathrm c6}$ & $\gamma$ | ||
| 950 | + & $N_{\mathrm{crit}}^{\mathrm L}$ | ||
| 951 | + & $N_{\mathrm{crit}}^{\mathrm{Te}}$\\ | ||
| 952 | +\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 953 | +\hline | ||
| 954 | +\noalign{\smallskip} | ||
| 955 | + 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\ | ||
| 956 | + 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\ | ||
| 957 | +120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\ | ||
| 958 | +\hline | ||
| 959 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 960 | +\end{center} | ||
| 961 | +\end{table} | ||
| 962 | + | ||
| 963 | +Before continuing your text you need an empty line. \dots | ||
| 964 | + | ||
| 965 | +\vspace{3mm} | ||
| 966 | +For further information you will find a complete description of | ||
| 967 | +the tabular environment | ||
| 968 | +on p.~62~ff. and p.~204 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference | ||
| 969 | +Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport. | ||
| 970 | +% | ||
| 971 | +\subsection{Tables Not Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}} | ||
| 972 | +% | ||
| 973 | +If you do not wish to code your table using \LaTeX{} | ||
| 974 | +but prefer to have it reproduced separately, | ||
| 975 | +proceed as for figures and use the following coding:\\[2mm] | ||
| 976 | +{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 977 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 978 | +\begin{table} | ||
| 979 | +\caption{text of your caption} | ||
| 980 | +\vspace{x cm} % the actual height needed for your table | ||
| 981 | +\end{table} | ||
| 982 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 983 | +% | ||
| 984 | +\subsection{Signs and Characters} | ||
| 985 | +% | ||
| 986 | +\subsubsection*{Special Signs.} | ||
| 987 | +% | ||
| 988 | +You may need to use special signs. The available ones are listed in the | ||
| 989 | +{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, | ||
| 990 | +pp.~41\,ff. | ||
| 991 | +We have created further symbols for math mode (enclosed in \$): | ||
| 992 | +\begin{center} | ||
| 993 | +\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}} | ||
| 994 | +c@{\hspace{3em}}l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}}c} | ||
| 995 | +\verb|\grole| & $\grole$ & \verb|\getsto| & $\getsto$\\ | ||
| 996 | +\verb|\lid| & $\lid$ & \verb|\gid| & $\gid$ | ||
| 997 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 998 | +\end{center} | ||
| 999 | +% | ||
| 1000 | +\subsubsection*{Gothic (Fraktur).} | ||
| 1001 | +% | ||
| 1002 | +If gothic letters are {\itshape necessary}, please use those of the | ||
| 1003 | +relevant \AmSTeX{} alphabet which are available using the amstex | ||
| 1004 | +package of the American Mathematical Society. | ||
| 1005 | + | ||
| 1006 | +In \LaTeX{} only the following gothic letters are available: | ||
| 1007 | +\verb|$\Re$| yields $\Re$ and \verb|$\Im$| yields $\Im$. These should | ||
| 1008 | +{\itshape not\/} be used when you need gothic letters for your contribution. | ||
| 1009 | +Use \AmSTeX{} gothic as explained above. For the real and the imaginary | ||
| 1010 | +parts of a complex number within math mode you should use instead: | ||
| 1011 | +\verb|$\mathrm{Re}$| (which yields Re) or \verb|$\mathrm{Im}$| (which | ||
| 1012 | +yields Im). | ||
| 1013 | +% | ||
| 1014 | +\subsubsection*{Script.} | ||
| 1015 | +% | ||
| 1016 | +For script capitals use the coding | ||
| 1017 | +\begin{center} | ||
| 1018 | +\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}which yields\hspace{1em}}c} | ||
| 1019 | +\verb|$\mathcal{AB}$| & $\mathcal{AB}$ | ||
| 1020 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 1021 | +\end{center} | ||
| 1022 | +(see p.~42 of the \LaTeX{} book). | ||
| 1023 | +% | ||
| 1024 | +\subsubsection*{Special Roman.} | ||
| 1025 | +% | ||
| 1026 | +If you need other symbols than those below, you could use | ||
| 1027 | +the blackboard bold characters of \AmSTeX{}, but there might arise | ||
| 1028 | +capacity problems | ||
| 1029 | +in loading additional \AmSTeX{} fonts. Therefore we created | ||
| 1030 | +the blackboard bold characters listed below. | ||
| 1031 | +Some of them are not esthetically | ||
| 1032 | +satisfactory. This need not deter you from using them: | ||
| 1033 | +in the final printed form they will be | ||
| 1034 | +replaced by the well-designed MT (monotype) characters of | ||
| 1035 | +the phototypesetting machine. | ||
| 1036 | +\begin{flushleft} | ||
| 1037 | +\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{ yields } | ||
| 1038 | +c@{\hspace{1.em}}ll@{ yields }c} | ||
| 1039 | +\verb|\bbbc| & (complex numbers) & $\bbbc$ | ||
| 1040 | + & \verb|\bbbf| & (blackboard bold F) & $\bbbf$\\ | ||
| 1041 | +\verb|\bbbh| & (blackboard bold H) & $\bbbh$ | ||
| 1042 | + & \verb|\bbbk| & (blackboard bold K) & $\bbbk$\\ | ||
| 1043 | +\verb|\bbbm| & (blackboard bold M) & $\bbbm$ | ||
| 1044 | + & \verb|\bbbn| & (natural numbers N) & $\bbbn$\\ | ||
| 1045 | +\verb|\bbbp| & (blackboard bold P) & $\bbbp$ | ||
| 1046 | + & \verb|\bbbq| & (rational numbers) & $\bbbq$\\ | ||
| 1047 | +\verb|\bbbr| & (real numbers) & $\bbbr$ | ||
| 1048 | + & \verb|\bbbs| & (blackboard bold S) & $\bbbs$\\ | ||
| 1049 | +\verb|\bbbt| & (blackboard bold T) & $\bbbt$ | ||
| 1050 | + & \verb|\bbbz| & (whole numbers) & $\bbbz$\\ | ||
| 1051 | +\verb|\bbbone| & (symbol one) & $\bbbone$ | ||
| 1052 | +\end{tabular} | ||
| 1053 | +\end{flushleft} | ||
| 1054 | +\begin{displaymath} | ||
| 1055 | +\begin{array}{c} | ||
| 1056 | +\bbbc^{\bbbc^{\bbbc}} \otimes | ||
| 1057 | +\bbbf_{\bbbf_{\bbbf}} \otimes | ||
| 1058 | +\bbbh_{\bbbh_{\bbbh}} \otimes | ||
| 1059 | +\bbbk_{\bbbk_{\bbbk}} \otimes | ||
| 1060 | +\bbbm^{\bbbm^{\bbbm}} \otimes | ||
| 1061 | +\bbbn_{\bbbn_{\bbbn}} \otimes | ||
| 1062 | +\bbbp^{\bbbp^{\bbbp}}\\[2mm] | ||
| 1063 | +\otimes | ||
| 1064 | +\bbbq_{\bbbq_{\bbbq}} \otimes | ||
| 1065 | +\bbbr^{\bbbr^{\bbbr}} \otimes | ||
| 1066 | +\bbbs^{\bbbs_{\bbbs}} \otimes | ||
| 1067 | +\bbbt^{\bbbt^{\bbbt}} \otimes | ||
| 1068 | +\bbbz \otimes | ||
| 1069 | +\bbbone^{\bbbone_{\bbbone}} | ||
| 1070 | +\end{array} | ||
| 1071 | +\end{displaymath} | ||
| 1072 | +% | ||
| 1073 | +\section{References} | ||
| 1074 | +\label{refer} | ||
| 1075 | +% | ||
| 1076 | +There are three reference systems available; only one, of course, | ||
| 1077 | +should be used for your contribution. With each system (by | ||
| 1078 | +number only, by letter-number or by author-year) a reference list | ||
| 1079 | +containing all citations in the | ||
| 1080 | +text, should be included at the end of your contribution placing the | ||
| 1081 | +\LaTeX{} environment \verb|thebibliography| there. | ||
| 1082 | +For an overall information on that environment | ||
| 1083 | +see the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference | ||
| 1084 | +Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, p.~71. | ||
| 1085 | + | ||
| 1086 | +There is a special {\sc Bib}\TeX{} style for LLNCS that works along | ||
| 1087 | +with the class: \verb|splncs.bst| | ||
| 1088 | +-- call for it with a line \verb|\bibliographystyle{splncs}|. | ||
| 1089 | +If you plan to use another {\sc Bib}\TeX{} style you are customed to, | ||
| 1090 | +please specify the option \verb|[oribibl]| in the | ||
| 1091 | +\verb|documentclass| line, like: | ||
| 1092 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1093 | +\documentclass[oribibl]{llncs} | ||
| 1094 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1095 | +This will retain the original \LaTeX{} code for the bibliographic | ||
| 1096 | +environment and the \verb|\cite| mechanism that many {\sc Bib}\TeX{} | ||
| 1097 | +applications rely on. | ||
| 1098 | +% | ||
| 1099 | +\subsection{References by Letter-Number or by Number Only} | ||
| 1100 | +% | ||
| 1101 | +References are cited in the text -- using the \verb|\cite| | ||
| 1102 | +command of \LaTeX{} -- by number or by letter-number in square | ||
| 1103 | +brackets, e.g.\ [1] or [E1, S2], [P1], according to your use of the | ||
| 1104 | +\verb|\bibitem| command in the \verb|thebibliography| environment. The | ||
| 1105 | +coding is as follows: if you choose your own label for the sources by | ||
| 1106 | +giving an optional argument to the \verb|\bibitem| command the citations | ||
| 1107 | +in the text are marked with the label you supplied. Otherwise a simple | ||
| 1108 | +numbering is done, which is preferred. | ||
| 1109 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1110 | +The results in this section are a refined version | ||
| 1111 | +of \cite{clar:eke}; the minimality result of Proposition~14 | ||
| 1112 | +was the first of its kind. | ||
| 1113 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1114 | +The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of | ||
| 1115 | +[CE1]; the min\-i\-mality\dots''. Then the \verb|\bibitem| entry of | ||
| 1116 | +the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read: | ||
| 1117 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1118 | +\begin{thebibliography}{[MT1]} | ||
| 1119 | +. | ||
| 1120 | +. | ||
| 1121 | +\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke} | ||
| 1122 | +Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1123 | +Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for | ||
| 1124 | +Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1125 | +Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 1126 | +. | ||
| 1127 | +. | ||
| 1128 | +\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 1129 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1130 | +The complete bibliography looks like this: | ||
| 1131 | +% | ||
| 1132 | +\begin{thebibliography}{[MT1]} | ||
| 1133 | +% | ||
| 1134 | +\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke} | ||
| 1135 | +Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1136 | +Nonlinear oscillations and | ||
| 1137 | +boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1138 | +Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 1139 | +% | ||
| 1140 | +\bibitem[CE2]{clar:eke:2} | ||
| 1141 | +Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1142 | +Solutions p\'{e}riodiques, du | ||
| 1143 | +p\'{e}riode donn\'{e}e, des \'{e}quations hamiltoniennes. | ||
| 1144 | +Note CRAS Paris 287, 1013--1015 (1978) | ||
| 1145 | +% | ||
| 1146 | +\bibitem[MT1]{mich:tar} | ||
| 1147 | +Michalek, R., Tarantello, G.: | ||
| 1148 | +Subharmonic solutions with prescribed minimal | ||
| 1149 | +period for nonautonomous Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1150 | +J. Diff. Eq. 72, 28--55 (1988) | ||
| 1151 | +% | ||
| 1152 | +\bibitem[Ta1]{tar} | ||
| 1153 | +Tarantello, G.: | ||
| 1154 | +Subharmonic solutions for Hamiltonian | ||
| 1155 | +systems via a $\bbbz_{p}$ pseudoindex theory. | ||
| 1156 | +Annali di Matematica Pura (to appear) | ||
| 1157 | +% | ||
| 1158 | +\bibitem[Ra1]{rab} | ||
| 1159 | +Rabinowitz, P.: | ||
| 1160 | +On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian system. | ||
| 1161 | +Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 33, 609--633 (1980) | ||
| 1162 | +\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 1163 | +% | ||
| 1164 | +\subsubsection*{Number-Only System.} | ||
| 1165 | +% | ||
| 1166 | +For this preferred system do not use the optional argument | ||
| 1167 | +in the \verb|\bibitem| command: then, only numbers will | ||
| 1168 | +appear for the citations in the text (enclosed in square brackets) | ||
| 1169 | +as well as for the marks in your | ||
| 1170 | +bibliography (here the number is only end-punctuated without | ||
| 1171 | +square brackets). | ||
| 1172 | + | ||
| 1173 | +Subsequent citation numbers in the text are collapsed to ranges. | ||
| 1174 | +Non-numeric and undefined labels are handled correctly but no sorting is | ||
| 1175 | +done. | ||
| 1176 | + | ||
| 1177 | +E.g., \verb|\cite{n1,n3,n2,n3,n4,n5,foo,n1,n2,n3,?,n4,n5}| -- where | ||
| 1178 | +\verb|n|$x$ is the key of the $x^{\mathrm{th}}$ \verb|\bibitem| | ||
| 1179 | +command in sequence, \verb|foo| is the key of a \verb|\bibitem| with an | ||
| 1180 | +optional argument, and \verb|?| is an undefined reference -- gives | ||
| 1181 | +1,3,2-5,foo,1-3,?,4,5 as the citation reference. | ||
| 1182 | + | ||
| 1183 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1184 | +\begin{thebibliography}{1} | ||
| 1185 | +\bibitem {clar:eke} | ||
| 1186 | +Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1187 | +Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for | ||
| 1188 | +Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1189 | +Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 1190 | +\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 1191 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1192 | +% | ||
| 1193 | +\subsection{Author-Year System} | ||
| 1194 | +% | ||
| 1195 | +References are cited in the text by name and year in parentheses | ||
| 1196 | +and should look as follows: | ||
| 1197 | +(Smith 1970, 1980), (Ekeland et al. 1985, Theorem 2), (Jones and Jaffe | ||
| 1198 | +1986; Farrow 1988, Chap.\,2). If the name is part of the sentence | ||
| 1199 | +only the year may appear in parentheses, | ||
| 1200 | +e.g.\ Ekeland et al. (1985, Sect.\,2.1) | ||
| 1201 | +The reference list should contain all citations occurring in the text, | ||
| 1202 | +ordered alphabetically by surname (with initials following). If there | ||
| 1203 | +are several works by the same author(s) the references should be listed | ||
| 1204 | +in the appropriate order indicated below: | ||
| 1205 | +\begin{alpherate} | ||
| 1206 | +\setlength{\hfuzz}{5pt} | ||
| 1207 | +\item | ||
| 1208 | +One author: list works chronologically; | ||
| 1209 | +\item | ||
| 1210 | +Author and same co-author(s): list works chronologically; | ||
| 1211 | +\item | ||
| 1212 | +Author and different co-authors: list works alphabetically | ||
| 1213 | +according to co-authors. | ||
| 1214 | +\end{alpherate} | ||
| 1215 | +If there are several works by the same author(s) and in the same year, | ||
| 1216 | +but which are cited separately, they should be distinguished by the use | ||
| 1217 | +of ``a'', ``b'' etc., e.g.\ (Smith 1982a), (Ekeland et al. 1982b). | ||
| 1218 | +% | ||
| 1219 | +\subsubsection*{How to Code Author-Year System.} | ||
| 1220 | +% | ||
| 1221 | +If you want to use this system you have to specify the option | ||
| 1222 | +\verb|[citeauthoryear]| in the \verb|documentclass|, like: | ||
| 1223 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1224 | +\documentclass[citeauthoryear]{llncs} | ||
| 1225 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1226 | +Write your citations in the text explicitly except for the year, leaving | ||
| 1227 | +that up to \LaTeX{} with the \verb|\cite| command. Then give only the | ||
| 1228 | +appropriate year as the optional argument (i.e. the label in square | ||
| 1229 | +brackets) with the \verb|\bibitem| command(s).\\[2mm] | ||
| 1230 | +{\itshape Sample Input} | ||
| 1231 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1232 | +The results in this section are a refined version | ||
| 1233 | +of Clarke and Ekeland (\cite{clar:eke}); the minimality result of | ||
| 1234 | +Proposition~14 was the first of its kind. | ||
| 1235 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1236 | +The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of | ||
| 1237 | +Clarke and Ekeland (1982); the minimality\dots''. Then the | ||
| 1238 | +\verb|\bibitem| entry of \verb|clar:eke| in the \verb|thebibliography| | ||
| 1239 | +environment should read: | ||
| 1240 | +\begin{verbatim} | ||
| 1241 | +\begin{thebibliography}{} % (do not forget {}) | ||
| 1242 | +. | ||
| 1243 | +. | ||
| 1244 | +\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke} | ||
| 1245 | +Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: | ||
| 1246 | +Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for | ||
| 1247 | +Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 1248 | +Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 1249 | +. | ||
| 1250 | +. | ||
| 1251 | +\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 1252 | +\end{verbatim} | ||
| 1253 | +{\itshape Sample Output} | ||
| 1254 | +\bibauthoryear | ||
| 1255 | +% | ||
| 1256 | +\end{document} |
| @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ | ||
| 1 | +% This is LLNCSDOC.STY the modification of the | ||
| 2 | +% LLNCS class file for the documentation of | ||
| 3 | +% the class itself. | ||
| 4 | +% | ||
| 5 | +\def\AmS{{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}% | ||
| 6 | + A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}} | ||
| 7 | +\def\AmSTeX{{\protect\AmS-\protect\TeX}} | ||
| 8 | +% | ||
| 9 | +\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo | ||
| 10 | +\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil\small\rm\rightmark | ||
| 11 | +\qquad\thepage}% | ||
| 12 | +\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\small\rm\thepage\qquad | ||
| 13 | +\leftmark\hfil}% | ||
| 14 | +\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}} | ||
| 15 | +\ps@myheadings | ||
| 16 | +% | ||
| 17 | +\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} | ||
| 18 | +% | ||
| 19 | +\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{--} | ||
| 20 | +\newenvironment{alpherate}% | ||
| 21 | +{\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\alph{enumi})}\begin{enumerate}}% | ||
| 22 | +{\end{enumerate}\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{enumi}} | ||
| 23 | +% | ||
| 24 | +\def\bibauthoryear{\begingroup | ||
| 25 | +\def\thebibliography##1{\section*{References}% | ||
| 26 | + \small\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{}\leftmargin\parindent | ||
| 27 | + \itemindent=-\parindent | ||
| 28 | + \labelsep=\z@ | ||
| 29 | + \usecounter{enumi}}% | ||
| 30 | + \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}% | ||
| 31 | + \sloppy | ||
| 32 | + \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}% | ||
| 33 | + \def\@cite##1{##1}% | ||
| 34 | + \def\@lbibitem[##1]##2{\item[]\if@filesw | ||
| 35 | + {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate | ||
| 36 | + \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}% | ||
| 37 | +\begin{thebibliography}{} | ||
| 38 | +\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke3} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: Nonlinear | ||
| 39 | +oscillations and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems. | ||
| 40 | +Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. 78, 315--333 (1982) | ||
| 41 | +\end{thebibliography} | ||
| 42 | +\endgroup} |
| @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ | ||
| 1 | + | ||
| 2 | +% remreset package | ||
| 3 | +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% | ||
| 4 | + | ||
| 5 | +% Copyright 1997 David carlisle | ||
| 6 | +% This file may be distributed under the terms of the LPPL. | ||
| 7 | +% See 00readme.txt for details. | ||
| 8 | + | ||
| 9 | +% 1997/09/28 David Carlisle | ||
| 10 | + | ||
| 11 | +% LaTeX includes a command \@addtoreset that is used to declare that | ||
| 12 | +% a counter should be reset every time a second counter is incremented. | ||
| 13 | + | ||
| 14 | +% For example the book class has a line | ||
| 15 | +% \@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter} | ||
| 16 | +% So that the footnote counter is reset each chapter. | ||
| 17 | + | ||
| 18 | +% If you wish to bas a new class on book, but without this counter | ||
| 19 | +% being reset, then standard LaTeX gives no simple mechanism to do | ||
| 20 | +% this. | ||
| 21 | + | ||
| 22 | +% This package defines |\@removefromreset| which just undoes the effect | ||
| 23 | +% of \@addtorest. So for example a class file may be defined by | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +% \LoadClass{book} | ||
| 26 | +% \@removefromreset{footnote}{chapter} | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +\def\@removefromreset#1#2{{% | ||
| 30 | + \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset | ||
| 31 | + \def\@elt##1{% | ||
| 32 | + \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset | ||
| 33 | + \else | ||
| 34 | + \noexpand\@elt{##1}% | ||
| 35 | + \fi}% | ||
| 36 | + \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{% | ||
| 37 | + \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}} | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | + |
| @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ | ||
| 1 | +@article{naur1969software, | ||
| 2 | + title={NATO}, | ||
| 3 | + author={Naur, Peter and Randell, Brian}, | ||
| 4 | + year={1969} | ||
| 5 | +} | ||
| 6 | + | ||
| 7 | +@phdthesis{meirelles2013monitoramento, | ||
| 8 | + title={Monitoramento de m{\'e}tricas de c{\'o}digo-fonte em projetos de software livre}, | ||
| 9 | + author={Meirelles, Paulo Roberto Miranda}, | ||
| 10 | + year={2013}, | ||
| 11 | + school={Universidade de S{\~a}o Paulo}, | ||
| 12 | + url={http://www.teses.usp.br/teses/disponiveis/45/45134/tde-27082013-090242/pt-br.php} | ||
| 13 | +} | ||
| 14 | + | ||
| 15 | +@article{meirelles2009crab, | ||
| 16 | + title={Crab: Uma software para avalia{\c{c}}{\~a}o de qualidade de c{\'o}digo}, | ||
| 17 | + author={Meirellesunes, Paulo and Challco, Geiser and Morais, Eduardo and Kon, Fabio}, | ||
| 18 | + journal={XXIII SBES-Simp{\'o}sio Brasileiro de Engenharia de Software (XVI Sess{\~a}o de Ferramentas). Citado na p{\'a}g}, | ||
| 19 | + volume={33}, | ||
| 20 | + year={2009} | ||
| 21 | +} | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +@mastersthesis{de2013kalibro, | ||
| 24 | + title={Kalibro: interpreta{\c{c}}{\~a}o de m{\'e}tricas de c{\'o}digo-fonte}, | ||
| 25 | + author={de Oliveira Filho, Carlos Morais}, | ||
| 26 | + year={2013}, | ||
| 27 | + school={Universidade de S{\~a}o Paulo} | ||
| 28 | +} | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +@inproceedings{terceiro2010analizo, | ||
| 31 | + title={Analizo: an extensible multi-language source code analysis and visualization toolkit}, | ||
| 32 | + author={Terceiro, ulo and Rios, Luiz Rom{\'a}rio and Almeida, Lucianna and Chavez, Christina and Kon, Fabio}, | ||
| 33 | + booktitle={Brazilian Conference on Software: Theory and Practice (CBSoft)--Tools, Salvador-Brazil}, | ||
| 34 | + volume={29}, | ||
| 35 | + year={2010} | ||
| 36 | +} | ||
| 37 | + |
| @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ | ||
| 1 | +\documentclass{llncs} | ||
| 2 | + | ||
| 3 | +\usepackage{llncsdoc} | ||
| 4 | +\usepackage{graphicx,url} | ||
| 5 | +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} | ||
| 6 | +\usepackage{float} | ||
| 7 | +\usepackage{setspace} | ||
| 8 | + | ||
| 9 | +\usepackage{tabularx} | ||
| 10 | +\usepackage{cite} | ||
| 11 | +\usepackage{hyperref} | ||
| 12 | + | ||
| 13 | +%------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
| 14 | + | ||
| 15 | +\begin{document} | ||
| 16 | +\sloppy | ||
| 17 | +\title{Brazilian Public Software Portal: an integrated platform for collaborative development} | ||
| 18 | + | ||
| 19 | +\titlerunning{Brazilian Public Software} | ||
| 20 | + | ||
| 21 | +\author{Paulo Meirelles\inst{1,2}, Himer Neri\inst{1}, Antonio Terceiro\inst{1}\\ | ||
| 22 | + Lucas Kanashiro\inst{2}, Melissa Wen\inst{1}} | ||
| 23 | + | ||
| 24 | +\authorrunning{Meirelles et al.} | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +\institute{UnB Faculty in Gama -- University of Bras\'ilia\\ | ||
| 27 | + \'Area Especial de Ind\'ustria Proje\c{c}\~ao A, Setor Leste, Gama, DF, Brazil \\ | ||
| 28 | + \texttt{\{paulormm,hilmer\}@unb.br \\ | ||
| 29 | + terceiro@softwarelivre.org, melissa.srw@gmail.com} | ||
| 30 | +\and FLOSS Competence Center -- University of S\~ao Paulo \\ | ||
| 31 | + Rua do Mat\~ao, 1010, S\~ao Paulo, SP, Brazil\\ | ||
| 32 | + \texttt{lkd@ime.usp.br} | ||
| 33 | +%\and QA Services Team -- Linaro Limited \\ | ||
| 34 | +% \texttt{terceiro@linaro.org} | ||
| 35 | +} | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | +\maketitle | ||
| 39 | +%------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | +\begin{abstract} | ||
| 42 | + % Contexto | ||
| 43 | + % Problema | ||
| 44 | + % Soluções propostas | ||
| 45 | + % Frase de impacto | ||
| 46 | +\end{abstract} | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | +\section{Introduction} | ||
| 49 | +\label{sec:intro} | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +Governo Federal vem nos últimos anos melhorando seus processos de | ||
| 52 | +desenvolvimento e adoção de software. Em 2003, a recomendação da adoção de | ||
| 53 | +software livre passou a ser uma política, incentivada com a criação do Guia | ||
| 54 | +Livre. Em 2007, a Secretaria de Logística e Tecnologia da Informação (SLTI) do | ||
| 55 | +Ministério do Planejamento, Orçamento e Gestão (MP) lançou o portal do Software | ||
| 56 | +Público Brasileiro (SPB) -- um sistema web para o compartilhamento de projetos | ||
| 57 | +de software no Governo. | ||
| 58 | + | ||
| 59 | +Por um lado, a Instrução Normativa 04/2012 indica que os gestores devem | ||
| 60 | +consultar as soluções existentes no portal do SPB antes de realizar uma | ||
| 61 | +contratação de software. Por outro, a evolução técnica do portal do SPB foi | ||
| 62 | +comprometida, desde 2009, ao não acompanhar a evolução do seu framework base, o | ||
| 63 | +OpenACS. Não houve o lançamento de novas versões do portal desde então. | ||
| 64 | + | ||
| 65 | +Uma nova plataforma para o SPB está sendo desenvolvida pela Universidade de | ||
| 66 | +Brasília, através dos seus Laboratórios LAPPIS e MídiaLab em parceria com o | ||
| 67 | +Centro de Competência em Software Livre da Universidade de São Paulo | ||
| 68 | +(CCSL-USP). A nova plataforma é baseada na integração de ambientes | ||
| 69 | +colaborativos, sistemas de controle de versão e de monitoramento da qualidade | ||
| 70 | +do código-fonte, e está sendo desenvolvida por uma equipe heterogênea composta | ||
| 71 | +por alunos, professores e profissionais, aplicando métodos ágeis e práticas de | ||
| 72 | +desenvolvimento distribuído de software. | ||
| 73 | + | ||
| 74 | +\section{Platform for collaborative software development} | ||
| 75 | + | ||
| 76 | +O conceito de software público se diferencia do de software livre em alguns | ||
| 77 | +aspectos, destacando-se a atribuição de bem público ao software. Isso significa | ||
| 78 | +que o Governo, especificamente o MP, assume algumas responsabilidades que | ||
| 79 | +garantem ao usuário do software, em especial os órgãos públicos, condições | ||
| 80 | +adequadas de uso. Embora haja diferenças entre o que é um software livre e um | ||
| 81 | +software público brasileiro, há princípios comuns como a tendência da | ||
| 82 | +descentralização na tomada de decisões, do compartilhamento de informações e da | ||
| 83 | +retroalimentação. Por isso, a nova plataforma para o SPB foi pensada para | ||
| 84 | +contemplar ferramentas que promovam a colaboração e a interação nas comunidades | ||
| 85 | +(por gestores, usuários e desenvolvedores) dos projetos, conforme as práticas | ||
| 86 | +usadas nas comunidades de software livre. Isso inclui listas de e-mail, fóruns | ||
| 87 | +de discussão, issue trackers, sistemas de controle de versão e ambientes de | ||
| 88 | +rede social. | ||
| 89 | + | ||
| 90 | +Para integrar as ferramentas e prover a autenticação única nos serviços da | ||
| 91 | +plataforma, um sistema web chamado Colab, que funcionada como proxy reverso | ||
| 92 | +para os ambientes, está sendo evoluído. Em resumo, o Colab oferece a integração | ||
| 93 | +de busca, autenticação e apresentação, provendo um único ambiente ao usuário | ||
| 94 | +que tem em seu perfil algumas métricas de contribuições (e-mails para listas, | ||
| 95 | +inserções em wikis, cadastros de issue e commits nos repositórios). | ||
| 96 | + | ||
| 97 | +O Colab foi desenvolvido para o Interlegis (programa do Senado Federal). Por | ||
| 98 | +padrão, funciona integrado com o servidor de listas de e-mail GNU Mailman e | ||
| 99 | +utiliza o Apache Lucene Solr para a indexação dos conteúdos para as buscas. A | ||
| 100 | +partir de 2014, as ferramentas GitLab e Noosfero foram integradas ao Colab para | ||
| 101 | +compor o novo SPB. | ||
| 102 | + | ||
| 103 | +O GitLab é uma plataforma de desenvolvimento colaborativo social integrada ao | ||
| 104 | +sistema de controle de versão Git. É o ambiente mais técnico: os repositórios | ||
| 105 | +dos projetos do SPB, com páginas wiki, issue tracker e mecanismos de controle | ||
| 106 | +de versão de código estão nele. O Noosfero é uma plataforma para rede social e | ||
| 107 | +de economia solidária que contém funcionalidades de gerenciamento de conteúdos | ||
| 108 | +(CMS), além de permitir a configuração das páginas de usuários e de comunidades | ||
| 109 | +de forma flexível. É o ambiente de maior interação com o usuário do SPB, desde | ||
| 110 | +os cadastros até o acesso às páginas dos projetos para download, leitura de | ||
| 111 | +documentação e contato com os responsáveis. | ||
| 112 | + | ||
| 113 | +A integração dessas ferramentas não está totalmente completa, pois demanda a | ||
| 114 | +solução de questões complexas de arquitetura de software. O que foi | ||
| 115 | +desenvolvido em 2014 está funcional e já supera o antigo portal do SPB em | ||
| 116 | +muitos aspectos. Em 2015, os perfis das diferentes ferramentas estão sendo | ||
| 117 | +integrados de modo que o usuário o gerencie em um único lugar. Os controles de | ||
| 118 | +acesso e a gestão de permissões também estão evoluindo. O mecanismo de coleta | ||
| 119 | +de dados e busca está sendo refatorado para acessar os conteúdos das novas | ||
| 120 | +ferramentas integradas ao Colab. Além disso, o Mezuro, um sistema para o | ||
| 121 | +monitoramento de métricas de código-fonte, está sendo acoplado ao Colab para | ||
| 122 | +fornecer acompanhamento da qualidade do código dos projetos. | ||
| 123 | + | ||
| 124 | +A integração dos ambientes colaborativos vai além dos aspectos funcionais. | ||
| 125 | +Oferecer à população uma experiência unificada desses ambientes é fundamental | ||
| 126 | +para estimular o uso da plataforma, uma vez que reduz a percepção de | ||
| 127 | +complexidade. | ||
| 128 | + | ||
| 129 | +Assim, a arquitetura da informação está sendo redesenhada para proporcionar uma | ||
| 130 | +navegação transparente e que atenda aos diversos tipos de usuário. Os modelos | ||
| 131 | +de interação de cada ferramenta estão sendo harmonizados, diminuindo a curva de | ||
| 132 | +aprendizado. Ao mesmo tempo, um novo estilo visual está sendo criado para | ||
| 133 | +apresentar essa experiência unificada e para atender as diretrizes de | ||
| 134 | +Identidade Padrão de Comunicação Digital do Governo Federal. | ||
| 135 | + | ||
| 136 | +Os usuários fazem parte do processo. Em 2014, foi aplicado um questionário para | ||
| 137 | +avaliar a satisfação das pessoas com o portal antigo e identificar problemas de | ||
| 138 | +experiência do usuário. Em 2015, estão previstas pelo menos 4 atividades de | ||
| 139 | +validação da nova plataforma com usuários e cidadãos interessados. | ||
| 140 | + | ||
| 141 | +\section{Architecture} | ||
| 142 | + | ||
| 143 | +Um proxy reverso trata requisições HTTP e as direciona para uma segunda | ||
| 144 | +máquina, onde são distribuidas para os serviços solicitados. Todos os bancos de | ||
| 145 | +dados relevantes estão concentrados em uma única máquina e todos os emails | ||
| 146 | +disparados pelo sistema partem de um mesmo relay. | ||
| 147 | + | ||
| 148 | +O ambiente é composto por 7 máquinas com funções distintas: | ||
| 149 | + | ||
| 150 | +\begin{itemize} | ||
| 151 | + | ||
| 152 | +\item Reverseproxy: Proxy reverso | ||
| 153 | +\item Integration: Segundo proxy reverso, Repositórios Git, Listas de email e Backend final de email | ||
| 154 | +\item Email: Relay de email | ||
| 155 | +\item Social: Servidor de rede social Noosfero | ||
| 156 | +\item Database: Servidor de banco de dados PostgreSQL | ||
| 157 | +\item Mezuro: Servidor de análise de código Mezuro | ||
| 158 | +\item Monitor: Monitoramento de informações dos outros serviços | ||
| 159 | + | ||
| 160 | +\end{itemize} | ||
| 161 | + | ||
| 162 | +As máquinas Reverseproxy, Email e Monitor possuem IP’s externos. Reverseproxy | ||
| 163 | +recebe requisições HTTP/HTTPS (portas 80 e 443) e possibilita que usuários | ||
| 164 | +utilizem os repositórios git (porta 22). Email recebe emails (porta 25) e | ||
| 165 | +enviar emails para fora da plataforma. Monitor recebe requisições HTTP/HTTPS | ||
| 166 | +(portas 80 e 443). Os IP’s variam de acordo com o ambiente. | ||
| 167 | + | ||
| 168 | +Conexões na porta 22 da máquina reverseproxy são redirecionadas para | ||
| 169 | +integration. Todas as máquinas aceitam conexões ssh originadas apenas da | ||
| 170 | +máquina integration, ou seja, não é possível realizar conexões ssh nas demais | ||
| 171 | +máquinas se a conexão não for originada da integration. As máquinas email, | ||
| 172 | +social, database e mezuro aceitam conexão ssh vindas da integration na porta 22 | ||
| 173 | +e a reverseproxy em uma porta alternativa, especificada no arquivo de | ||
| 174 | +configuração do ambiente, config/\$SPB\_ENV/config.yaml pelo valor | ||
| 175 | +alt\_ssh\_port. | ||
| 176 | + | ||
| 177 | +Note que, como será demonstrado neste manual, existem atalhos definidos no | ||
| 178 | +repositório de gestão de configuração para simplificar o acesso por ssh às | ||
| 179 | +máquinas. Internamente, as máquinas integration e social também rodam web | ||
| 180 | +servers para servirem suas aplicações. Por fim, as máquinas integration e | ||
| 181 | +social conectam-se em database usando a porta 5432 para acesso aos bancos de | ||
| 182 | +dados. | ||
| 183 | + | ||
| 184 | +\section{Final remarks} | ||
| 185 | + | ||
| 186 | +A nova plataforma do SPB foi lançada para homologação em dezembro de 2014 e | ||
| 187 | +está em uso por algumas comunidades em beta.softwarepublico.gov.br. Todas as | ||
| 188 | +ferramentas são software livre e o que está sendo desenvolvido pelas equipes da | ||
| 189 | +UnB e USP é publicado em repositórios abertos, disponíveis na versão beta do | ||
| 190 | +próprio SPB. Mais importante do que isso, as melhorias necessárias nas | ||
| 191 | +ferramentas utilizadas estão sendo contribuídas de volta para as respectivas | ||
| 192 | +comunidades. Isso não só é o certo a se fazer do ponto de vista da comunidade | ||
| 193 | +de software livre, como vai possibilitar a redução de custos de manutenção no | ||
| 194 | +futuro para os cofres públicos e a evolução continuada da plataforma em | ||
| 195 | +sinergia com outras organizações que fazem uso das mesmas ferramentas. | ||
| 196 | + | ||
| 197 | +Disponibilizar um conjunto de ferramentas e melhorar a experiência do usuário | ||
| 198 | +no ambiente é parte desse processo de reformulação do SPB. Aspectos culturais | ||
| 199 | +da colaboração em rede para um efetivo uso do o que é fornecido na plataforma | ||
| 200 | +necessitam ser amadurecidos pelo MP junto às comunidades do SPB. Além disso, a | ||
| 201 | +demanda por maior impacto do software público na oferta de software, na adoção | ||
| 202 | +das soluções disponibilizadas e na atração de colaboradores e usuários requer | ||
| 203 | +intervenção. Um estudo para propostas de licenciamento e seus impactos para o | ||
| 204 | +SPB, bem como para sanar as contradições presentes na Instrução Normativa | ||
| 205 | +01/2011 (que dispõe sobre os procedimentos do SPB), também está sendo conduzido | ||
| 206 | +pela UnB para complementar o que está sendo desenvolvido do ponto de vista | ||
| 207 | +tecnológico. | ||
| 208 | + | ||
| 209 | +\bibliographystyle{splncs03} | ||
| 210 | +\bibliography{spb} | ||
| 211 | +\end{document} |
| @@ -0,0 +1,1519 @@ | @@ -0,0 +1,1519 @@ | ||
| 1 | +%% BibTeX bibliography style `splncs03' | ||
| 2 | +%% | ||
| 3 | +%% BibTeX bibliography style for use with numbered references in | ||
| 4 | +%% Springer Verlag's "Lecture Notes in Computer Science" series. | ||
| 5 | +%% (See Springer's documentation for llncs.cls for | ||
| 6 | +%% more details of the suggested reference format.) Note that this | ||
| 7 | +%% file will not work for author-year style citations. | ||
| 8 | +%% | ||
| 9 | +%% Use \documentclass{llncs} and \bibliographystyle{splncs03}, and cite | ||
| 10 | +%% a reference with (e.g.) \cite{smith77} to get a "[1]" in the text. | ||
| 11 | +%% | ||
| 12 | +%% This file comes to you courtesy of Maurizio "Titto" Patrignani of | ||
| 13 | +%% Dipartimento di Informatica e Automazione Universita' Roma Tre | ||
| 14 | +%% | ||
| 15 | +%% ================================================================================================ | ||
| 16 | +%% This was file `titto-lncs-02.bst' produced on Wed Apr 1, 2009 | ||
| 17 | +%% Edited by hand by titto based on `titto-lncs-01.bst' (see below) | ||
| 18 | +%% | ||
| 19 | +%% CHANGES (with respect to titto-lncs-01.bst): | ||
| 20 | +%% - Removed the call to \urlprefix (thus no "URL" string is added to the output) | ||
| 21 | +%% ================================================================================================ | ||
| 22 | +%% This was file `titto-lncs-01.bst' produced on Fri Aug 22, 2008 | ||
| 23 | +%% Edited by hand by titto based on `titto.bst' (see below) | ||
| 24 | +%% | ||
| 25 | +%% CHANGES (with respect to titto.bst): | ||
| 26 | +%% - Removed the "capitalize" command for editors string "(eds.)" and "(ed.)" | ||
| 27 | +%% - Introduced the functions titto.bbl.pages and titto.bbl.page for journal pages (without "pp.") | ||
| 28 | +%% - Added a new.sentence command to separate with a dot booktitle and series in the inproceedings | ||
| 29 | +%% - Commented all new.block commands before urls and notes (to separate them with a comma) | ||
| 30 | +%% - Introduced the functions titto.bbl.volume for handling journal volumes (without "vol." label) | ||
| 31 | +%% - Used for editors the same name conventions used for authors (see function format.in.ed.booktitle) | ||
| 32 | +%% - Removed a \newblock to avoid long spaces between title and "In: ..." | ||
| 33 | +%% - Added function titto.space.prefix to add a space instead of "~" after the (removed) "vol." label | ||
| 34 | +%% ================================================================================================ | ||
| 35 | +%% This was file `titto.bst', | ||
| 36 | +%% generated with the docstrip utility. | ||
| 37 | +%% | ||
| 38 | +%% The original source files were: | ||
| 39 | +%% | ||
| 40 | +%% merlin.mbs (with options: `vonx,nm-rvvc,yr-par,jttl-rm,volp-com,jwdpg,jwdvol,numser,ser-vol,jnm-x,btit-rm,bt-rm,edparxc,bkedcap,au-col,in-col,fin-bare,pp,ed,abr,mth-bare,xedn,jabr,and-com,and-com-ed,xand,url,url-blk,em-x,nfss,') | ||
| 41 | +%% ---------------------------------------- | ||
| 42 | +%% *** Tentative .bst file for Springer LNCS *** | ||
| 43 | +%% | ||
| 44 | +%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly | ||
| 45 | + % =============================================================== | ||
| 46 | + % IMPORTANT NOTICE: | ||
| 47 | + % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or | ||
| 48 | + % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above. | ||
| 49 | + % | ||
| 50 | + % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms | ||
| 51 | + % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN | ||
| 52 | + % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either | ||
| 53 | + % version 1 of the License, or any later version. | ||
| 54 | + % =============================================================== | ||
| 55 | + % Name and version information of the main mbs file: | ||
| 56 | + % \ProvidesFile{merlin.mbs}[2007/04/24 4.20 (PWD, AO, DPC)] | ||
| 57 | + % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later | ||
| 58 | + %------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 59 | + % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH | ||
| 60 | + % This is a numerical citation style, and as such is standard LaTeX. | ||
| 61 | + % It requires no extra package to interface to the main text. | ||
| 62 | + % The form of the \bibitem entries is | ||
| 63 | + % \bibitem{key}... | ||
| 64 | + % Usage of \cite is as follows: | ||
| 65 | + % \cite{key} ==>> [#] | ||
| 66 | + % \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> [#, chap. 2] | ||
| 67 | + % where # is a number determined by the ordering in the reference list. | ||
| 68 | + % The order in the reference list is alphabetical by authors. | ||
| 69 | + %--------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 70 | + | ||
| 71 | +ENTRY | ||
| 72 | + { address | ||
| 73 | + author | ||
| 74 | + booktitle | ||
| 75 | + chapter | ||
| 76 | + edition | ||
| 77 | + editor | ||
| 78 | + eid | ||
| 79 | + howpublished | ||
| 80 | + institution | ||
| 81 | + journal | ||
| 82 | + key | ||
| 83 | + month | ||
| 84 | + note | ||
| 85 | + number | ||
| 86 | + organization | ||
| 87 | + pages | ||
| 88 | + publisher | ||
| 89 | + school | ||
| 90 | + series | ||
| 91 | + title | ||
| 92 | + type | ||
| 93 | + url | ||
| 94 | + volume | ||
| 95 | + year | ||
| 96 | + } | ||
| 97 | + {} | ||
| 98 | + { label } | ||
| 99 | +INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block } | ||
| 100 | +FUNCTION {init.state.consts} | ||
| 101 | +{ #0 'before.all := | ||
| 102 | + #1 'mid.sentence := | ||
| 103 | + #2 'after.sentence := | ||
| 104 | + #3 'after.block := | ||
| 105 | +} | ||
| 106 | +STRINGS { s t} | ||
| 107 | +FUNCTION {output.nonnull} | ||
| 108 | +{ 's := | ||
| 109 | + output.state mid.sentence = | ||
| 110 | + { ", " * write$ } | ||
| 111 | + { output.state after.block = | ||
| 112 | + { add.period$ write$ | ||
| 113 | +% newline$ | ||
| 114 | +% "\newblock " write$ % removed for titto-lncs-01 | ||
| 115 | + " " write$ % to avoid long spaces between title and "In: ..." | ||
| 116 | + } | ||
| 117 | + { output.state before.all = | ||
| 118 | + 'write$ | ||
| 119 | + { add.period$ " " * write$ } | ||
| 120 | + if$ | ||
| 121 | + } | ||
| 122 | + if$ | ||
| 123 | + mid.sentence 'output.state := | ||
| 124 | + } | ||
| 125 | + if$ | ||
| 126 | + s | ||
| 127 | +} | ||
| 128 | +FUNCTION {output} | ||
| 129 | +{ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 130 | + 'pop$ | ||
| 131 | + 'output.nonnull | ||
| 132 | + if$ | ||
| 133 | +} | ||
| 134 | +FUNCTION {output.check} | ||
| 135 | +{ 't := | ||
| 136 | + duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 137 | + { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 138 | + 'output.nonnull | ||
| 139 | + if$ | ||
| 140 | +} | ||
| 141 | +FUNCTION {fin.entry} | ||
| 142 | +{ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 143 | + 'pop$ | ||
| 144 | + 'write$ | ||
| 145 | + if$ | ||
| 146 | + newline$ | ||
| 147 | +} | ||
| 148 | + | ||
| 149 | +FUNCTION {new.block} | ||
| 150 | +{ output.state before.all = | ||
| 151 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 152 | + { after.block 'output.state := } | ||
| 153 | + if$ | ||
| 154 | +} | ||
| 155 | +FUNCTION {new.sentence} | ||
| 156 | +{ output.state after.block = | ||
| 157 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 158 | + { output.state before.all = | ||
| 159 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 160 | + { after.sentence 'output.state := } | ||
| 161 | + if$ | ||
| 162 | + } | ||
| 163 | + if$ | ||
| 164 | +} | ||
| 165 | +FUNCTION {add.blank} | ||
| 166 | +{ " " * before.all 'output.state := | ||
| 167 | +} | ||
| 168 | + | ||
| 169 | + | ||
| 170 | +FUNCTION {add.colon} | ||
| 171 | +{ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 172 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 173 | + { ":" * add.blank } | ||
| 174 | + if$ | ||
| 175 | +} | ||
| 176 | + | ||
| 177 | +FUNCTION {date.block} | ||
| 178 | +{ | ||
| 179 | + new.block | ||
| 180 | +} | ||
| 181 | + | ||
| 182 | +FUNCTION {not} | ||
| 183 | +{ { #0 } | ||
| 184 | + { #1 } | ||
| 185 | + if$ | ||
| 186 | +} | ||
| 187 | +FUNCTION {and} | ||
| 188 | +{ 'skip$ | ||
| 189 | + { pop$ #0 } | ||
| 190 | + if$ | ||
| 191 | +} | ||
| 192 | +FUNCTION {or} | ||
| 193 | +{ { pop$ #1 } | ||
| 194 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 195 | + if$ | ||
| 196 | +} | ||
| 197 | +STRINGS {z} | ||
| 198 | +FUNCTION {remove.dots} | ||
| 199 | +{ 'z := | ||
| 200 | + "" | ||
| 201 | + { z empty$ not } | ||
| 202 | + { z #1 #1 substring$ | ||
| 203 | + z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z := | ||
| 204 | + duplicate$ "." = 'pop$ | ||
| 205 | + { * } | ||
| 206 | + if$ | ||
| 207 | + } | ||
| 208 | + while$ | ||
| 209 | +} | ||
| 210 | +FUNCTION {new.block.checka} | ||
| 211 | +{ empty$ | ||
| 212 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 213 | + 'new.block | ||
| 214 | + if$ | ||
| 215 | +} | ||
| 216 | +FUNCTION {new.block.checkb} | ||
| 217 | +{ empty$ | ||
| 218 | + swap$ empty$ | ||
| 219 | + and | ||
| 220 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 221 | + 'new.block | ||
| 222 | + if$ | ||
| 223 | +} | ||
| 224 | +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka} | ||
| 225 | +{ empty$ | ||
| 226 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 227 | + 'new.sentence | ||
| 228 | + if$ | ||
| 229 | +} | ||
| 230 | +FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb} | ||
| 231 | +{ empty$ | ||
| 232 | + swap$ empty$ | ||
| 233 | + and | ||
| 234 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 235 | + 'new.sentence | ||
| 236 | + if$ | ||
| 237 | +} | ||
| 238 | +FUNCTION {field.or.null} | ||
| 239 | +{ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 240 | + { pop$ "" } | ||
| 241 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 242 | + if$ | ||
| 243 | +} | ||
| 244 | +FUNCTION {emphasize} | ||
| 245 | +{ skip$ } | ||
| 246 | +FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix} | ||
| 247 | +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < | ||
| 248 | + { "~" } | ||
| 249 | + { " " } | ||
| 250 | + if$ | ||
| 251 | + swap$ | ||
| 252 | +} | ||
| 253 | +FUNCTION {titto.space.prefix} % always introduce a space | ||
| 254 | +{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 < | ||
| 255 | + { " " } | ||
| 256 | + { " " } | ||
| 257 | + if$ | ||
| 258 | + swap$ | ||
| 259 | +} | ||
| 260 | + | ||
| 261 | + | ||
| 262 | +FUNCTION {capitalize} | ||
| 263 | +{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ } | ||
| 264 | + | ||
| 265 | +FUNCTION {space.word} | ||
| 266 | +{ " " swap$ * " " * } | ||
| 267 | + % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words. | ||
| 268 | + % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word. | ||
| 269 | + % The language selected here is ENGLISH | ||
| 270 | +FUNCTION {bbl.and} | ||
| 271 | +{ "and"} | ||
| 272 | + | ||
| 273 | +FUNCTION {bbl.etal} | ||
| 274 | +{ "et~al." } | ||
| 275 | + | ||
| 276 | +FUNCTION {bbl.editors} | ||
| 277 | +{ "eds." } | ||
| 278 | + | ||
| 279 | +FUNCTION {bbl.editor} | ||
| 280 | +{ "ed." } | ||
| 281 | + | ||
| 282 | +FUNCTION {bbl.edby} | ||
| 283 | +{ "edited by" } | ||
| 284 | + | ||
| 285 | +FUNCTION {bbl.edition} | ||
| 286 | +{ "edn." } | ||
| 287 | + | ||
| 288 | +FUNCTION {bbl.volume} | ||
| 289 | +{ "vol." } | ||
| 290 | + | ||
| 291 | +FUNCTION {titto.bbl.volume} % for handling journals | ||
| 292 | +{ "" } | ||
| 293 | + | ||
| 294 | +FUNCTION {bbl.of} | ||
| 295 | +{ "of" } | ||
| 296 | + | ||
| 297 | +FUNCTION {bbl.number} | ||
| 298 | +{ "no." } | ||
| 299 | + | ||
| 300 | +FUNCTION {bbl.nr} | ||
| 301 | +{ "no." } | ||
| 302 | + | ||
| 303 | +FUNCTION {bbl.in} | ||
| 304 | +{ "in" } | ||
| 305 | + | ||
| 306 | +FUNCTION {bbl.pages} | ||
| 307 | +{ "pp." } | ||
| 308 | + | ||
| 309 | +FUNCTION {bbl.page} | ||
| 310 | +{ "p." } | ||
| 311 | + | ||
| 312 | +FUNCTION {titto.bbl.pages} % for journals | ||
| 313 | +{ "" } | ||
| 314 | + | ||
| 315 | +FUNCTION {titto.bbl.page} % for journals | ||
| 316 | +{ "" } | ||
| 317 | + | ||
| 318 | +FUNCTION {bbl.chapter} | ||
| 319 | +{ "chap." } | ||
| 320 | + | ||
| 321 | +FUNCTION {bbl.techrep} | ||
| 322 | +{ "Tech. Rep." } | ||
| 323 | + | ||
| 324 | +FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis} | ||
| 325 | +{ "Master's thesis" } | ||
| 326 | + | ||
| 327 | +FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis} | ||
| 328 | +{ "Ph.D. thesis" } | ||
| 329 | + | ||
| 330 | +MACRO {jan} {"Jan."} | ||
| 331 | + | ||
| 332 | +MACRO {feb} {"Feb."} | ||
| 333 | + | ||
| 334 | +MACRO {mar} {"Mar."} | ||
| 335 | + | ||
| 336 | +MACRO {apr} {"Apr."} | ||
| 337 | + | ||
| 338 | +MACRO {may} {"May"} | ||
| 339 | + | ||
| 340 | +MACRO {jun} {"Jun."} | ||
| 341 | + | ||
| 342 | +MACRO {jul} {"Jul."} | ||
| 343 | + | ||
| 344 | +MACRO {aug} {"Aug."} | ||
| 345 | + | ||
| 346 | +MACRO {sep} {"Sep."} | ||
| 347 | + | ||
| 348 | +MACRO {oct} {"Oct."} | ||
| 349 | + | ||
| 350 | +MACRO {nov} {"Nov."} | ||
| 351 | + | ||
| 352 | +MACRO {dec} {"Dec."} | ||
| 353 | + | ||
| 354 | +MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."} | ||
| 355 | + | ||
| 356 | +MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."} | ||
| 357 | + | ||
| 358 | +MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"} | ||
| 359 | + | ||
| 360 | +MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."} | ||
| 361 | + | ||
| 362 | +MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."} | ||
| 363 | + | ||
| 364 | +MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."} | ||
| 365 | + | ||
| 366 | +MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."} | ||
| 367 | + | ||
| 368 | +MACRO {ieeetcad} | ||
| 369 | + {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."} | ||
| 370 | + | ||
| 371 | +MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."} | ||
| 372 | + | ||
| 373 | +MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"} | ||
| 374 | + | ||
| 375 | +MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."} | ||
| 376 | + | ||
| 377 | +MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."} | ||
| 378 | + | ||
| 379 | +MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."} | ||
| 380 | + | ||
| 381 | +MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."} | ||
| 382 | + | ||
| 383 | +MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."} | ||
| 384 | + | ||
| 385 | +MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."} | ||
| 386 | + | ||
| 387 | +MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"} | ||
| 388 | + | ||
| 389 | +MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."} | ||
| 390 | + | ||
| 391 | +MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."} | ||
| 392 | + | ||
| 393 | +MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."} | ||
| 394 | + | ||
| 395 | +FUNCTION {bibinfo.check} | ||
| 396 | +{ swap$ | ||
| 397 | + duplicate$ missing$ | ||
| 398 | + { | ||
| 399 | + pop$ pop$ | ||
| 400 | + "" | ||
| 401 | + } | ||
| 402 | + { duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 403 | + { | ||
| 404 | + swap$ pop$ | ||
| 405 | + } | ||
| 406 | + { swap$ | ||
| 407 | + pop$ | ||
| 408 | + } | ||
| 409 | + if$ | ||
| 410 | + } | ||
| 411 | + if$ | ||
| 412 | +} | ||
| 413 | +FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn} | ||
| 414 | +{ swap$ | ||
| 415 | + duplicate$ missing$ | ||
| 416 | + { | ||
| 417 | + swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ | ||
| 418 | + "" | ||
| 419 | + } | ||
| 420 | + { duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 421 | + { | ||
| 422 | + swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 423 | + } | ||
| 424 | + { swap$ | ||
| 425 | + pop$ | ||
| 426 | + } | ||
| 427 | + if$ | ||
| 428 | + } | ||
| 429 | + if$ | ||
| 430 | +} | ||
| 431 | +FUNCTION {format.url} | ||
| 432 | +{ url empty$ | ||
| 433 | + { "" } | ||
| 434 | +% { "\urlprefix\url{" url * "}" * } | ||
| 435 | + { "\url{" url * "}" * } % changed in titto-lncs-02.bst | ||
| 436 | + if$ | ||
| 437 | +} | ||
| 438 | + | ||
| 439 | +INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames } | ||
| 440 | + | ||
| 441 | + | ||
| 442 | +STRINGS { bibinfo} | ||
| 443 | + | ||
| 444 | +FUNCTION {format.names} | ||
| 445 | +{ 'bibinfo := | ||
| 446 | + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { | ||
| 447 | + 's := | ||
| 448 | + "" 't := | ||
| 449 | + #1 'nameptr := | ||
| 450 | + s num.names$ 'numnames := | ||
| 451 | + numnames 'namesleft := | ||
| 452 | + { namesleft #0 > } | ||
| 453 | + { s nameptr | ||
| 454 | + "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f{.}.}" | ||
| 455 | + format.name$ | ||
| 456 | + bibinfo bibinfo.check | ||
| 457 | + 't := | ||
| 458 | + nameptr #1 > | ||
| 459 | + { | ||
| 460 | + namesleft #1 > | ||
| 461 | + { ", " * t * } | ||
| 462 | + { | ||
| 463 | + s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = | ||
| 464 | + { 't := } | ||
| 465 | + { pop$ } | ||
| 466 | + if$ | ||
| 467 | + "," * | ||
| 468 | + t "others" = | ||
| 469 | + { | ||
| 470 | + " " * bbl.etal * | ||
| 471 | + } | ||
| 472 | + { " " * t * } | ||
| 473 | + if$ | ||
| 474 | + } | ||
| 475 | + if$ | ||
| 476 | + } | ||
| 477 | + 't | ||
| 478 | + if$ | ||
| 479 | + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := | ||
| 480 | + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := | ||
| 481 | + } | ||
| 482 | + while$ | ||
| 483 | + } if$ | ||
| 484 | +} | ||
| 485 | +FUNCTION {format.names.ed} | ||
| 486 | +{ | ||
| 487 | + 'bibinfo := | ||
| 488 | + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { | ||
| 489 | + 's := | ||
| 490 | + "" 't := | ||
| 491 | + #1 'nameptr := | ||
| 492 | + s num.names$ 'numnames := | ||
| 493 | + numnames 'namesleft := | ||
| 494 | + { namesleft #0 > } | ||
| 495 | + { s nameptr | ||
| 496 | + "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" | ||
| 497 | + format.name$ | ||
| 498 | + bibinfo bibinfo.check | ||
| 499 | + 't := | ||
| 500 | + nameptr #1 > | ||
| 501 | + { | ||
| 502 | + namesleft #1 > | ||
| 503 | + { ", " * t * } | ||
| 504 | + { | ||
| 505 | + s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" = | ||
| 506 | + { 't := } | ||
| 507 | + { pop$ } | ||
| 508 | + if$ | ||
| 509 | + "," * | ||
| 510 | + t "others" = | ||
| 511 | + { | ||
| 512 | + | ||
| 513 | + " " * bbl.etal * | ||
| 514 | + } | ||
| 515 | + { " " * t * } | ||
| 516 | + if$ | ||
| 517 | + } | ||
| 518 | + if$ | ||
| 519 | + } | ||
| 520 | + 't | ||
| 521 | + if$ | ||
| 522 | + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := | ||
| 523 | + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := | ||
| 524 | + } | ||
| 525 | + while$ | ||
| 526 | + } if$ | ||
| 527 | +} | ||
| 528 | +FUNCTION {format.authors} | ||
| 529 | +{ author "author" format.names | ||
| 530 | +} | ||
| 531 | +FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor} | ||
| 532 | +{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ } | ||
| 533 | + | ||
| 534 | +FUNCTION {format.editors} | ||
| 535 | +{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 536 | + { | ||
| 537 | + " " * | ||
| 538 | + get.bbl.editor | ||
| 539 | +% capitalize | ||
| 540 | + "(" swap$ * ")" * | ||
| 541 | + * | ||
| 542 | + } | ||
| 543 | + if$ | ||
| 544 | +} | ||
| 545 | +FUNCTION {format.note} | ||
| 546 | +{ | ||
| 547 | + note empty$ | ||
| 548 | + { "" } | ||
| 549 | + { note #1 #1 substring$ | ||
| 550 | + duplicate$ "{" = | ||
| 551 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 552 | + { output.state mid.sentence = | ||
| 553 | + { "l" } | ||
| 554 | + { "u" } | ||
| 555 | + if$ | ||
| 556 | + change.case$ | ||
| 557 | + } | ||
| 558 | + if$ | ||
| 559 | + note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check | ||
| 560 | + } | ||
| 561 | + if$ | ||
| 562 | +} | ||
| 563 | + | ||
| 564 | +FUNCTION {format.title} | ||
| 565 | +{ title | ||
| 566 | + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 567 | + { "t" change.case$ } | ||
| 568 | + if$ | ||
| 569 | + "title" bibinfo.check | ||
| 570 | +} | ||
| 571 | +FUNCTION {output.bibitem} | ||
| 572 | +{ newline$ | ||
| 573 | + "\bibitem{" write$ | ||
| 574 | + cite$ write$ | ||
| 575 | + "}" write$ | ||
| 576 | + newline$ | ||
| 577 | + "" | ||
| 578 | + before.all 'output.state := | ||
| 579 | +} | ||
| 580 | + | ||
| 581 | +FUNCTION {n.dashify} | ||
| 582 | +{ | ||
| 583 | + 't := | ||
| 584 | + "" | ||
| 585 | + { t empty$ not } | ||
| 586 | + { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = | ||
| 587 | + { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not | ||
| 588 | + { "--" * | ||
| 589 | + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := | ||
| 590 | + } | ||
| 591 | + { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } | ||
| 592 | + { "-" * | ||
| 593 | + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := | ||
| 594 | + } | ||
| 595 | + while$ | ||
| 596 | + } | ||
| 597 | + if$ | ||
| 598 | + } | ||
| 599 | + { t #1 #1 substring$ * | ||
| 600 | + t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := | ||
| 601 | + } | ||
| 602 | + if$ | ||
| 603 | + } | ||
| 604 | + while$ | ||
| 605 | +} | ||
| 606 | + | ||
| 607 | +FUNCTION {word.in} | ||
| 608 | +{ bbl.in capitalize | ||
| 609 | + ":" * | ||
| 610 | + " " * } | ||
| 611 | + | ||
| 612 | +FUNCTION {format.date} | ||
| 613 | +{ | ||
| 614 | + month "month" bibinfo.check | ||
| 615 | + duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 616 | + year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 617 | + { swap$ 'skip$ | ||
| 618 | + { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 619 | + if$ | ||
| 620 | + * | ||
| 621 | + } | ||
| 622 | + { swap$ 'skip$ | ||
| 623 | + { | ||
| 624 | + swap$ | ||
| 625 | + " " * swap$ | ||
| 626 | + } | ||
| 627 | + if$ | ||
| 628 | + * | ||
| 629 | + remove.dots | ||
| 630 | + } | ||
| 631 | + if$ | ||
| 632 | + duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 633 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 634 | + { | ||
| 635 | + before.all 'output.state := | ||
| 636 | + " (" swap$ * ")" * | ||
| 637 | + } | ||
| 638 | + if$ | ||
| 639 | +} | ||
| 640 | +FUNCTION {format.btitle} | ||
| 641 | +{ title "title" bibinfo.check | ||
| 642 | + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 643 | + { | ||
| 644 | + } | ||
| 645 | + if$ | ||
| 646 | +} | ||
| 647 | +FUNCTION {either.or.check} | ||
| 648 | +{ empty$ | ||
| 649 | + 'pop$ | ||
| 650 | + { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 651 | + if$ | ||
| 652 | +} | ||
| 653 | +FUNCTION {format.bvolume} | ||
| 654 | +{ volume empty$ | ||
| 655 | + { "" } | ||
| 656 | + { bbl.volume volume tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 657 | + "volume" bibinfo.check * * | ||
| 658 | + series "series" bibinfo.check | ||
| 659 | + duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 660 | + { emphasize ", " * swap$ * } | ||
| 661 | + if$ | ||
| 662 | + "volume and number" number either.or.check | ||
| 663 | + } | ||
| 664 | + if$ | ||
| 665 | +} | ||
| 666 | +FUNCTION {format.number.series} | ||
| 667 | +{ volume empty$ | ||
| 668 | + { number empty$ | ||
| 669 | + { series field.or.null } | ||
| 670 | + { output.state mid.sentence = | ||
| 671 | + { bbl.number } | ||
| 672 | + { bbl.number capitalize } | ||
| 673 | + if$ | ||
| 674 | + number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * * | ||
| 675 | + series empty$ | ||
| 676 | + { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 677 | + { bbl.in space.word * | ||
| 678 | + series "series" bibinfo.check * | ||
| 679 | + } | ||
| 680 | + if$ | ||
| 681 | + } | ||
| 682 | + if$ | ||
| 683 | + } | ||
| 684 | + { "" } | ||
| 685 | + if$ | ||
| 686 | +} | ||
| 687 | + | ||
| 688 | +FUNCTION {format.edition} | ||
| 689 | +{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 690 | + { | ||
| 691 | + output.state mid.sentence = | ||
| 692 | + { "l" } | ||
| 693 | + { "t" } | ||
| 694 | + if$ change.case$ | ||
| 695 | + "edition" bibinfo.check | ||
| 696 | + " " * bbl.edition * | ||
| 697 | + } | ||
| 698 | + if$ | ||
| 699 | +} | ||
| 700 | +INTEGERS { multiresult } | ||
| 701 | +FUNCTION {multi.page.check} | ||
| 702 | +{ 't := | ||
| 703 | + #0 'multiresult := | ||
| 704 | + { multiresult not | ||
| 705 | + t empty$ not | ||
| 706 | + and | ||
| 707 | + } | ||
| 708 | + { t #1 #1 substring$ | ||
| 709 | + duplicate$ "-" = | ||
| 710 | + swap$ duplicate$ "," = | ||
| 711 | + swap$ "+" = | ||
| 712 | + or or | ||
| 713 | + { #1 'multiresult := } | ||
| 714 | + { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := } | ||
| 715 | + if$ | ||
| 716 | + } | ||
| 717 | + while$ | ||
| 718 | + multiresult | ||
| 719 | +} | ||
| 720 | +FUNCTION {format.pages} | ||
| 721 | +{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 722 | + { duplicate$ multi.page.check | ||
| 723 | + { | ||
| 724 | + bbl.pages swap$ | ||
| 725 | + n.dashify | ||
| 726 | + } | ||
| 727 | + { | ||
| 728 | + bbl.page swap$ | ||
| 729 | + } | ||
| 730 | + if$ | ||
| 731 | + tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 732 | + "pages" bibinfo.check | ||
| 733 | + * * | ||
| 734 | + } | ||
| 735 | + if$ | ||
| 736 | +} | ||
| 737 | +FUNCTION {format.journal.pages} | ||
| 738 | +{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 739 | + { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 740 | + { pop$ pop$ format.pages } | ||
| 741 | + { | ||
| 742 | + ", " * | ||
| 743 | + swap$ | ||
| 744 | + n.dashify | ||
| 745 | + pages multi.page.check | ||
| 746 | + 'titto.bbl.pages | ||
| 747 | + 'titto.bbl.page | ||
| 748 | + if$ | ||
| 749 | + swap$ tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 750 | + "pages" bibinfo.check | ||
| 751 | + * * | ||
| 752 | + * | ||
| 753 | + } | ||
| 754 | + if$ | ||
| 755 | + } | ||
| 756 | + if$ | ||
| 757 | +} | ||
| 758 | +FUNCTION {format.journal.eid} | ||
| 759 | +{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check | ||
| 760 | + duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 761 | + { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 762 | + { | ||
| 763 | + ", " * | ||
| 764 | + } | ||
| 765 | + if$ | ||
| 766 | + swap$ * | ||
| 767 | + } | ||
| 768 | + if$ | ||
| 769 | +} | ||
| 770 | +FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages} % this function is used only for journal entries | ||
| 771 | +{ volume field.or.null | ||
| 772 | + duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 773 | + { | ||
| 774 | +% bbl.volume swap$ tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 775 | + titto.bbl.volume swap$ titto.space.prefix | ||
| 776 | +% rationale for the change above: for journals you don't want "vol." label | ||
| 777 | +% hence it does not make sense to attach the journal number to the label when | ||
| 778 | +% it is short | ||
| 779 | + "volume" bibinfo.check | ||
| 780 | + * * | ||
| 781 | + } | ||
| 782 | + if$ | ||
| 783 | + number "number" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 784 | + { | ||
| 785 | + swap$ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 786 | + { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 787 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 788 | + if$ | ||
| 789 | + swap$ | ||
| 790 | + "(" swap$ * ")" * | ||
| 791 | + } | ||
| 792 | + if$ * | ||
| 793 | + eid empty$ | ||
| 794 | + { format.journal.pages } | ||
| 795 | + { format.journal.eid } | ||
| 796 | + if$ | ||
| 797 | +} | ||
| 798 | + | ||
| 799 | +FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages} | ||
| 800 | +{ chapter empty$ | ||
| 801 | + 'format.pages | ||
| 802 | + { type empty$ | ||
| 803 | + { bbl.chapter } | ||
| 804 | + { type "l" change.case$ | ||
| 805 | + "type" bibinfo.check | ||
| 806 | + } | ||
| 807 | + if$ | ||
| 808 | + chapter tie.or.space.prefix | ||
| 809 | + "chapter" bibinfo.check | ||
| 810 | + * * | ||
| 811 | + pages empty$ | ||
| 812 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 813 | + { ", " * format.pages * } | ||
| 814 | + if$ | ||
| 815 | + } | ||
| 816 | + if$ | ||
| 817 | +} | ||
| 818 | + | ||
| 819 | +FUNCTION {format.booktitle} | ||
| 820 | +{ | ||
| 821 | + booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check | ||
| 822 | +} | ||
| 823 | +FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle} | ||
| 824 | +{ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ | ||
| 825 | + { | ||
| 826 | +% editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ % changed by titto | ||
| 827 | + editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 828 | + { | ||
| 829 | + " " * | ||
| 830 | + get.bbl.editor | ||
| 831 | +% capitalize | ||
| 832 | + "(" swap$ * ") " * | ||
| 833 | + * swap$ | ||
| 834 | + * } | ||
| 835 | + if$ | ||
| 836 | + word.in swap$ * | ||
| 837 | + } | ||
| 838 | + if$ | ||
| 839 | +} | ||
| 840 | +FUNCTION {empty.misc.check} | ||
| 841 | +{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$ | ||
| 842 | + month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ | ||
| 843 | + and and and and and | ||
| 844 | + key empty$ not and | ||
| 845 | + { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ } | ||
| 846 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 847 | + if$ | ||
| 848 | +} | ||
| 849 | +FUNCTION {format.thesis.type} | ||
| 850 | +{ type duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 851 | + 'pop$ | ||
| 852 | + { swap$ pop$ | ||
| 853 | + "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check | ||
| 854 | + } | ||
| 855 | + if$ | ||
| 856 | +} | ||
| 857 | +FUNCTION {format.tr.number} | ||
| 858 | +{ number "number" bibinfo.check | ||
| 859 | + type duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 860 | + { pop$ bbl.techrep } | ||
| 861 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 862 | + if$ | ||
| 863 | + "type" bibinfo.check | ||
| 864 | + swap$ duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 865 | + { pop$ "t" change.case$ } | ||
| 866 | + { tie.or.space.prefix * * } | ||
| 867 | + if$ | ||
| 868 | +} | ||
| 869 | +FUNCTION {format.article.crossref} | ||
| 870 | +{ | ||
| 871 | + key duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 872 | + { pop$ | ||
| 873 | + journal duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 874 | + { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref * warning$ } | ||
| 875 | + { "journal" bibinfo.check emphasize word.in swap$ * } | ||
| 876 | + if$ | ||
| 877 | + } | ||
| 878 | + { word.in swap$ * " " *} | ||
| 879 | + if$ | ||
| 880 | + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * | ||
| 881 | +} | ||
| 882 | +FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor} | ||
| 883 | +{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ | ||
| 884 | + "editor" bibinfo.check | ||
| 885 | + editor num.names$ duplicate$ | ||
| 886 | + #2 > | ||
| 887 | + { pop$ | ||
| 888 | + "editor" bibinfo.check | ||
| 889 | + " " * bbl.etal | ||
| 890 | + * | ||
| 891 | + } | ||
| 892 | + { #2 < | ||
| 893 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 894 | + { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" = | ||
| 895 | + { | ||
| 896 | + "editor" bibinfo.check | ||
| 897 | + " " * bbl.etal | ||
| 898 | + * | ||
| 899 | + } | ||
| 900 | + { | ||
| 901 | + bbl.and space.word | ||
| 902 | + * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ | ||
| 903 | + "editor" bibinfo.check | ||
| 904 | + * | ||
| 905 | + } | ||
| 906 | + if$ | ||
| 907 | + } | ||
| 908 | + if$ | ||
| 909 | + } | ||
| 910 | + if$ | ||
| 911 | +} | ||
| 912 | +FUNCTION {format.book.crossref} | ||
| 913 | +{ volume duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 914 | + { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$ | ||
| 915 | + pop$ word.in | ||
| 916 | + } | ||
| 917 | + { bbl.volume | ||
| 918 | + capitalize | ||
| 919 | + swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word * | ||
| 920 | + } | ||
| 921 | + if$ | ||
| 922 | + editor empty$ | ||
| 923 | + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = | ||
| 924 | + or | ||
| 925 | + { key empty$ | ||
| 926 | + { series empty$ | ||
| 927 | + { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " * | ||
| 928 | + crossref * warning$ | ||
| 929 | + "" * | ||
| 930 | + } | ||
| 931 | + { series emphasize * } | ||
| 932 | + if$ | ||
| 933 | + } | ||
| 934 | + { key * } | ||
| 935 | + if$ | ||
| 936 | + } | ||
| 937 | + { format.crossref.editor * } | ||
| 938 | + if$ | ||
| 939 | + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * | ||
| 940 | +} | ||
| 941 | +FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref} | ||
| 942 | +{ | ||
| 943 | + editor empty$ | ||
| 944 | + editor field.or.null author field.or.null = | ||
| 945 | + or | ||
| 946 | + { key empty$ | ||
| 947 | + { format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ | ||
| 948 | + { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " * | ||
| 949 | + crossref * warning$ | ||
| 950 | + } | ||
| 951 | + { word.in swap$ * } | ||
| 952 | + if$ | ||
| 953 | + } | ||
| 954 | + { word.in key * " " *} | ||
| 955 | + if$ | ||
| 956 | + } | ||
| 957 | + { word.in format.crossref.editor * " " *} | ||
| 958 | + if$ | ||
| 959 | + " \cite{" * crossref * "}" * | ||
| 960 | +} | ||
| 961 | +FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub} | ||
| 962 | +{ 't := | ||
| 963 | + "" | ||
| 964 | + address empty$ t empty$ and | ||
| 965 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 966 | + { | ||
| 967 | + t empty$ | ||
| 968 | + { address "address" bibinfo.check * | ||
| 969 | + } | ||
| 970 | + { t * | ||
| 971 | + address empty$ | ||
| 972 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 973 | + { ", " * address "address" bibinfo.check * } | ||
| 974 | + if$ | ||
| 975 | + } | ||
| 976 | + if$ | ||
| 977 | + } | ||
| 978 | + if$ | ||
| 979 | +} | ||
| 980 | +FUNCTION {format.publisher.address} | ||
| 981 | +{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub | ||
| 982 | +} | ||
| 983 | + | ||
| 984 | +FUNCTION {format.organization.address} | ||
| 985 | +{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub | ||
| 986 | +} | ||
| 987 | + | ||
| 988 | +FUNCTION {article} | ||
| 989 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 990 | + format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 991 | + add.colon | ||
| 992 | + new.block | ||
| 993 | + format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 994 | + new.block | ||
| 995 | + crossref missing$ | ||
| 996 | + { | ||
| 997 | + journal | ||
| 998 | + "journal" bibinfo.check | ||
| 999 | + "journal" output.check | ||
| 1000 | + add.blank | ||
| 1001 | + format.vol.num.pages output | ||
| 1002 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1003 | + } | ||
| 1004 | + { format.article.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1005 | + format.pages output | ||
| 1006 | + } | ||
| 1007 | + if$ | ||
| 1008 | +% new.block | ||
| 1009 | + format.url output | ||
| 1010 | +% new.block | ||
| 1011 | + format.note output | ||
| 1012 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1013 | +} | ||
| 1014 | +FUNCTION {book} | ||
| 1015 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1016 | + author empty$ | ||
| 1017 | + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check | ||
| 1018 | + add.colon | ||
| 1019 | + } | ||
| 1020 | + { format.authors output.nonnull | ||
| 1021 | + add.colon | ||
| 1022 | + crossref missing$ | ||
| 1023 | + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } | ||
| 1024 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 1025 | + if$ | ||
| 1026 | + } | ||
| 1027 | + if$ | ||
| 1028 | + new.block | ||
| 1029 | + format.btitle "title" output.check | ||
| 1030 | + crossref missing$ | ||
| 1031 | + { format.bvolume output | ||
| 1032 | + new.block | ||
| 1033 | + new.sentence | ||
| 1034 | + format.number.series output | ||
| 1035 | + format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1036 | + } | ||
| 1037 | + { | ||
| 1038 | + new.block | ||
| 1039 | + format.book.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1040 | + } | ||
| 1041 | + if$ | ||
| 1042 | + format.edition output | ||
| 1043 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1044 | +% new.block | ||
| 1045 | + format.url output | ||
| 1046 | +% new.block | ||
| 1047 | + format.note output | ||
| 1048 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1049 | +} | ||
| 1050 | +FUNCTION {booklet} | ||
| 1051 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1052 | + format.authors output | ||
| 1053 | + add.colon | ||
| 1054 | + new.block | ||
| 1055 | + format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 1056 | + new.block | ||
| 1057 | + howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1058 | + address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1059 | + format.date output | ||
| 1060 | +% new.block | ||
| 1061 | + format.url output | ||
| 1062 | +% new.block | ||
| 1063 | + format.note output | ||
| 1064 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1065 | +} | ||
| 1066 | + | ||
| 1067 | +FUNCTION {inbook} | ||
| 1068 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1069 | + author empty$ | ||
| 1070 | + { format.editors "author and editor" output.check | ||
| 1071 | + add.colon | ||
| 1072 | + } | ||
| 1073 | + { format.authors output.nonnull | ||
| 1074 | + add.colon | ||
| 1075 | + crossref missing$ | ||
| 1076 | + { "author and editor" editor either.or.check } | ||
| 1077 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 1078 | + if$ | ||
| 1079 | + } | ||
| 1080 | + if$ | ||
| 1081 | + new.block | ||
| 1082 | + format.btitle "title" output.check | ||
| 1083 | + crossref missing$ | ||
| 1084 | + { | ||
| 1085 | + format.bvolume output | ||
| 1086 | + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check | ||
| 1087 | + new.block | ||
| 1088 | + new.sentence | ||
| 1089 | + format.number.series output | ||
| 1090 | + format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1091 | + } | ||
| 1092 | + { | ||
| 1093 | + format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check | ||
| 1094 | + new.block | ||
| 1095 | + format.book.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1096 | + } | ||
| 1097 | + if$ | ||
| 1098 | + format.edition output | ||
| 1099 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1100 | +% new.block | ||
| 1101 | + format.url output | ||
| 1102 | +% new.block | ||
| 1103 | + format.note output | ||
| 1104 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1105 | +} | ||
| 1106 | + | ||
| 1107 | +FUNCTION {incollection} | ||
| 1108 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1109 | + format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1110 | + add.colon | ||
| 1111 | + new.block | ||
| 1112 | + format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 1113 | + new.block | ||
| 1114 | + crossref missing$ | ||
| 1115 | + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check | ||
| 1116 | + format.bvolume output | ||
| 1117 | + format.chapter.pages output | ||
| 1118 | + new.sentence | ||
| 1119 | + format.number.series output | ||
| 1120 | + format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1121 | + format.edition output | ||
| 1122 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1123 | + } | ||
| 1124 | + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1125 | + format.chapter.pages output | ||
| 1126 | + } | ||
| 1127 | + if$ | ||
| 1128 | +% new.block | ||
| 1129 | + format.url output | ||
| 1130 | +% new.block | ||
| 1131 | + format.note output | ||
| 1132 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1133 | +} | ||
| 1134 | +FUNCTION {inproceedings} | ||
| 1135 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1136 | + format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1137 | + add.colon | ||
| 1138 | + new.block | ||
| 1139 | + format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 1140 | + new.block | ||
| 1141 | + crossref missing$ | ||
| 1142 | + { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check | ||
| 1143 | + new.sentence % added by titto | ||
| 1144 | + format.bvolume output | ||
| 1145 | + format.pages output | ||
| 1146 | + new.sentence | ||
| 1147 | + format.number.series output | ||
| 1148 | + publisher empty$ | ||
| 1149 | + { format.organization.address output } | ||
| 1150 | + { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1151 | + format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1152 | + } | ||
| 1153 | + if$ | ||
| 1154 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1155 | + } | ||
| 1156 | + { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull | ||
| 1157 | + format.pages output | ||
| 1158 | + } | ||
| 1159 | + if$ | ||
| 1160 | +% new.block | ||
| 1161 | + format.url output | ||
| 1162 | +% new.block | ||
| 1163 | + format.note output | ||
| 1164 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1165 | +} | ||
| 1166 | +FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings } | ||
| 1167 | +FUNCTION {manual} | ||
| 1168 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1169 | + author empty$ | ||
| 1170 | + { organization "organization" bibinfo.check | ||
| 1171 | + duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$ | ||
| 1172 | + { output | ||
| 1173 | + address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1174 | + } | ||
| 1175 | + if$ | ||
| 1176 | + } | ||
| 1177 | + { format.authors output.nonnull } | ||
| 1178 | + if$ | ||
| 1179 | + add.colon | ||
| 1180 | + new.block | ||
| 1181 | + format.btitle "title" output.check | ||
| 1182 | + author empty$ | ||
| 1183 | + { organization empty$ | ||
| 1184 | + { | ||
| 1185 | + address new.block.checka | ||
| 1186 | + address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1187 | + } | ||
| 1188 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 1189 | + if$ | ||
| 1190 | + } | ||
| 1191 | + { | ||
| 1192 | + organization address new.block.checkb | ||
| 1193 | + organization "organization" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1194 | + address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1195 | + } | ||
| 1196 | + if$ | ||
| 1197 | + format.edition output | ||
| 1198 | + format.date output | ||
| 1199 | +% new.block | ||
| 1200 | + format.url output | ||
| 1201 | +% new.block | ||
| 1202 | + format.note output | ||
| 1203 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1204 | +} | ||
| 1205 | + | ||
| 1206 | +FUNCTION {mastersthesis} | ||
| 1207 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1208 | + format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1209 | + add.colon | ||
| 1210 | + new.block | ||
| 1211 | + format.btitle | ||
| 1212 | + "title" output.check | ||
| 1213 | + new.block | ||
| 1214 | + bbl.mthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull | ||
| 1215 | + school "school" bibinfo.warn output | ||
| 1216 | + address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1217 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1218 | +% new.block | ||
| 1219 | + format.url output | ||
| 1220 | +% new.block | ||
| 1221 | + format.note output | ||
| 1222 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1223 | +} | ||
| 1224 | + | ||
| 1225 | +FUNCTION {misc} | ||
| 1226 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1227 | + format.authors output | ||
| 1228 | + add.colon | ||
| 1229 | + title howpublished new.block.checkb | ||
| 1230 | + format.title output | ||
| 1231 | + howpublished new.block.checka | ||
| 1232 | + howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1233 | + format.date output | ||
| 1234 | +% new.block | ||
| 1235 | + format.url output | ||
| 1236 | +% new.block | ||
| 1237 | + format.note output | ||
| 1238 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1239 | + empty.misc.check | ||
| 1240 | +} | ||
| 1241 | +FUNCTION {phdthesis} | ||
| 1242 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1243 | + format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1244 | + add.colon | ||
| 1245 | + new.block | ||
| 1246 | + format.btitle | ||
| 1247 | + "title" output.check | ||
| 1248 | + new.block | ||
| 1249 | + bbl.phdthesis format.thesis.type output.nonnull | ||
| 1250 | + school "school" bibinfo.warn output | ||
| 1251 | + address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1252 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1253 | +% new.block | ||
| 1254 | + format.url output | ||
| 1255 | +% new.block | ||
| 1256 | + format.note output | ||
| 1257 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1258 | +} | ||
| 1259 | + | ||
| 1260 | +FUNCTION {proceedings} | ||
| 1261 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1262 | + editor empty$ | ||
| 1263 | + { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1264 | + } | ||
| 1265 | + { format.editors output.nonnull } | ||
| 1266 | + if$ | ||
| 1267 | + add.colon | ||
| 1268 | + new.block | ||
| 1269 | + format.btitle "title" output.check | ||
| 1270 | + format.bvolume output | ||
| 1271 | + editor empty$ | ||
| 1272 | + { publisher empty$ | ||
| 1273 | + { format.number.series output } | ||
| 1274 | + { | ||
| 1275 | + new.sentence | ||
| 1276 | + format.number.series output | ||
| 1277 | + format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1278 | + } | ||
| 1279 | + if$ | ||
| 1280 | + } | ||
| 1281 | + { publisher empty$ | ||
| 1282 | + { | ||
| 1283 | + new.sentence | ||
| 1284 | + format.number.series output | ||
| 1285 | + format.organization.address output } | ||
| 1286 | + { | ||
| 1287 | + new.sentence | ||
| 1288 | + format.number.series output | ||
| 1289 | + organization "organization" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1290 | + format.publisher.address output | ||
| 1291 | + } | ||
| 1292 | + if$ | ||
| 1293 | + } | ||
| 1294 | + if$ | ||
| 1295 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1296 | +% new.block | ||
| 1297 | + format.url output | ||
| 1298 | +% new.block | ||
| 1299 | + format.note output | ||
| 1300 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1301 | +} | ||
| 1302 | + | ||
| 1303 | +FUNCTION {techreport} | ||
| 1304 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1305 | + format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1306 | + add.colon | ||
| 1307 | + new.block | ||
| 1308 | + format.title | ||
| 1309 | + "title" output.check | ||
| 1310 | + new.block | ||
| 1311 | + format.tr.number output.nonnull | ||
| 1312 | + institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output | ||
| 1313 | + address "address" bibinfo.check output | ||
| 1314 | + format.date "year" output.check | ||
| 1315 | +% new.block | ||
| 1316 | + format.url output | ||
| 1317 | +% new.block | ||
| 1318 | + format.note output | ||
| 1319 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1320 | +} | ||
| 1321 | + | ||
| 1322 | +FUNCTION {unpublished} | ||
| 1323 | +{ output.bibitem | ||
| 1324 | + format.authors "author" output.check | ||
| 1325 | + add.colon | ||
| 1326 | + new.block | ||
| 1327 | + format.title "title" output.check | ||
| 1328 | + format.date output | ||
| 1329 | +% new.block | ||
| 1330 | + format.url output | ||
| 1331 | +% new.block | ||
| 1332 | + format.note "note" output.check | ||
| 1333 | + fin.entry | ||
| 1334 | +} | ||
| 1335 | + | ||
| 1336 | +FUNCTION {default.type} { misc } | ||
| 1337 | +READ | ||
| 1338 | +FUNCTION {sortify} | ||
| 1339 | +{ purify$ | ||
| 1340 | + "l" change.case$ | ||
| 1341 | +} | ||
| 1342 | +INTEGERS { len } | ||
| 1343 | +FUNCTION {chop.word} | ||
| 1344 | +{ 's := | ||
| 1345 | + 'len := | ||
| 1346 | + s #1 len substring$ = | ||
| 1347 | + { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ } | ||
| 1348 | + 's | ||
| 1349 | + if$ | ||
| 1350 | +} | ||
| 1351 | +FUNCTION {sort.format.names} | ||
| 1352 | +{ 's := | ||
| 1353 | + #1 'nameptr := | ||
| 1354 | + "" | ||
| 1355 | + s num.names$ 'numnames := | ||
| 1356 | + numnames 'namesleft := | ||
| 1357 | + { namesleft #0 > } | ||
| 1358 | + { s nameptr | ||
| 1359 | + "{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" | ||
| 1360 | + format.name$ 't := | ||
| 1361 | + nameptr #1 > | ||
| 1362 | + { | ||
| 1363 | + " " * | ||
| 1364 | + namesleft #1 = t "others" = and | ||
| 1365 | + { "zzzzz" * } | ||
| 1366 | + { t sortify * } | ||
| 1367 | + if$ | ||
| 1368 | + } | ||
| 1369 | + { t sortify * } | ||
| 1370 | + if$ | ||
| 1371 | + nameptr #1 + 'nameptr := | ||
| 1372 | + namesleft #1 - 'namesleft := | ||
| 1373 | + } | ||
| 1374 | + while$ | ||
| 1375 | +} | ||
| 1376 | + | ||
| 1377 | +FUNCTION {sort.format.title} | ||
| 1378 | +{ 't := | ||
| 1379 | + "A " #2 | ||
| 1380 | + "An " #3 | ||
| 1381 | + "The " #4 t chop.word | ||
| 1382 | + chop.word | ||
| 1383 | + chop.word | ||
| 1384 | + sortify | ||
| 1385 | + #1 global.max$ substring$ | ||
| 1386 | +} | ||
| 1387 | +FUNCTION {author.sort} | ||
| 1388 | +{ author empty$ | ||
| 1389 | + { key empty$ | ||
| 1390 | + { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 1391 | + "" | ||
| 1392 | + } | ||
| 1393 | + { key sortify } | ||
| 1394 | + if$ | ||
| 1395 | + } | ||
| 1396 | + { author sort.format.names } | ||
| 1397 | + if$ | ||
| 1398 | +} | ||
| 1399 | +FUNCTION {author.editor.sort} | ||
| 1400 | +{ author empty$ | ||
| 1401 | + { editor empty$ | ||
| 1402 | + { key empty$ | ||
| 1403 | + { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 1404 | + "" | ||
| 1405 | + } | ||
| 1406 | + { key sortify } | ||
| 1407 | + if$ | ||
| 1408 | + } | ||
| 1409 | + { editor sort.format.names } | ||
| 1410 | + if$ | ||
| 1411 | + } | ||
| 1412 | + { author sort.format.names } | ||
| 1413 | + if$ | ||
| 1414 | +} | ||
| 1415 | +FUNCTION {author.organization.sort} | ||
| 1416 | +{ author empty$ | ||
| 1417 | + { organization empty$ | ||
| 1418 | + { key empty$ | ||
| 1419 | + { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 1420 | + "" | ||
| 1421 | + } | ||
| 1422 | + { key sortify } | ||
| 1423 | + if$ | ||
| 1424 | + } | ||
| 1425 | + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } | ||
| 1426 | + if$ | ||
| 1427 | + } | ||
| 1428 | + { author sort.format.names } | ||
| 1429 | + if$ | ||
| 1430 | +} | ||
| 1431 | +FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort} | ||
| 1432 | +{ editor empty$ | ||
| 1433 | + { organization empty$ | ||
| 1434 | + { key empty$ | ||
| 1435 | + { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ | ||
| 1436 | + "" | ||
| 1437 | + } | ||
| 1438 | + { key sortify } | ||
| 1439 | + if$ | ||
| 1440 | + } | ||
| 1441 | + { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify } | ||
| 1442 | + if$ | ||
| 1443 | + } | ||
| 1444 | + { editor sort.format.names } | ||
| 1445 | + if$ | ||
| 1446 | +} | ||
| 1447 | +FUNCTION {presort} | ||
| 1448 | +{ type$ "book" = | ||
| 1449 | + type$ "inbook" = | ||
| 1450 | + or | ||
| 1451 | + 'author.editor.sort | ||
| 1452 | + { type$ "proceedings" = | ||
| 1453 | + 'editor.organization.sort | ||
| 1454 | + { type$ "manual" = | ||
| 1455 | + 'author.organization.sort | ||
| 1456 | + 'author.sort | ||
| 1457 | + if$ | ||
| 1458 | + } | ||
| 1459 | + if$ | ||
| 1460 | + } | ||
| 1461 | + if$ | ||
| 1462 | + " " | ||
| 1463 | + * | ||
| 1464 | + year field.or.null sortify | ||
| 1465 | + * | ||
| 1466 | + " " | ||
| 1467 | + * | ||
| 1468 | + title field.or.null | ||
| 1469 | + sort.format.title | ||
| 1470 | + * | ||
| 1471 | + #1 entry.max$ substring$ | ||
| 1472 | + 'sort.key$ := | ||
| 1473 | +} | ||
| 1474 | +ITERATE {presort} | ||
| 1475 | +SORT | ||
| 1476 | +STRINGS { longest.label } | ||
| 1477 | +INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width } | ||
| 1478 | +FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label} | ||
| 1479 | +{ "" 'longest.label := | ||
| 1480 | + #1 'number.label := | ||
| 1481 | + #0 'longest.label.width := | ||
| 1482 | +} | ||
| 1483 | +FUNCTION {longest.label.pass} | ||
| 1484 | +{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label := | ||
| 1485 | + number.label #1 + 'number.label := | ||
| 1486 | + label width$ longest.label.width > | ||
| 1487 | + { label 'longest.label := | ||
| 1488 | + label width$ 'longest.label.width := | ||
| 1489 | + } | ||
| 1490 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 1491 | + if$ | ||
| 1492 | +} | ||
| 1493 | +EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label} | ||
| 1494 | +ITERATE {longest.label.pass} | ||
| 1495 | +FUNCTION {begin.bib} | ||
| 1496 | +{ preamble$ empty$ | ||
| 1497 | + 'skip$ | ||
| 1498 | + { preamble$ write$ newline$ } | ||
| 1499 | + if$ | ||
| 1500 | + "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * | ||
| 1501 | + write$ newline$ | ||
| 1502 | + "\providecommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{#1}}" | ||
| 1503 | + write$ newline$ | ||
| 1504 | + "\providecommand{\urlprefix}{URL }" | ||
| 1505 | + write$ newline$ | ||
| 1506 | +} | ||
| 1507 | +EXECUTE {begin.bib} | ||
| 1508 | +EXECUTE {init.state.consts} | ||
| 1509 | +ITERATE {call.type$} | ||
| 1510 | +FUNCTION {end.bib} | ||
| 1511 | +{ newline$ | ||
| 1512 | + "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ | ||
| 1513 | +} | ||
| 1514 | +EXECUTE {end.bib} | ||
| 1515 | +%% End of customized bst file | ||
| 1516 | +%% | ||
| 1517 | +%% End of file `titto.bst'. | ||
| 1518 | + | ||
| 1519 | + |